10-K

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

ý ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013

OR

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15 (d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from             to             

Commission File Number: 000-21244

PAREXEL INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Massachusetts	04-2776269
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)
195 West Street, Waltham, Massachusetts	02451
(Address of principal executive offices)	(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (781) 487-9900

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class:	Name of each exchange on which registered:
Common Stock, $.01 par value per share	Nasdaq Global Select Market

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  ý    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes  ¨    No  ý

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  ý  No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  ý    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  ý

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. 

Large Accelerated Filer	ý	Accelerated Filer	¨
Non-accelerated Filer	¨ (Do not check if smaller reporting company)	Smaller Reporting Company	¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  ¨    No  ý

The aggregate market value of common stock, $.01 par value per share, held by non-affiliates as of December 31, 2012 was approximately $1,671 million based on the closing price of the registrant’s Common Stock as reported on the Nasdaq Global Select Market on December 30, 2012, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter. The registrant has assumed that all holders of 10% or more of its Common Stock, if any, are affiliates solely for purposes of calculating the aggregate market value of Common Stock held by non-affiliates. As ofAugust 16, 2013 there were 56,217,133 shares of common stock, $.01 par value per share, outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Specified portions of the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on December 12, 2013 are incorporated by reference into Part III of this report.

1

INDEX

PART I	1
Item 1. Business	1
Item 1A. Risk Factors	14
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments	24
Item 2. Properties	25
Item 3. Legal Proceedings	25
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures	25
PART II	26
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters, and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities	26
Item 6. Selected Financial Data	29
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	30
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk	44
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data	45
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure	77
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures	77
Item 9B. Other Information	77
PART III	78
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance	78
Item 11. Executive Compensation	78
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters	78
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence	78
Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services	78
PART IV	79
Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules	79
SIGNATURES	80

i

PART I

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

GENERAL

PAREXEL International Corporation (“PAREXEL,” “the Company,” or “we”) is a leading biopharmaceutical outsourcing services company, providing a broad range of expertise in clinical research, clinical logistics, medical communications, consulting, commercialization and advanced technology products and services to the worldwide pharmaceutical, biotechnology, and medical device industries. Our primary objective is to provide quality solutions for managing the biopharmaceutical product lifecycle with the goal of reducing the time, risk, and cost associated with the development and commercialization of new therapies. Since our incorporation in 1983, we have developed significant expertise in processes and technologies supporting this strategy. Our product and service offerings include: clinical trials management, observational studies and patient/disease registries, data management, biostatistical analysis, epidemiology, health economics / outcomes research, pharmacovigilance, medical communications, clinical pharmacology, patient recruitment, clinical supply and drug logistics, post-marketing surveillance, regulatory and product development and commercialization consulting, health policy and reimbursement and market access consulting, medical imaging services, regulatory information management (“RIM”) solutions, ClinPhone randomization and trial supply management services (“ ClinPhone RTSM”), electronic data capture systems (“EDC”), clinical trial management systems (“CTMS”), web-based portals, systems integration, patient diary applications, and other product development tools and services. We believe that our comprehensive services, depth of therapeutic area expertise, global footprint and related access to patients, and sophisticated information technology, along with our experience in global drug development and product launch services, represent key competitive strengths.

Our services complement the research and development (“R&D”) and marketing functions of pharmaceutical, biotechnology, diagnostics, and medical device companies. Through our clinical research and product launch and commercialization services, we seek to help clients maximize the return on their significant investments in research and development by reducing the time, risk, and cost of clinical development and launch of new therapies. For large pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, outsourcing these types of services to us provides those companies with a high-quality, variable cost alternative to the fixed costs associated with internal drug development. In addition, these large companies can benefit from our technical resource pool, broad therapeutic area expertise, other advisory services, and global infrastructure, all of which are designed to expedite parallel, multi-country clinical trials and accelerate time-to-market. For smaller bio-pharma companies, we provide access to expertise and a virtual and global network that enables them to develop their new products. Our vision is to integrate and build critical mass in the complementary businesses of clinical research, medical communications and drug development, as well as related information technology products and integration services. Our goal is to provide significant benefits to sponsor clients through this strategy, namely, a faster and less expensive development and launch process, as well as a clinical development strategy and expertise that support the marketing strategy for new medical products. We believe that the outsourcing of these services has increased in the past and should continue to increase in the future because of several factors, which are placing increased pressure on clients. These factors include the need to more tightly manage costs, capacity limitations, reductions in drug patent exclusivity periods, the desire to speed up patient recruitment and reduce development time, increased globalization of clinical trials, productivity issues, upcoming patent expirations, more stringent government regulations, and pricing pressure. With increased levels of investment continuing to be required and with development times being extended, we believe these trends will continue to create opportunities for companies like us that are focused on improving the efficiency of the bio-pharma product development process. Moreover, many of our clients are reassessing how they conduct their R&D activities and are now engaging in outsourcing at a more strategic level. One consequence of this reassessment is higher concentrations of their outsourced clinical development activities with a smaller number of providers. We have been successful in winning many strategic partnerships. We believe that our broad range of offerings, our global presence, our information technology solutions, and our expertise in clinical drug development position us well to continue to participate in these strategic partnerships.

We are one of the largest biopharmaceutical services companies in the world, based upon annual service revenue. Headquartered near Boston, Massachusetts, we manage 77 locations and have approximately 14,700 employees throughout 51 countries around the world. We have operations in healthcare markets around the world, including the United States (“U.S.”), Argentina, Australia, Austria, Belarus, Belgium, Bosnia, Brazil, Canada, Chile, China, Colombia, Croatia, Czech Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland    , France, Georgia, Germany, Hungary, India, Indonesia, Ireland, Israel, Italy, Japan, Korea,     Latvia, Lithuania, Malaysia, Mexico, the Netherlands, Norway, Peru, the Philippines, Poland, Romania, Russia, Serbia, Singapore, Slovakia, South Africa, Spain, Sweden, Taiwan, Thailand, Turkey, Ukraine, the United Kingdom (“U.K.”), and Vietnam. During our fiscal year ended June 30, 2013 (“Fiscal Year 2013”), we derived 46.0% of our service revenue from our U.S. operations and 54.0% from our non-U.S. operations. Breakdowns of service revenue by geographic region for previous years can be found in Note 16 to the consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this annual report.

1

We were incorporated in 1983 as a regulatory affairs consulting firm and are a Massachusetts corporation. Josef H. von Rickenbach, our Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer, was a co-founder. Since our inception, we have executed a focused growth strategy embracing internal expansion as well as strategic acquisitions to expand or enhance our portfolio of services, geographic presence, therapeutic area knowledge, information technology capabilities, and client relationships.

We have completed three acquisitions over the past five fiscal years, including the acquisitions of HERON Group LTD (“HERON”) in April 2013, LIQUENT Inc. (“LIQUENT”) in December 2012, and ClinPhone Plc (“ClinPhone”) in August 2008. The acquisition of HERON is intended to strengthen our ability to offer our clients a full spectrum of services that aid in developing products with reimbursement and market access strategies.  Over the past thirteen years, HERON has built one of the largest independent evidence-based consultancies and has achieved a market leadership position. We believe that HERON helps to enhance the portfolio of services that we provide through our PAREXEL Consulting and Medical Communications Services (“PCMS”) business and enhances the expertise brought to the design and implementation of Phase III/IV studies. LIQUENT is a leading global provider of RIM solutions. By combining LIQUENT with our Perceptive Informatics (“Perceptive”) segment, we strengthened our capabilities by adding a regulatory information technology platform to provide our clients access to comprehensive regulatory agency submission planning, viewing, tracking, publishing, and registration management throughout the entire lifecycle of a product. We believe this acquisition also benefits the PCMS business because we are able to leverage significant expertise in regulatory information management outsourcing. ClinPhone's strong clinical technology offering was combined with our Perceptive segment to provide an extensive line of products and services throughout the entire clinical development lifecycle. Biopharmaceutical companies have increasingly requested technology solutions and expertise to support the full range of clinical development activities while improving the speed and efficiency of clinical programs. We believe that the broad technological offering that we provide gives clients a stronger, more comprehensive suite of clinical information technologies.

DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

We provide a broad range of expertise in clinical research, medical communications, consulting, commercialization and informatics, and advanced technology services to the worldwide pharmaceutical, biotechnology, and medical device industries. We have three reporting segments: Clinical Research Services (“CRS”), PCMS, and Perceptive.

CRS constitutes our core business and includes all phases of clinical research from “first-in-man” trials, where a medicinal entity is tested on human subjects for the first time, through post-marketing studies, following approval by the presiding regulatory body. CRS service offerings include clinical trials management, observational studies, patient/disease registries and post-marketing surveillance, data management and biostatistics, epidemiology and health economics/outcomes research, clinical logistics, pharmacovigilance, and clinical pharmacology, as well as related medical affairs, patient recruitment, and investigator site services.

PCMS provides technical expertise and advice in such areas as drug development, regulatory affairs, and good manufacturing practice (“GMP”) compliance consulting. In addition, PCMS provides a full spectrum of market development, product development, commercialization, and targeted communications services in support of product launch. PCMS consultants also identify alternatives and propose solutions to address clients’ product development, registration, and commercialization issues.

Perceptive provides information technology solutions designed to improve product development processes of our clients. Perceptive’s portfolio of products and services includes ClinPhone RTSM, medical imaging services, RIM, CTMS, EDC, web-based portals, systems integration, and patient diary applications. These solutions are sold individually or in combination, as elements of an eClinical suite.

The revenue generated by each of our business segments for each of the last three fiscal years is described below under the heading for each segment. The gross profit of each segment for each of the last three fiscal years is described in Note 17 to the consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this annual report. We have a global infrastructure supporting our business segments and, therefore, assets are not identified by reportable segment.

CLINICAL RESEARCH SERVICES (CRS)

Our CRS business segment generated service revenue of $1,303.6 million, or 75.2%, of our consolidated service revenue in Fiscal Year 2013, $1,038.7 million, or 74.4%, of our consolidated service revenue in our fiscal year ended June 30, 2012 (“Fiscal Year 2012”), and $922.8 million, or 76.1%, of our consolidated service revenue in our fiscal year ended June 30, 2011(“Fiscal Year 2011”).

CRS offers complete services for the design, initiation and management of clinical trial programs, a critical element in obtaining regulatory approval for biopharmaceutical products. We have performed services in connection with clinical trials in most therapeutic areas, including: Oncology, Cardiology, Infectious Diseases, Neurology, Allergy/Immunology, Endocrinology/Metabolism, Gastroenterology, Obstetrics/Gynecology, Orthopedics, Pediatrics, Psychiatry, Pulmonology, Rheumatology, Dermatology, Genitourinary, Ophthalmology, and Transplantation. Our multi-disciplinary clinical trials group examines a product’s existing preclinical and clinical data to design clinical trials to provide evidence of the product’s safety and efficacy.

2

CRS can manage many aspects of clinical trials including: study protocol design; Case Report Form (“CRF”) design; site and investigator recruitment; patient enrollment; study monitoring and data collection; data management; biostatistics and programming; report writing; medical services; project management; and clinical logistics.

Clinical trials and observational studies are monitored and conducted by CRS in adherence with Good Clinical Practice (“GCP”) and Good Pharmacoepidemiological Practice ("GPP"), respectively. The design of efficient CRFs, detailed operations manuals, and site monitoring by our clinical research associates seek to ensure that clinical investigators and their staff follow established study protocols. We have adopted standard operating procedures (“SOPs”) that are intended to satisfy regulatory requirements and serve as a tool for controlling and enhancing the quality of our worldwide clinical services.

Clinical trials represent one of the most expensive and time-consuming parts of the overall biopharmaceutical product development process. The information generated during these trials is critical to gaining marketing approval from the United States Food and Drug Administration (the “FDA”), the European Medicines Agency (the “EMA”) based on the recommendation of the Committee for Medicinal Products for Human Use (the “CHMP”), and other comparable regulatory agencies as well as market acceptance by clinicians, patients, and third-party payors. CRS clinical trial management services involve many phases of clinical trials, including Phases I, II, III, and IV. See “Government Regulations” below for additional information regarding processes involved in clinical trials.

Early Phase – The Early Phase business unit of CRS encompasses the early stages of clinical testing, when a product is first evaluated in humans to assess the potential safety and efficacy of the product. These tests vary from “first-in-man” to “dose-ranging” to “proof of concept” studies in Phases I and IIa of development. The Early Phase business unit of CRS offers clients a one-stop service where studies are performed in healthy volunteers as well as in patients of various disease populations. The support services include project and program management, drug development consulting, medical writing, handling of investigational products, data management, biostatistical and bioanalytical services. Our international network of Early Phase operations includes operations in Berlin, Germany; Baltimore, Maryland (U.S.); Glendale, California (U.S.); Bloemfontein, South Africa; and Harrow, U.K. A bioanalytical laboratory, which performs drug analyses in accordance with Good Laboratory Practices (“GLP”), a system of managed controls for laboratory and research organizations to ensure the consistency and reliability of results, is also located in Bloemfontein. With these locations, the Early Phase business unit offers clinical pharmacology services (including bioanalytical services) with a total of 405 dedicated beds (cooperating partners not included) on three continents.

Phase II-III/PACE – The Phase II-III/Peri Approval Clinical Excellence (“PACE”) business unit of CRS encompasses the later stages of clinical testing. CRS assists clients with one or more of the aspects of clinical trials and observational studies described below. CRS performs both full-service and single- or multi-service projects. As a result, our involvement may range from participating in just one aspect of a clinical trial or observational study to all aspects. These services include the following, the majority of which are also provided by our Early Phase business unit:

• Study Protocol Design – The protocol defines, among other things, the medical issues a study seeks to examine and the statistical tests that will be conducted. Accordingly, the protocol specifies the frequency and type of laboratory and clinical measures that are to be tracked and analyzed, the number of patients required to produce a statistically valid result, the period of time over which such patients must be tracked and the frequency and dosage of drug administration.

• CRF Design – Once the study protocol has been finalized, a paper or electronic CRF must be developed. The CRF is the critical document for collecting the necessary clinical data as dictated by the study protocol. It may change at different stages of a trial.

• Site and Investigator Recruitment – The product under investigation is administered to patients usually by third-party physicians, serving as independent contractors (referred to as investigators) at hospitals, clinics, or other locations, referred to as clinical sites. Medical devices are implemented or tested by investigators in similar settings. Potential investigators may be identified and solicited by the product sponsor. A significant portion of a trial’s success depends on the successful identification and recruitment of experienced investigators with an adequate base of patients who satisfy the requirements of the study protocol. We have access to thousands of investigators who have conducted clinical trials for us. We provide additional services at the clinical site to assist physicians and expedite the clinical research process.

• Patient Enrollment – The investigators, usually with our assistance, find and enroll patients suitable for the study. The speed with which trials can be completed is significantly affected by the rate at which patients are enrolled. Prospective patients are required to review information about the clinical test and the investigational product and its possible side effects, and sign an informed consent form to record their knowledge and acceptance of potential side effects. Patients also undergo a medical examination to determine whether they meet the requirements of the study protocol. Patients then receive the product under investigation or a control (for example, a placebo) and are examined

3

by the investigator as specified by the study protocol. Investigators are responsible for administering the products to patients, as well as examining patients and conducting necessary tests.

• Study Monitoring and Data Collection – As patients are examined and tests are conducted in accordance with the study protocol and applicable regulatory requirements, data are recorded on CRFs, either electronically or paper-based. CRFs are transmitted electronically from study sites or collected by specially trained persons known as clinical monitors. Sites are closely managed over the telephone/internet and monitors visit the sites as needed to ensure that the CRFs are completed correctly and to verify that the study has been conducted in compliance with the protocol and regulatory requirements. We offer several EDC technologies, which significantly enhance both the quality and timeliness of clinical data capture and collection while achieving significant efficiency savings. Our study monitoring and data collection services are designed to comply with the adverse events reporting guidelines and related regulatory requirements of the FDA and other relevant regulatory agencies. Approximately 90% of new trials are EDC-based.

• Data Management – Our data management professionals provide a broad array of services to support the accurate collection, organization, validation, and analysis of clinical data. For instance, they assist in the design of CRFs and investigator training manuals to ensure that data are collected in an organized and consistent format in compliance with the study protocol and all applicable regulatory requirements. Databases are designed according to the analytical specifications of the project and the particular needs of the client. The use of scanning and imaging of the CRFs and the use of EDC technologies to gather and report clinical data expedites data exchange while minimizing data collection errors by permitting the verification of data integrity in a more timely manner. After the data is entered, the data management team performs an array of data abstraction, data review, medical coding, serious adverse event reconciliations, loading of electronic data (such as laboratory data), database verification, and editing and resolution of data problems. The data is then submitted in a format prescribed by the sponsor. Our CRS business segment has extensive experience throughout the world in the creation of scientific databases for all phases of the drug development process, including the creation of customized databases to meet client-specific formats, integrated databases to support new drug application (“NDA”) and equivalent submissions and databases created and maintained in compliance with FDA, European, Asian and other regulatory specifications and requirements.

• Biostatistics and Programming – Our biostatistics professionals assist clients with all phases of drug development, including biostatistical consulting, database design, data analysis, and statistical reporting. These professionals develop and review protocols, design appropriate analysis plans, and design report formats to address the objectives of the study protocol as well as the client’s individual objectives. Working with programming staff, biostatisticians/epidemiologists perform appropriate analyses and produce tables, graphs, listings, and other applicable displays of results according to an analysis plan. Our biostatisticians/epidemiologists may also represent clients during panel hearings at the FDA and other regulatory agencies.

• Report Writing – A description of the study conducted, along with the statistical analysis of data collected during the trial and other clinical data are presented and summarized in a final report generated for inclusion in a regulatory document. We assist clients with writing reports for inclusion in these documents.

• Medical Services – Throughout the course of a development program, our physicians provide a wide range of medical research and consulting services to improve the efficiency and quality of clinical research, including medical supervision of clinical trials, medical monitoring of patient safety, review and reporting of adverse events, medical writing, and strategy and product development. Our medical services professionals also provide lifecycle drug safety services combining operational pharmacovigilance and pharmacovigilance consulting. Operational pharmacovigilance capabilities cover all phases of clinical development and drug safety for marketed products.

• Project Management – Throughout the entire spectrum of activities described above, our CRS segment provides project management services. These services entail providing overall leadership to our project team, acting as the main client liaison, project planning, managing progress against study goals and deliverables, budget management, progress and metrics reporting, and issue resolution. These project management services are offered on all types of studies – single-service, multi-service, or full-service.

Clinical Logistics – In association with the clinical trials we conduct, we offer a full range of clinical logistics services that include coordinating investigational drug supply manufacturing, managing import/export requirements, labeling, warehousing, distribution, and inventory control (including the return and destruction of unused trial medication, laboratory services, and ancillary supplies).

PAREXEL CONSULTING AND MEDICAL COMMUNICATIONS SERVICES (PCMS)

Service revenue from the PCMS business segment represented $202.5 million, or 11.7% of consolidated service revenue in Fiscal Year 2013, $167.1 million, or 12.0% of consolidated service revenue in Fiscal Year 2012, and $129.7 million, or 10.7% of consolidated service revenue in Fiscal Year 2011.

4

We conduct our PCMS operations through five groups:

• Integrated Product Development Consulting – Our Integrated Product Development (“IPD”) consulting group provides comprehensive product development and regulatory consulting services for pharmaceutical, biotechnology, and medical device companies in major jurisdictions in the U.S., Europe, Japan and emerging markets in Asia, Middle East, North Africa, and Latin America. These services include drug and device development and regulatory strategy design, scientific and technical evaluation, writing and review services, preparation, review and submission of regulatory applications (both for clinical trials and for marketing authorizations) to regulatory authorities in dozens of countries, regulatory training for client personnel, and expert liaison with the FDA, EMA, and other regulatory agencies around the world. Our IPD consulting group works closely with clients to design product development and regulatory strategies and comprehensive registration programs. Our product development and regulatory experts include individuals who have joined us from the biopharmaceutical industry and form regulatory agencies such as the FDA and agencies in the UK, Germany, The Netherlands, Sweden, and France. Our experts review existing published literature and regulatory precedents, evaluate the client's scientific and technical data of a product (Non-Clinical, Clinical, Chemistry, Manufacturing and Controls (“CMC”) and Regulatory) based on their individual and collective expertise and experience, assess the competitive and regulatory environments in specific relation to our clients’ products and business goals, identify deficiencies in client product documentation (“gap analysis”), and define the steps necessary to obtain regulatory approvals in the most expeditious manner. Through these services, we help our clients obtain regulatory approval for particular products or product lines in markets around the world.

• Clinical Trial Regulatory Services – Our Clinical Trial Regulatory Services team helps clients to efficiently submit clinical trial applications (CTAs) to regulatory authorities throughout the world. We manage successful interactions with regulatory agencies and deliver regulatory submissions in more than 75 countries throughout the world.

• Strategic Compliance Consulting – Our Strategic Compliance group offers a range of specialized clinical and manufacturing consulting services designed to help pharmaceutical, biotechnology, and medical device companies achieve and maintain regulatory compliance, product quality, and process excellence. These services include clinical and manufacturing compliance strategy, assistance with addressing regulatory agency enforcement issues, risk management, GCP, GLP, GTP and current GMP audits, consent decrees, pre-approval inspection readiness, process optimization, organizational alignment, and training. Our Strategic Compliance group offers its clients experienced regulatory and industry professionals – formerly from the FDA or from the quality departments of major biotech, pharmaceutical, and medical device companies.

• Medical Communications Services – Our Medical Communications Services (“MedCom”) group assists biopharmaceutical clients in their efforts to achieve optimal market penetration for their products worldwide through expert medical communications and publications services. MedCom utilizes its expertise in strategic consultancy, market and competitive landscaping, publications planning, scientific writing, managed markets, and regulatory compliance to provide effective and compliant scientific communications to a diverse audience of provider, payer, and patient advocacy group stakeholders. An integrated communications plan can detail external and internal strategies, including communications objectives, target audiences, communications priorities and timing, key messages, key meetings and events, and target publications and media. MedCom supports marketing communication objectives across a broad spectrum of media from publications through interactive technologies. Other services include planning of meetings and exhibits in premier scientific conferences and symposia.

• Commercialization Consulting Services – Our Commercialization Consulting Services group provides commercialization strategies and deliverables that assist clients in understanding how changing marketplace dynamics may impact product development, product reimbursement, patient access and commercial success. We identify, gather, analyze, and communicate data that is critical to maximizing product value and commercial success. Our service lines include strategic market access planning, systematic reviews for evidence development, economic modeling and evaluation, pricing, reimbursement strategies, global value dossier writing, and engagement with Health Technology Assessment authorities. The acquisition of HERON is intended to strengthen our ability to offer our clients a full spectrum of services that aid in developing products through reimbursement and market access strategies.  We help our clients better prepare their products for the market, better prepare the market for their products and demonstrate product value in the marketplace.

PERCEPTIVE INFORMATICS (PERCEPTIVE)

Service revenue from our Perceptive business represented $228.3 million, or 13.1% of consolidated service revenue in Fiscal Year 2013, $190.7 million, or 13.6% of consolidated service revenue in Fiscal Year 2012, and $159.5 million, or 13.2% of consolidated service revenue in Fiscal Year 2011.

5

Perceptive products and service lines include:

• eClinical Suite – Perceptive offers most of our proprietary products and services (described below) in a single scalable technology platform, providing a unified framework to access a suite of seamlessly integrated application, data and information associated with clinical trials and programs. The increase in individual technology applications adopted in clinical trials has created new integration challenges and workflow inefficiencies, resulting in unintended loss of productivity. Perceptive MyTrials addresses this challenge by providing sponsors and investigative site users with a single place to plan, design and conduct their clinical trials through full data integration and application convergence.

• ClinPhone Randomization & Trial Supply Management (ClinPhone RTSM) – Perceptive provides automated randomization and logistics management through its ClinPhone RTSM solutions. Our services include both Interactive Voice Response (“IVR”) and Interactive Web Response (“IWR”) technologies. The ClinPhone RTSM solutions are used in clinical trials to achieve treatment group balance, eliminate selection bias, and limit the predictability of treatment allocations, all of which are designed to comply with the latest regulatory requirements. ClinPhone RTSM allows effective real-time implementation of randomization algorithm modifications required for adaptive trial designs.

• Medical Imaging Services – Perceptive offers products and services that allow our clients to apply and manage medical imaging in clinical trials. Clinical study sponsors increasingly rely on imaging as a surrogate endpoint in support of efficacy and safety. Our therapeutic and imaging experts provide a range of capabilities in the application of imaging techniques from early clinical development through peri-approval studies. These services include:

◦ Standardization of imaging and image management at investigative sites

◦ Image collection at a central location

◦ Development of independent review charters for review and approval by regulatory authorities

◦ Employing directly or subcontracting independent reviewers and training these reviewers on the assessment criteria and reviewer roles and responsibilities

◦ Management of the logistical processes involved in the independent review

• Clinical Trial Management System (CTMS) – We offer CTMS solutions to assist biopharmaceutical companies with the complex process of planning and managing clinical trials. Our IMPACT^® solution provides established global pharmaceutical companies and service organizations with flexible options that include hosted or on-premise solutions.

• Electronic Data Capture (EDC) – DataLabs^® EDC is one of the industry’s first single data management systems that unifies the functionality of paper data entry (PDE) with the flexibility of electronic data capture (EDC). DataLabs EDC is able to combine data collected on paper with data collected electronically into one easy-to-use electronic clinical data management platform. The collected information feeds into a single database providing clients with fully integrated data. With DataLabs EDC, users are able to design a study, collect data using either method and then clean and manage that data using a single system.

• Electronic Patient Reported Outcomes (ePRO) – Patient self-reported data is increasingly playing a key part in efficacy and quality of life assessment, patient recruitment, symptom and safety information and medical compliance monitoring. Our ePRO solutions provide the flexibility to choose among the most commonly used ePRO methods, IVR, Web, personal digital assistant (“PDA”), and computer tablet (“Tablet”):

◦ IVR (Interactive Voice Response) – Our IVR platform enables ePRO delivery using the subject’s own telephone, making it highly cost-effective and simple to deploy;

◦ Web/IWR (Interactive Web Response) – The Web offers all of the advantages and benefits of IVR as subjects use any desktop or laptop connected to the Internet to securely access the ePRO application; and

◦ PDA/Tablet – Depending on the specific characteristics of the protocol, a device-based solution may be best suited for a study.

• E-Clinical Technology Services (eCTS) – Perceptive provides leading solutions to integrate systems and processes to help companies simplify the concurrent use of the multiple technologies involved in clinical trials. Perceptive’s integrations are delivered by our dedicated eCTS experts who have an in-depth understanding of advanced technologies, clinical development processes and validated system integrations. Perceptive’s integration solutions and services include our Clinical Technology Integration Platform (CTIP), which is a proprietary environment designed to facilitate seamless two-way exchange of data across different systems via reliable and repeatable integrations. Through

6

our CTIP and dedicated eCTS staff, we can support most integration requirements including validated integrations between our hosted products and key third-party hosted technology solutions.

• LIQUENT Regulatory Information Management –We offer software and professional service solutions designed to support the regulatory business processes of our life science clients. Our product suite, LIQUENT InSight®, is an end-to-end, integrated RIM platform. LIQUENT InSight provides our clients with regulatory submission planning, publishing, viewing and registration management capabilities necessary to get their products to market and effectively maintain them throughout their lifespan. We also provide a full complement of flexible Regulatory Affairs consulting and Regulatory Operational outsourcing services to help our clients meet the demands of a dynamic regulatory landscape.

INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

We are committed to investing in information technology designed to help us to provide high quality services; competitive and cost-effective client-facing solutions; and well-managed internal resources. We have built our information technology solutions by developing proprietary technology as well as purchasing and integrating commercially available information technology solutions that address critical aspects of our business. The proprietary technology we use supports project proposals/budget generation, time information management, revenue and resource forecasting, clinical data entry and management, clinical trial management, project management, quality management, and procurement/expense processing.

We maintain an internal information technology group that is responsible for technological planning, applications development, program management, technical operations, and management of our worldwide computer infrastructure and voice and data networks. Our information systems are designed to support and reinforce all of our policies and procedures while enabling us to respond to the multiple needs of our different clients and regulatory systems. Our systems also enable us to respond quickly to client inquiries regarding progress on projects and, in some cases, to gain direct access to client data on client owned systems.

SALES AND MARKETING

Our sales and marketing personnel carry out our global business development activities. In addition to significant selling experience, most of these individuals have technical and/or scientific backgrounds. Our senior executives and project team leaders also participate in maintaining key client relationships and engaging in business development activities.

Each of our three reporting segments has a business development team that focuses on its particular market segment. In many cases, however, the reporting segment selling teams work together in order to provide clients with the most appropriate service offering to meet their needs. Moreover, we have developed strategic account management teams to provide clients with a single point of contact and to facilitate cross-selling opportunities.

Each business development employee is generally responsible for a specific client segment or group of clients and for strengthening and expanding an effective relationship with that client. Each individual is responsible for developing his or her client base on our behalf, responding to client requests for information, developing and defending proposals, and making presentations to clients.

Our business development group is supported by our marketing team. Our marketing activities consist primarily of market information development and analysis, strategic planning, competitive analysis, brand management, collateral development, participation in industry conferences, advertising, e-marketing, publications, and website development and maintenance. The marketing team focuses both on supporting the individual business development teams for their specific market segments as well as promoting an integrated marketing strategy and communications plan for PAREXEL as a whole.

CLIENTS

We have in the past derived, and may in the future derive, a significant portion of our service revenue from both an individual client and a core group of clients. Concentrations of business in the biopharmaceutical services industry are common and we expect to continue to experience such concentration in future years due to our increasing number of strategic partnerships. Our five largest clients accounted for 50%, 40.5% and 35% of our consolidated service revenue in aggregate for Fiscal Year 2013, Fiscal Year 2012, and Fiscal Year 2011, respectively. Two clients, Pfizer and Merck, individually accounted for 17% and 12%, respectively, of consolidated service revenue in Fiscal Year 2013. No single client accounted for 10% or more of consolidated service revenue in Fiscal Year 2012 or Fiscal Year 2011.

BACKLOG

Backlog represents anticipated service revenue from work not yet completed or performed under signed contracts, letters of intent, and pre-contract commitments that are supported by written communications. Once work commences, revenue is generally recognized over the life of the contract as services are provided. Backlog at June 30, 2013 was approximately $4.61 billion, compared with approximately $4.39 billion at June 30, 2012, an increase of 5.0%. Subject to the matters addressed in

7

the following paragraph, we anticipate that approximately $1.9 billion of the backlog will be recognized as revenue in our fiscal year ending June 30, 2014 (“Fiscal Year 2014”).

We believe that our backlog as of any date is not necessarily a meaningful predictor of future results. Projects included in backlog are subject to cancellation, revision, or delay. As detailed more fully in the “Risk Factors” section of this annual report, clients terminate, delay, or change the scope of projects for a variety of reasons including, among others, the failure of products being tested to satisfy safety requirements, unexpected or undesirable clinical results of the product, client decisions to forego a particular study, insufficient patient enrollment or investigator recruitment, or production problems resulting in shortages of the drug. Additionally, we have been entering into an increasing number of strategic partnerships. As a result, any delay or cancellation related to these partnerships could significantly impact the conversion of backlog into revenue. Generally, our contracts can be terminated upon thirty to sixty days notice by the client.

COMPETITION

We compete with other biopharmaceutical outsourcing services companies and other clinical research organizations (“CROs”) that provide one or more of the services currently being offered by us. Some of the larger biopharmaceutical services companies, such as Quintiles Transnational Corporation, Covance Inc., Pharmaceutical Product Development Inc., inVentiv Health, INC Research, and Icon plc, offer services that compete directly with our services at many levels.

We believe that the synergies arising from integrating the products and services offered by our different business units, coupled with our global infrastructure (and resulting rapid access to diverse patient populations and markets), technology products and services, and depth of expertise and experience differentiate us from our competitors. Although there are no guarantees that we will continue to do so, we believe that we compete favorably in all of our business areas and segments, as more fully described below.

CRS

The clinical outsourcing services industry is very fragmented, with several hundred providers offering varying levels of service, skills, and capabilities. Our CRS group primarily competes against in-house departments of pharmaceutical companies, other full service biopharmaceutical outsourcing services companies, small specialty CROs, and to a small extent, universities, teaching hospitals, and other site organizations. The primary competitors for our CRS business include Quintiles Transnational Corporation, Covance Inc., Pharmaceutical Product Development Inc., and Icon plc.

CRS generally competes on the basis of:

• a broad international presence with strategically located facilities and access to end markets;

• the ability to organize and manage large-scale clinical trials on a global basis;

• the ability to recruit investigators and patients expeditiously;

• medical and scientific expertise in a specific therapeutic area;

• quality of services;

• breadth of services;

• the ability to integrate information technology with systems to improve the efficiency of clinical research;

• previous experience with a client or a specific therapeutic area;

• the ability to manage large and complex medical databases;

• the ability to provide statistical and regulatory services;

• financial strength and stability; and

• price.

We believe that the key competitive strengths of our CRS business are its global footprint and related rapid access to diverse patient populations, therapeutic expertise, technological expertise and its experience in global drug development.

PCMS

Our PCMS segment competes with a large and diverse group of specialty service providers, including major consulting firms with pharmaceutical industry practices, large and small biopharmaceutical services companies, individual consultants, specialty medical communications services companies, and medical communication subsidiaries of large international advertising companies.

8

We believe that a central differentiator of our PCMS service offering is our combination of scientific, regulatory and commercialization expertise. We consider PCMS’s key competitive strengths to include a combination of deep global expertise in early and late stage drug development, regulatory strategy and submissions, GMP compliance, reimbursement and market access consulting, and global commercialization and communications strategies. We believe that this broad range of capabilities enables us to help our clients in any country get the right product to the correct global markets and the appropriate patients in an efficient and effective manner.

PERCEPTIVE

Our Perceptive business competes primarily with biopharmaceutical services companies, information technology companies, and software companies. Companies in this segment compete based on the strength and usability of their technology offerings, their expertise and experience, and their understanding of the clinical development process. Perceptive’s key competitive strength is its combination of technological expertise and knowledge of clinical development. Additionally, Perceptive’s offerings provide substantial synergies to our customers and CRS services.

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

Our trademark “PAREXEL^®” is of material importance to us. This and other trademarks have been registered in the U.S. and many foreign countries. The duration of trademark registrations varies from country to country. However, trademarks generally may be renewed indefinitely as long as they are in use and/or their registrations are properly maintained, and as long as they have not been found to have become generic.

EMPLOYEES

As of June 30, 2013, we had approximately 14,700 full-time equivalent employees. Approximately 29% of our employees are located in the United States and approximately 71% are located internationally. We believe that we have good relationships with our employees.

The success of our business depends upon our ability to attract and retain qualified professional, scientific, and technical staff. The level of competition among employers in the U.S. and overseas for skilled personnel, particularly those with Ph.D., M.D., or equivalent degrees, is high. We believe that our name recognition and our multinational presence, which allows for international transfers by employees, are an advantage in attracting qualified candidates. In addition, we believe that the wide range of clinical trials in which we participate allows us to offer broad experience to clinical researchers.

GOVERNMENT REGULATIONS

We provide clinical trial services and diverse consulting solutions to the pharmaceutical, biotechnology, and medical device industries worldwide. Lack of success in obtaining approval for the conduct of clinical trials in the countries where we manage clinical trials on behalf of our clients can adversely affect us. We make no guarantees to our clients with regard to successful outcomes of the regulatory process, including the success of clinical trial applications or marketing authorization applications.

Clinical research services provided by PAREXEL in the U.S. are subject to established and evolving FDA regulations. We are obligated to comply with FDA requirements governing activities such as obtaining Institutional Review Board (IRB) approval and patient informed consents, verifying qualifications of investigators, reporting patients’ adverse reactions to products, and maintaining thorough and accurate records. We are also required to ensure that the computer systems we use to process human data from clinical trials are validated in accordance with the FDA’s electronic records regulations, 21 Code of Federal Regulations Part 11, which apply to the pharmaceutical and CRO industries when companies choose to use electronic records in lieu of paper records or electronic signatures in lieu of traditional signatures. We must maintain source documents for each study for specified periods, and such documents may be reviewed according to GCP or GPP standards by the study sponsors and the FDA and other agencies (for example the EMA and the Japanese Pharmaceutical and Medical Devices Agency) during audits and inspections. Non-compliance with GCP can result in the disqualification of data collected during a clinical study and in non-approval or non-clearance of a product application submitted to the FDA or other regulatory agencies around the world.

The clinical investigation of new drugs, biologics, and medical devices is highly regulated by government agencies around the world. The standard for the conduct of clinical research and development studies is embodied in GCP, a set of international standards and guidelines, which stipulate procedures designed to ensure the quality and integrity of data obtained from clinical testing, and to protect the rights and safety of clinical trial participants. The FDA and many other regulatory authorities require that study results submitted to such authorities be based on studies conducted in compliance with GCP. Effective May 1, 2004, the European Union (“EU”) enacted the Clinical Trials Directive (the “Directive”) in an attempt to harmonize the regulatory requirements of the member states of the EU for the conduct of clinical trials in its territory. The Directive requires sponsors of clinical trials to submit formal applications to national ethics committees and regulatory authorities prior to the initiation of clinical trials in any of the 28 Member States of the EU. As in the United States, clinical trials in the EU are expected to be carried out in compliance with detailed requirements for GCP. The international regulatory approval process, in the EU as well as many other countries, includes all of the risks and potential delays associated with the FDA approval process.

9

Because the FDA’s regulatory requirements have served as the model for much of the regulation of new drug development worldwide, regulatory requirements similar to those of the FDA exist in the other countries in which we operate. Our regulatory capabilities include knowledge of the specific regulatory requirements of numerous countries. We have managed simultaneous regulatory submissions in more than one country for a number of drug sponsors for more than ten consecutive years. Beginning in 1990, the FDA and corresponding regulatory agencies of the EU and Japan commenced discussions to develop harmonized standards for preclinical and clinical studies and the format and content of applications for new drug approvals through a process known as the International Conference on Harmonisation (“ICH”) of Technical Requirements for Registration of Pharmaceuticals for Human use. Data from multinational studies adhering to GCP are now generally acceptable to the FDA and regulators in Australia, Canada, the EU, Japan and Latin American countries, although there can be no advance assurance that the submission of such data to any regulatory authority will result in regulatory approval for marketing of the product. The ICH process has sanctioned a single common format for drug and biologic marketing authorization applications, known as the Common Technical Document (“CTD”) in the U.S., Europe, Japan and Canada. On July 1, 2003 the CTD format became mandatory in Europe and Japan and highly recommended by the FDA in the U.S. and by the Canadian regulatory authorities. We have developed the expertise to prepare CTDs for our clients in both paper and electronic form.

REGULATION OF DRUGS AND BIOLOGICS

Before a new drug or biologic may be approved and marketed, the drug or biologic must undergo extensive testing and regulatory review in order to determine that the drug or biologic is safe and effective. It is not possible to estimate the time in which preclinical and Phase I, II and III studies will be completed with respect to a given product, although the time period may last many years. Using the U.S. regulatory environment as an example, the stages of this development process are generally as follows:

Preclinical Research (approximately 1 to 3.5 years) – In vitro (“test tube”) and animal studies must be conducted in accordance with GLP to establish the relative toxicity of the drug or biologic over a wide range of doses and to detect any potential to cause a variety of adverse conditions or diseases, including birth defects or cancer. If results warrant continuing development of the drug or biologic, the results of the studies are submitted to the FDA by the manufacturer as part of an Investigational New Drug Application (“IND”), which must be submitted to the FDA before proposed clinical testing can begin. An IND must include, among other things, preclinical data, chemistry, manufacturing and control information, and an investigational plan, and must become effective before such trials may begin. An IND automatically becomes effective 30 days after receipt by the FDA, unless the FDA, within the 30-day time period, raises concerns or questions relating to one or more proposed clinical trials. In such a case, the IND sponsor and the FDA must resolve any outstanding concerns before the clinical trial can begin. In addition, clinical trials cannot begin at a particular study site until approved by the site's Institutional Review Board ("IRB"), which is an independent expert body charged with protecting patient safety and privacy. As a result, there can be no assurance that submission of an IND will result in the ability to commence clinical trials.

Clinical Trials (approximately 3.5 to 6 years)

Phase I consists of basic safety and pharmacology testing in approximately 20 to 80 human subjects, usually healthy volunteers or stable patients, and includes studies to evaluate the metabolic and pharmacologic action of the product in humans, how the drug or biologic works, how it is affected by other drugs, how it is tolerated and absorbed, where it goes in the body, how long it remains active, and how it is broken down and eliminated from the body.

Phase II includes basic efficacy (effectiveness) and dose-range testing in a limited patient population (usually 100 to 200 patients) afflicted with a specific disease or condition for which the product is intended for use, further safety testing, evaluation of effectiveness, and determination of optimal dose levels, dose schedules, and routes of administration. If Phase II studies yield satisfactory results and no hold is placed on further studies by the FDA, Phase III studies can commence.

Phase III includes larger scale, multi-center, comparative clinical trials conducted with patients afflicted by a target disease, in order to provide enough data for a valid statistical test of safety and efficacy required by the FDA and others, and to provide an adequate basis for product labeling.

The FDA receives reports on the progress of each phase of clinical testing and may require the modification, suspension, or termination of clinical trials if, among other things, an unreasonable risk is presented to patients or if the design of the trial is insufficient to meet its stated objective.

NDA or Biologic License Application (“BLA”) Preparation and Submission – Upon completion of Phase III trials, the sponsor assembles the statistically analyzed data from all phases of development, along with the chemistry and manufacturing and pre-clinical data and the proposed labeling, among other things, into a single large document, the NDA (New Drug Application) or BLA in CTD format as of July 1, 2003, which today comprises, on average, roughly 100,000 pages. Typically, an NDA or BLA must be accompanied by payment of a statutory fee (this fee was more than $2 million in Fiscal Year 2013).

FDA Review of NDA or BLA – The FDA carefully scrutinizes data from all phases of development to confirm that the manufacturer has complied with regulations and that the drug or biologic is safe and effective for the specific use (or

10

“indication”) under study. The FDA may refuse to accept the NDA or BLA for filing and substantive review if certain administrative and content criteria are not satisfied. Even after accepting the submission for review, the FDA may also require additional testing or information before approval of an NDA or BLA. The FDA must deny approval of an NDA or BLA if applicable regulatory requirements are not satisfied.

Post-Marketing Surveillance and Phase IV Studies – Federal regulation requires the sponsor to collect and periodically report to the FDA additional safety and efficacy data on the drug or biologic for as long as the manufacturer markets the product (post-marketing surveillance). If the product is marketed outside the U.S., these reports must include data from all countries in which the product is sold. Additional studies (Phase IV) may be required by the FDA as a condition of the product’s approval to assess safety or verify clinical benefit or may be voluntarily undertaken after initial approval to find new uses for the product, to test new dosage formulations, or to confirm selected non-clinical benefits (e.g., increased cost-effectiveness or improved quality of life). Product approval may be withdrawn if compliance with regulatory standards is not maintained or if problems occur following initial marketing. In addition, the FDA and other major regulatory agencies ask sponsor companies to prepare risk management plans for approved and marketed drugs and biologics, aimed at assessing areas of drug risk and plans for managing such risks should they materialize. The passage of the FDA Amendments Act of 2007 imposed additional requirements on sponsors to address drug safety (for example, through a plan called Risk Evaluation and Mitigation Strategies or REMS), to conduct post-marketing studies required by the FDA and to submit clinical trial information, including clinical study results, of investigational and marketed drugs (as well as medical devices) to a databank maintained by the National Institutes of Health and accessible to the public on the Internet (www.clinicaltrials.gov). This was done in order to increase the “public transparency” of clinical results.

REGULATION OF MEDICAL DEVICES

Unless a medical device is exempted from pre-market approval or clearance requirements, which are described below, or is eligible for de novo review, FDA approval or clearance of the device is required before the product may be marketed in the United States. In order to obtain pre-market clearance for marketing, a manufacturer must demonstrate substantial equivalence to a similar legally marketed product by submitting a pre-market notification, or 510(k), to the FDA. The FDA may require preclinical and clinical data to support a substantial equivalence determination, and there can be no assurance the FDA will find a device substantially equivalent. Clinical trials can take extended periods of time to complete. In addition, if the FDA requires an approved Investigational Device Exemption (“IDE”) before clinical device trials may commence, there can be no guarantee that the agency will approve the IDE. The IDE approval process could also result in significant delays.

After submission of a pre-market notification containing, among other things, any data collected, the FDA may find the device substantially equivalent and the device may be marketed. After a device receives 510(k) clearance, any modification that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness, or that would constitute a major change in its intended use, requires a new 510(k) clearance or could require approval of a pre-market approval application (“PMA”). If the FDA finds that a device is not substantially equivalent, the manufacturer may request that the FDA make a risk-based classification to place the device in Class I or Class II. However, if a timely request for risk-based classification is not made, or if the FDA determines that a Class III designation is appropriate, a PMA will be required before the device may be marketed.

If there is no legally marketed predicate device, a manufacturer can seek to have a device classified into Class I or Class II through the de novo review process. As a result of statutory revisions made in 2012, the de novo process can be used without first going through the 510(k) process.

The PMA approval process is lengthy, expensive, and typically requires, among other things, extensive data from preclinical testing and a well-controlled clinical trial or trials that demonstrate a reasonable assurance of safety and effectiveness. There can be no assurance that review will result in timely, or any, PMA approval. There may also be significant conditions associated with the approval, including limitations on labeling and advertising claims and the imposition of post-market testing, tracking, or surveillance requirements. Even after approval, a new PMA or PMA supplement is required in the event of a modification to the device, its labeling or its manufacturing process.

REGULATION OF PATIENT INFORMATION

The confidentiality, security, use and disclosure of patient-specific information are subject to governmental regulation. Regulations to protect the safety and privacy of human subjects who participate in or whose data are used in clinical research generally require clinical investigators to obtain affirmative informed consent from identifiable research subjects before research is undertaken. Under the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 ("HIPAA"), as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economics and Clinical Health (“HITECH”) Act of 2009, the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services has issued regulations mandating privacy and data security standards and breach notification requirements for certain types of individually identifiable health information, or protected health information, when used or disclosed by health care providers and other HIPAA-covered entities or business associates that provide services to or perform functions on behalf of these covered entities. HIPAA regulations generally require individuals’ written authorization before identifiable health information may be used for research, in addition to any required informed consent. HIPAA regulations also specify

11

standards for de-identifying health information so that information can be handled outside of the HIPAA requirements and for creating limited data sets that can be used for research purposes under less stringent HIPAA restrictions.

Outside of the United States, many countries have enacted laws to safeguard the privacy and security of personal information, including individually identifiable health information. The member states of the European Union have adopted a rigorous system of data protection regulations, based upon a framework imposed by the 1995 European Commission Directive on Data Protection, or Privacy Directive. These rules provide broad protections for personal information, including, among other things, notice requirements, limits on the scope and duration for which personal information may be maintained and processed, restrictions on disclosures of personal information, standards for providing individuals with control over the manner in which personal information is processed, and restrictions on transfers of such data to the United States and other countries that the European Union finds to lack “adequate” data protection laws of their own. Health-related information is recognized as a special, sensitive category of personal information, which may generally be processed only pursuant to the affirmative, or opt-in, consent of the individual to whom the information pertains. Violations of these data protection regulations are subject to administrative penalties, civil money penalties, and criminal prosecution, including corporate fines and personal liability.

In order to comply with these laws and regulations, we must maintain internal compliance policies and procedures, and we may need to implement new privacy and security measures, which may require us to make substantial expenditures or cause us to limit the products and services we offer. In addition, if we violate applicable laws, regulations, contractual commitments, or other duties relating to the use, privacy or security of health information, we could be subject to civil liability or criminal penalties and it may be necessary to modify our business practices.

REGULATION OF HEALTH INDUSTRY ARRANGEMENTS

Since the U.S. Medicare program will pay for certain costs of qualifying clinical drug trials, as well as certain reasonable and necessary items and services used to diagnose and treat complications arising from participation in clinical trials, the conduct of such trials may be subject to laws and regulations that are intended to prevent misuse of such government health care program funding. In the U.S., these laws include, among others, the False Claims Act, which prohibits submitting or causing the submission of improper claims for government health care program payments; the so-called Stark physician self-referral law, which prohibits physicians from referring or billing for certain designated health services performed or provided by an entity in which the physician or an immediate family member has a financial compensation or ownership interest; and the health care anti-kickback law, which prohibits paying, offering to pay, or receiving payment in exchange for the referral of services or devices that are covered under a federal health care program, and which therefore restrict the permissibility of financial and promotional arrangements with patients, physicians, investigators, and study sites, such as, for example, financial incentives for physicians to enroll study participants or for patients, investigators or study sites to participate in a trial. Violations of these restrictions are subject to potentially severe administrative, civil and criminal penalties that could have a substantial and material adverse effect on our business, our reputation, and our continued ability to offer our biopharmaceutical outsourcing services.

POTENTIAL LIABILITIES AND INSURANCE

Our clinical research services focus on the testing of experimental drugs and devices on human volunteers pursuant to study protocols and in accordance with laws and regulations which govern clinical trials. Clinical research involves a risk of liability for personal injury or death to patients due to, among other reasons, possible unforeseen adverse side effects or improper administration of the new drug or medical device. We do not generally provide health care services directly to patients. Rather, our physicians or third party physician investigators are responsible for administering drugs and evaluating the study patients. Many of the patients enrolled in clinical trials are already seriously ill and are at risk of further illness or death.

We believe that the risk of liability to patients in clinical trials is mitigated by various regulatory requirements, including the role of IRBs, the need to obtain each patient’s informed consent, and the oversight by applicable regulatory authorities. The FDA, the Medicines and Healthcare products Regulatory Agency (MHRA) in the U.K., and regulatory authorities in other countries require each human clinical trial to be reviewed and approved by the IRB at each study site. An IRB is an independent ethics committee that includes both medical and non-medical personnel and is obligated to protect the interests of patients enrolled in the trial. The IRB approves and monitors the protocol and the measures designed to protect patients, such as the requirement to obtain informed consents.

To reduce our potential liability, we generally seek to incorporate indemnity provisions into our contracts with clients to protect us from liability for adverse reactions to the study drug as well as any negligent acts by the study sponsor and/or third party physician investigators. These indemnity provisions do not, however, protect us against certain of our own actions, such as those involving negligence. Moreover, these indemnities are contractual arrangements that are subject to negotiation with individual clients, and the terms and scope of such indemnities can vary from client to client and from study to study. Finally, the financial performance of these indemnities is not secured; therefore we bear the risk that an indemnifying party may not have the financial ability to fulfill its indemnification obligations. We could be materially and adversely affected if we were

12

required to pay damages or incur defense costs in connection with an uninsured claim that is outside the scope of an indemnity or where an indemnification obligation, although applicable, is not performed in accordance with its terms.

We currently maintain a portfolio of insurance coverage, including a professional liability insurance policy, subject to deductibles and coverage limits. There can be no assurance that this insurance coverage will be adequate, or that insurance coverage will continue to be available on terms acceptable to PAREXEL.

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

Our Internet website is http://www.parexel.com. We make available through this website our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed pursuant to Sections 13(a) and 15(d) of the Exchange Act. We make these reports available free of charge through our website as soon as reasonably practicable after they have been electronically filed with, or furnished to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Any materials we file with the SEC may also be read and copied at the SEC’s public reference room located at 100 F Street, N.E. Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the public reference room. Our SEC filings are also available to the public on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 10-K and, in particular, the description of our Business set forth in Part I, Item 1 and our Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations set forth in Part II, Item 7 (“MD&A”) contain or incorporate a number of forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“the Exchange Act”).

Any statements contained in or incorporated by reference into this report that are not statements of historical fact should be considered forward-looking statements. You can identify these forward-looking statements by use of the words “believes,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “plans,” “may,” “will,” “would,” “intends,” “estimates”, and other similar expressions, whether in the negative or affirmative. These forward-looking statements are based on current expectations, estimates, forecasts and projections about the industry and markets in which we operate and management’s beliefs and assumptions and should be read in conjunction with our MD&A and our consolidated financial statements and notes to consolidated financial statements. We cannot guarantee that we actually will achieve the plans, intentions or expectations disclosed in the forward-looking statements made. There are a number of important risks and uncertainties that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those indicated by such forward-looking statements. These risks and uncertainties include, without limitation, those set forth below under the heading “Risk Factors” as well as risks that emerge from time to time that are not possible for us to predict. Forward-looking statements, like all statements in this report, speak only as of the date of this report (unless another date is indicated). We disclaim any obligation to update publicly any forward-looking statements whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

13

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

In addition to other information in this report, the following risk factors should be considered carefully in evaluating our company and our business. Additional risks not currently known to us or other factors not perceived by us to present significant risk to our business at this time also may impair our business operations.

Risks Associated with our Business and Operations

The loss, modification, or delay of large or multiple contracts may negatively impact our financial performance.

Our clients generally can terminate their contracts with us upon 30 to 60 days' notice or can delay the execution of services. The loss or delay of a large contract or the loss or delay of multiple contracts could adversely affect our operating results, possibly materially. We have in the past experienced large contract cancellations and delays, which have adversely affected our operating results. The loss of a strategic partner could potentially have a material adverse effect on our business and financial statements.

Clients may terminate or delay their contracts for a variety of reasons, including:

• failure of products being tested to satisfy safety requirements;

• failure of products being tested to satisfy efficacy criteria;

• products having unexpected or undesired clinical results;

• client cost reductions as a result of budgetary limits or changing priorities;

• client decisions to forego a particular study, perhaps for economic reasons;

• merger or potential merger related activities involving the client;

• insufficient patient enrollment in a study;

• insufficient investigator recruitment;

• clinical drug manufacturing problems resulting in shortages of the product;

• product withdrawal following market launch; and

• shut down of manufacturing facilities.

An unfavorable economic environment may negatively impact our financial performance as a result of client defaults and other factors.

Our ability to attract and retain clients, invest in and grow our business and meet our financial obligations depends on our operating and financial performance, which, in turn, is subject to numerous factors. In addition to factors specific to our business, prevailing economic conditions and financial, business and other factors beyond our control can also affect us. These factors include the current sovereign debt crisis impacting certain European countries, including Greece, Italy, Ireland, Portugal, and Spain and related financial restructuring efforts. The world has recently experienced a global macroeconomic downturn, and if global economic and market conditions, or economic conditions in Europe, the United States or other key markets, remain uncertain, persist, or deteriorate further, demand for our services could decline, and we may experience material adverse impacts on our business, operating results, and financial condition. We cannot anticipate all the ways in which the current economic climate and financial market conditions could adversely impact our business.

We are exposed to risks associated with reduced profitability and the potential financial instability of our clients, many of whom may be adversely affected by volatile conditions in the financial markets, the economy in general and disruptions to the demand for health care services and pharmaceuticals. These conditions could cause clients to experience reduced profitability and/or cash flow problems that could lead them to modify, delay or cancel contracts with us, including contracts included in our current backlog.

Some of our clients are not revenue-generating entities at this time and rely upon equity and debt investments and other external sources of capital to meet their cash requirements. Due to the poor condition of the current global economy and other factors outside of our control, these clients may lack the funds necessary to pay outstanding liabilities due to us, despite contractual obligations. For example, in the second quarter of our fiscal year ended June 30, 2009 (“Fiscal Year 2009”), one of our biopharma clients informed us that it had encountered funding difficulties when one of its major investors defaulted on a contractual investment commitment, and that, as a result, the client would be unable to make payments due to us in connection with an on-going service contract for a large Phase III clinical trial. Consequently, we recorded approximately $14.0 million in reserves related to this late-stage trial, including $12.3 million in bad debt reserves. In Fiscal Year 2012, we recovered $2.3

14

million of proceeds from the final bankruptcy settlement. It is possible that similar situations could arise in the future, and such defaults could negatively affect our financial performance, possibly materially.

We face risks arising from the restructuring of our operations.

In April 2011, we adopted a plan to restructure our operations to reduce expenses, better align costs with current and future geographic sources of revenue, and improve operating efficiencies. The plan focused primarily on the Early Phase business and corporate functions and was completed in the third quarter of Fiscal Year 2012. The total cost of the plan was approximately $14.6 million and included the elimination of approximately 150 managerial and staff positions and the abandonment of certain property leases.

Although we expect that all costs associated with this and prior restructuring plans have been recorded as of June 30, 2013, if we incur additional restructuring charges, our financial condition and results of operations may be adversely impacted.

Restructuring also presents significant potential risks of events occurring that could adversely affect us, including a decrease in employee morale, the failure to achieve targeted cost savings and the failure to meet operational targets and customer requirements due to the loss of employees and any work stoppages that might occur.

The fixed price nature of our contracts or failure to document change orders could hurt our operating results.

Approximately 90% of our contracts are fixed price. If we fail to accurately price our contracts, if we experience significant cost overruns that are not recovered from our clients, or if we do not properly document changes to work orders under existing contracts, our gross margins on the contracts would be reduced and we could lose money on contracts. In the past, we have had to commit unanticipated resources to complete projects, resulting in lower gross margins on those projects. We might experience similar situations in the future.

If we are unable to attract suitable investigators and volunteers for our clinical trials, our clinical development business might suffer.

The clinical research studies we run in our CRS segment rely upon the ready accessibility and willing participation of physician investigators and volunteer subjects. Investigators are typically located at hospitals, clinics or other sites and supervise administration of the study drug to patients during the course of a clinical trial. Volunteer subjects generally include people from the communities in which the studies are conducted, and the rate of completion of clinical trials is significantly dependent upon the rate of participant enrollment.

Our clinical research development business could be adversely affected if we were unable to attract suitable and willing investigators or volunteers on a consistent basis. If we are unable to obtain sufficient patient enrollment or investigators to conduct clinical trials as planned, we might need to expend substantial additional funds to obtain access to resources or else be compelled to delay or modify our plans significantly. These considerations might result in our inability to successfully achieve projected development timelines as agreed with sponsors. In rare cases, it potentially may even lead us to recommend that trial sponsors terminate ongoing clinical trials or development of a product for a particular indication.

We rely on third parties and the transportation industry for important services.

We depend on third parties to provide us with products and services critical to our business. The failure of any of these third parties to adequately provide the needed products and services including, without limitation, transportation services, could have a material adverse effect on our business. Our clinical logistics services and other businesses are also heavily reliant on air travel for transport of clinical trial kits and other material, research products, and people, and a significant disruption to the air travel system, or our access to it, could have a material adverse effect on our business.

If our business, including Perceptive, is unable to maintain continuous, effective, reliable and secure operation of its computer hardware, software and internet applications and related tools and functions, its business will be harmed.

Our Perceptive business involves collecting, managing, manipulating and analyzing large amounts of data, and communicating data via the Internet. In our Perceptive business, we depend on the continuous, effective, reliable and secure operation of computer hardware, software, networks, telecommunication networks, Internet servers and related infrastructure. If the hardware or software malfunctions or access to data by internal research personnel or customers through the Internet is interrupted, our Perceptive business could suffer. In addition, any sustained disruption in Internet access provided by third parties could adversely impact our Perceptive business.

Although the computer and communications hardware used in our Perceptive business is protected through physical and software safeguards, it is still vulnerable to fire, storm, flood, power loss, earthquakes, telecommunications failures, physical or software break-ins, and similar events. And while certain of our operations have appropriate disaster recovery plans in place, we currently do not have redundant facilities everywhere in the world to provide IT capacity in the event of a system failure. In addition, the Perceptive software products are complex and sophisticated, and could contain data, design or software errors that could be difficult to detect and correct. If Perceptive fails to maintain and further develop the necessary computer capacity and

15

data to support the needs of our Perceptive customers, it could result in a loss of or a delay in revenue and market acceptance. Additionally, significant delays in the planned delivery of system enhancements or inadequate performance of the systems once they are completed could damage our reputation and harm our business.

Finally, long-term disruptions to infrastructure caused by events such as natural disasters, the outbreak of war, the escalation of hostilities, and acts of terrorism (particularly in areas where we have offices) could adversely affect our businesses. Although we carry property and business interruption insurance, our coverage may not be adequate to compensate us for all losses that may occur.

Our business is subject to international economic, political, and other risks that could negatively affect our results of operations or financial position.

We provide most of our services on a worldwide basis. Our service revenue from non-U.S. operations represented approximately 54.0% and 58.4% of total consolidated service revenue for Fiscal Year 2013 and Fiscal Year 2012, respectively. More specifically, our service revenue from operations in Europe, Middle East and Africa represented 36.0% and 39.8% of total consolidated service revenue for the corresponding periods. Our service revenue from operations in the Asia/Pacific region represented 14.0% and 14.7% of total consolidated service revenue for the respective periods. Accordingly, our business is subject to risks associated with doing business internationally, including:

• changes in a specific country’s or region’s political or economic conditions, including Western Europe, in particular;

• potential negative impact from changes in tax laws affecting any repatriation of profits;

• difficulty in staffing and managing widespread operations;

• unfavorable labor regulations applicable to our European or other international operations;

• changes in foreign currency exchange rates; and

• the need to ensure compliance with the numerous regulatory and legal requirements applicable to our business in each of these jurisdictions and to maintain an effective compliance program to ensure compliance.

Our operating results are impacted by the health of the global and local economies in which we operate. Our business and financial performance may be adversely affected by current and future economic conditions that cause a decline in business and consumer spending, including a reduction in the availability of credit, rising interest rates, financial market volatility and recession.

If we cannot retain our highly qualified management and technical personnel, our business would be harmed.

We rely on the expertise of our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Josef H. von Rickenbach, and our President and Chief Operating Officer, Mark A. Goldberg, and it would be difficult and expensive to find qualified replacements with the level of specialized knowledge of our products and services and the biopharmaceutical outsourcing services industry. While we are a party to an employment agreement with Mr. von Rickenbach, it may be terminated by either party upon notice to the counterparty.

In addition, in order to compete effectively, we must attract and retain qualified sales, professional, scientific, and technical operating personnel. Competition for these skilled personnel, particularly those with a medical degree, a Ph.D. or equivalent degrees, or industry specific expertise, is intense. We may not be successful in attracting or retaining key personnel.

Risks Associated with our Financial Results

Our operating results have fluctuated between quarters and years and may continue to fluctuate in the future, which could affect the price of our common stock.

Our quarterly and annual operating results have varied and will continue to vary in the future as a result of a variety of factors. For example, our income from operations totaled $38.3 million for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2013, $36.6 million for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2013, $31.4 million for the fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2012, $29.8 million for the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2012, and $25.5 million for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2012. Factors that cause these variations include:

• the level of new business authorizations in particular quarters or years;

• the timing of the initiation, progress, or cancellation of significant projects;

• foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations between quarters or years;

• restructuring charges;

• the mix of services offered in a particular quarter or year;

16

• the timing of the opening of new offices or internal expansion;

• timing, costs and the related financial impact of acquisitions;

• the timing and amount of costs associated with integrating acquisitions;

• the timing and amount of startup costs incurred in connection with the introduction of new products, services or subsidiaries;

• the dollar amount of changes in contract scope finalized during a particular period; and

• the amount of any reserves we are required to record.

Many of these factors, such as the timing of cancellations of significant projects and foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations between quarters or years, are beyond our control.

If our operating results do not match the expectations of securities analysts and investors, the trading price of our common stock will likely decrease.

Backlog may not result in revenue.

Our backlog is not necessarily a meaningful predictor of future results because backlog can be affected by a number of factors, including the size and duration of contracts, many of which are performed over several years. Additionally, as described above, contracts relating to our clinical development business are subject to early termination by the client, and clinical trials can be delayed or canceled for many reasons, including unexpected test results, safety concerns, regulatory developments or economic issues. Also, the scope of a contract can be reduced significantly during the course of a study. If the scope of a contract is revised, the adjustment to backlog occurs when the revised scope is approved by the client. For these and other reasons, we do not fully realize our entire backlog as service revenue.

Our revenue and earnings are exposed to exchange rate fluctuations, which have substantially affected our operating results.

Our financial statements are denominated in U.S. dollars. Because we conduct a significant portion of our operations in foreign countries, changes in foreign currency exchange rates could have and have had a significant effect on our operating results. For example, as a result of year-over-year foreign currency exchange rate fluctuation, service revenue for Fiscal Year 2013 was negatively impacted by approximately $15.1 million as compared with the same period in the previous year. Exchange rate fluctuations between local currencies and the U.S. dollar create risk in several ways, including:

• Foreign Currency Translation Risk. The revenue and expenses of our foreign operations are generally denominated in local currencies, primarily the pound sterling and the Euro, and are translated into U.S. dollars for financial reporting purposes. For Fiscal Year 2013 and Fiscal Year 2012, approximately 13.0% and 19.5% of consolidated service revenue, respectively, was from contracts denominated in Euros and service revenue from contracts denominated in pounds sterling was 2.6% and 3.9%, respectively. Accordingly, changes in exchange rates between foreign currencies and the U.S. dollar will affect the translation of foreign results into U.S. dollars for purposes of reporting our consolidated results.

• Foreign Currency Transaction Risk. We may be subjected to foreign currency transaction risk when our foreign subsidiaries enter into contracts or incur liabilities denominated in a currency other than the foreign subsidiary's functional (local) currency. We also may be subject to foreign currency transaction risk based upon our internal contracts and the extent of work performed by a particular region. To the extent that we are unable to shift the effects of currency fluctuations to our clients, foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations as a result of foreign currency exchange losses could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

Although we try to limit these risks through the inclusion of exchange rate fluctuation provisions stated in our service contracts or by hedging transaction risk with foreign currency exchange contracts, we do not succeed in all cases. Even in those cases in which we are successful, we may still experience fluctuations in financial results from our operations outside of the U.S., and we may not be able to favorably reduce the currency transaction risk associated with our service contracts.

Our effective income tax rate may fluctuate from quarter to quarter, which may affect our earnings and earnings per share.

Our quarterly effective income tax rate is influenced by our annual projected profitability in the various taxing jurisdictions in which we operate. Changes in the distribution of profits and losses among taxing jurisdictions may have a significant impact on our effective income tax rate, which in turn could have a material adverse effect on our net income and earnings per share. Factors that affect the effective income tax rate include, but are not limited to:

• the requirement to exclude from our quarterly worldwide effective income tax calculations losses in jurisdictions in which no tax benefit can be recognized;

17

• the repatriation of foreign earnings to the U.S.;

• actual and projected full-year pretax income;

• changes in tax laws in various taxing jurisdictions;

• audits by taxing authorities; and

• the establishment of valuation allowances against deferred tax assets if it is determined that it is more likely than not that future tax benefits will not be realized.

These changes may cause fluctuations in our effective income tax rate that could cause fluctuation in our earnings and earnings per share, which could affect our stock price.

Our results of operations may be adversely affected by the results of regulatory tax examinations.

We are subject to value added tax, customs tax, sales and use tax, withholding tax, payroll tax, income tax, and other taxes as a result of the operations of our business. The regulators from the various jurisdictions in which we operate periodically perform audits. In the conduct of such audits, we may be required to disclose information of a sensitive nature and, in general, to modify the way we have conducted business with our vendors and customers until the present, which may affect our business in an adverse manner. We are also regularly subject to, and are currently undergoing, audits by tax authorities in the United States and foreign jurisdictions for prior tax years. Although we believe our tax estimates are reasonable and we intend to defend our positions through litigation if necessary, the final outcome of tax audits and related litigation is inherently uncertain and could be materially different than that reflected in our historical income tax provisions and accruals. Moreover, we could be subject to assessments of substantial additional taxes and/or fines or penalties relating to ongoing or future audits. The adverse resolution of any audits or litigation could have an adverse effect on our financial position and results of operations.

Our results of operations may be adversely affected if our goodwill or intangible assets are impaired.

As of June 30, 2013, our total assets included $423.0 of goodwill and net intangible assets. We assess the realizability of our indefinite-lived intangible assets and goodwill annually as well as whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that these assets may be impaired. These events or changes in circumstances generally include operating losses or a significant decline in earnings associated with the acquired business or asset. Our ability to realize the value of the goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets will depend on the future cash flows of these businesses. These cash flows may be impacted by how well we have integrated these businesses. If we are not able to realize the value of the goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, we may be required to incur material charges relating to the impairment of those assets.

Changes to our computer operating systems, programs or software could adversely impact our business.

We may make changes to our existing computer operating systems, programs and/or software in an effort to increase our operating efficiency and/or deliver better value to our clients. Such changes may cause disruptions to our operations and have an adverse impact on our business in the short term.

Our business has experienced substantial expansion in the past and such expansion and any future expansion could strain our resources if not properly managed.

We have expanded our business substantially in the past. Future rapid expansion could strain our operational, human and financial resources. In order to manage expansion, we must:

• continue to improve operating, administrative, and information systems;

• accurately predict future personnel and resource needs to meet client contract commitments;

• track the progress of ongoing client projects; and

• attract and retain qualified management, sales, professional, scientific and technical operating personnel.

If we do not take these actions and are not able to manage the expanded business, the expanded business may be less successful than anticipated. We may be required to allocate existing or future resources to the expanded business, that in either case, we would have otherwise allocated to another part of our business.

If we are unable to successfully execute our acquisition strategies, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be adversely impacted.

Historically our growth strategy has been based in part on our ability to acquire existing businesses, services or technologies. We do not know whether in the future we will be able to:

• identify suitable businesses or technologies to buy;

• complete the purchase of those businesses on terms acceptable to us;

18

• successfully integrate their operations into our own;

• obtain financing necessary for an acquisition at all or on commercially acceptable terms; or

• retain key personnel and customers of acquired businesses.

We compete with other potential buyers for the acquisition of existing businesses and technology. This competition may result in fewer opportunities to purchase companies that are for sale. It may also result in higher purchase prices for the businesses that we want to purchase. We may also spend time and money investigating and negotiating with potential acquisition targets but not complete the transaction. Any future acquisition could involve other risks, including the assumption of additional liabilities and expenses, issuances of potentially dilutive securities or interest-bearing debt, transaction costs, and diversion of management's attention from other business concerns.

If we are unable to successfully integrate an acquired company, the acquisition could lead to disruptions to our business. For example, in December 2012, we completed the acquisition of LIQUENT, a leading regulatory information management solutions organization. In April 2013, we acquired HERON, a leading market access and reimbursement consulting company. The success of our acquisition strategy will depend upon, among other things, our ability to:

• assimilate the operations and services or products of the acquired company;

• integrate acquired personnel;

• retain and motivate key employees;

• retain customers;

• identify and manage risks facing the acquired company; and

• minimize the diversion of management’s attention from other business concerns.

Acquisitions of companies outside of the United States may also involve additional risks, including assimilating differences in foreign business practices and overcoming language and cultural barriers.

In the event that the operations of an acquired business do not meet our performance expectations, we may have to restructure the acquired business or write-off the value of some or all of the assets of the acquired business.

Our failure to execute our acquisition strategies, including the identification of potential acquisitions, completing targeted acquisitions, and integrating completed acquisitions, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Risks Associated with our Industry

We depend on the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries, either or both of which may suffer in the short or long term.

Our revenues depend greatly on the expenditures made by the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries in research and development. In some instances, companies in these industries are reliant on their ability to raise capital in order to fund their research and development projects. Accordingly, economic factors and industry trends that affect our clients in these industries also affect our business. If companies in these industries were to reduce the number of research and development projects they conduct or outsource, our business could be materially adversely affected.

In addition, we are dependent upon the ability and willingness of pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies to continue to spend on research and development and to outsource the services that we provide. We are therefore subject to risks, uncertainties and trends that affect companies in these industries. We have benefited to date from the tendency of pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies to outsource clinical research projects, but any downturn in these industries or reduction in spending or outsourcing could adversely affect our business. For example, if these companies expanded upon their in-house clinical or development capabilities, they would be less likely to utilize our services.

Pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies have been entering into strategic partnerships with clinical research organizations over the past few years. To the extent we are not selected or do not otherwise enter into a strategic partnership with a sponsor, future business with that sponsor may be limited.

Because we depend on a small number of industries, and there is a concentration of large clients in those industries, the loss of business from a significant client could harm our business, revenue and financial condition.

The loss of, or a material reduction in the business of, a significant client could cause a substantial decrease in our revenue and adversely affect our business and financial condition, possibly materially. In Fiscal Years 2013, 2012, and 2011, our five largest clients accounted for approximately 50%, 40.5%, and 35% of our consolidated service revenue, respectively. Our two largest clients individually accounted for 17% and 12% of consolidated service revenue in Fiscal Year 2013. In Fiscal Year 2014, we

19

expect that a small number of clients will continue to represent a significant part of our consolidated revenue. This concentration may increase as a result of the increasing number of strategic partnerships into which we have been entering with sponsors. Our contracts with these clients generally can be terminated on short notice. We have in the past experienced contract cancellations with significant clients. If we lose clients, we may not be able to attract new ones, and if we lose individual projects, we may not be able to replace them.

In addition, the portion of our backlog that consists of large, multi-year awards from strategic partnerships has grown in recent years and this trend may continue in the future. A higher concentration of backlog from strategic partnerships may result in an imbalance across our project portfolio among projects in the start-up phase, which typically generate lower revenue, and projects in later stages, which typically generate higher revenue. This in turn may cause fluctuations in our revenue and profitability from period to period.

We face intense competition in many areas of our business; if we do not compete effectively, our business will be harmed.

The biopharmaceutical services industry is highly competitive and we face numerous competitors in many areas of our business. If we fail to compete effectively, we may lose clients, which would cause our business to suffer.

We primarily compete against in-house departments of pharmaceutical companies, other full service clinical research organizations (“CROs”), small specialty CROs, and, to a lesser extent, universities, teaching hospitals, and other site organizations. Some of the larger CROs against which we compete include Quintiles Transnational Corporation, Covance, Inc., Pharmaceutical Product Development Inc., and Icon plc. In addition, our PCMS business competes with a large and fragmented group of specialty service providers, including advertising/promotional companies, major consulting firms with pharmaceutical industry groups and smaller companies with pharmaceutical industry focus. Perceptive competes primarily with CROs, information technology companies and other software companies. Some of these competitors, including the in-house departments of pharmaceutical companies, have greater capital, technical and other resources than we have. In addition, our competitors that are smaller specialized companies may compete effectively against us because of their concentrated size and focus.

In recent years, a number of the large pharmaceutical companies have established formal or informal alliances with one or more CROs relating to the provision of services for multiple trials over extended time periods. Our success depends in part on successfully establishing and maintaining these relationships. If we fail to do so, our revenue and results of operations could be adversely affected, possibly materially.

If we do not keep pace with rapid technological changes, our products and services may become less competitive or obsolete, especially in our Perceptive business.

The biotechnology, pharmaceutical and medical device industries generally, and clinical research specifically, are subject to increasingly rapid technological changes. Our competitors or others might develop technologies, products or services that are more effective or commercially attractive than our current or future technologies, products or services, or render our technologies, products or services less competitive or obsolete. If our competitors introduce superior technologies, products or services and we cannot make enhancements to our technologies, products and services necessary to remain competitive, our competitive position would be harmed. If we are unable to compete successfully, we may lose clients or be unable to attract new clients, which could lead to a decrease in our revenue.

Risks Associated with Regulation or Legal Liabilities

If governmental regulation of the drug, medical device and biotechnology industry changes, the need for our services could decrease.

Governmental regulation of the drug, medical device and biotechnology product development process is complicated, extensive, and demanding. A large part of our business involves assisting pharmaceutical, biotechnology and medical device companies through the regulatory approval process. Changes in regulations that, for example, streamline procedures or relax approval standards, could eliminate or reduce the need for our services. If companies regulated by the United States Food and Drug Administration (the “FDA”) or similar foreign regulatory authorities needed fewer of our services, we would have fewer business opportunities and our revenues would decrease, possibly materially.

In the United States, the FDA and the Congress have attempted to streamline the regulatory process by providing for industry user fees that fund the hiring of additional reviewers and better management of the regulatory review process. In Europe, governmental authorities have approved common standards for clinical testing of new drugs throughout the European Union by adopting standards for Good Clinical Practices (“GCP”) and by making the clinical trial application and approval process more uniform across member states. The FDA has had GCP in place as a regulatory standard and requirement for new drug approval for many years, and Japan adopted GCP in 1998.

The United States, Europe and Japan have also collaborated for over 15 years on the International Conference on Harmonisation (“ICH”), the purpose of which is to eliminate duplicative or conflicting regulations in the three regions. The

20

ICH partners have agreed on a common format (the Common Technical Document) for new drug marketing applications that reduces the need to tailor the format to each region. Such efforts and similar efforts in the future that streamline the regulatory process may reduce the demand for our services.

Parts of our PCMS business advise clients on how to satisfy regulatory standards for manufacturing and clinical processes and on other matters related to the enforcement of government regulations by the FDA and other regulatory bodies. Any reduction in levels of review of manufacturing or clinical processes or levels of regulatory enforcement, generally, would result in fewer business opportunities for our business in this area.

If we fail to comply with existing regulations, our reputation and operating results would be harmed.

Our business is subject to numerous governmental regulations, primarily relating to worldwide pharmaceutical and medical device product development and regulatory approval, the conduct of clinical trials, and limitations on activities relating to delivery of health care items or services that are paid for with government health care program funding. In addition, we may be obligated to comply with or to assist our clients in complying with regulations that apply to our clients, including the Physician Payment Sunshine Act, which will require manufacturers and group purchasing organizations to report all payments or transfers of value to health care providers and teaching hospitals. If we fail to comply with these governmental regulations, such non-compliance could result in the termination of our ongoing research, development or sales and marketing projects, or the disqualification of data for submission to regulatory authorities. We also could be barred from providing clinical trial services in the future or could be subjected to civil monetary penalties or, in certain cases, criminal fines and penalties. Any of these consequences would harm our reputation, our prospects for future work and our operating results. In addition, we may have to repeat research or redo trials. If we are required to repeat research or redo trials, we may be contractually required to do so at no further cost to our clients, but at substantial cost to us.

We may lose business opportunities as a result of healthcare reform and the expansion of managed-care organizations.

Numerous governments, including the U.S. government, have undertaken efforts to control growing healthcare costs through legislation, regulation and voluntary agreements with medical care providers and drug companies. In March 2010, the United States Congress enacted healthcare reform legislation intended over time to expand health insurance coverage and impose health industry cost containment measures. This legislation may significantly impact the pharmaceutical industry. The U.S. Congress has also considered and may adopt legislation that could have the effect of putting downward pressure on the prices that pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies can charge for prescription drugs. In addition, various state legislatures and European and Asian governments may consider various types of healthcare reform in order to control growing healthcare costs. We are presently uncertain as to the effects of the enacted legislation on our business and are unable to predict what legislative proposals will be adopted in the future, if any.

If these efforts are successful, drug, medical device and biotechnology companies may react by spending less on research and development. If this were to occur, we would have fewer business opportunities and our revenue could decrease, possibly materially. In addition, new laws or regulations may create a risk of liability, increase our costs or limit our service offerings.

In addition to healthcare reform proposals, the expansion of managed-care organizations in the healthcare market and managed-care organizations’ efforts to cut costs by limiting expenditures on pharmaceuticals and medical devices could result in pharmaceutical, biotechnology and medical device companies spending less on research and development. If this were to occur, we would have fewer business opportunities and our revenue could decrease, possibly materially.

We may have substantial exposure to payment of personal injury claims and may not have adequate insurance to cover such claims.

Our CRS business primarily involves the testing of experimental drugs and medical devices on consenting human volunteers pursuant to a study protocol. Clinical research involves a risk of liability for a number of reasons, including, but not limited to:

• personal injury or death to patients who participate in the study or who use a product approved by regulatory authorities after the clinical research has concluded;

• general risks associated with our Early Phase facilities, including professional malpractice of physicians, nurses and other medical care providers; and

• errors and omissions during a trial that may undermine the usefulness of a trial or data from the trial or study.

In order to mitigate the risk of liability, we seek to include indemnification provisions in our CRS contracts with clients and with investigators. However, we are not able to include indemnification provisions in all of our contracts. In addition, even if we are able to include an indemnification provision in our contracts, the indemnification provisions may not cover our exposure if:

• we had to pay damages or incur defense costs in connection with a claim that is outside the scope of an indemnification agreement; or

21

• a client failed to indemnify us in accordance with the terms of an indemnification agreement because it did not have the financial ability to fulfill its indemnification obligation or for any other reason.

In addition, contractual indemnifications generally do not protect us against liability arising from certain of our own actions, such as negligence or misconduct.

We also carry insurance to cover our risk of liability. However, our insurance is subject to deductibles and coverage limits and may not be adequate to cover claims. In addition, liability coverage is expensive. In the future, we may not be able to maintain or obtain the same levels of coverage on reasonable terms, at a reasonable cost, or in sufficient amounts to protect us against losses due to claims.

Existing and proposed laws and regulations regarding confidentiality of patients’ and other individuals’ personal information could result in increased risks of liability or increased cost to us or could limit our product and service offerings.

The confidentiality, security, use and disclosure of patient-specific information are subject to governmental regulation. Regulations to protect the safety and privacy of human subjects who participate in or whose data are used in clinical research generally require clinical investigators to obtain affirmative informed consent from identifiable research subjects before research is undertaken. Under the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 ("HIPAA"), as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health (“HITECH”) Act of 2009, the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services has issued regulations mandating privacy and data security standards and breach notification requirements for certain types of individually identifiable health information, or protected health information, when used or disclosed by health care providers and other HIPAA-covered entities or business associates that provide services to or perform functions on behalf of these covered entities. HIPAA regulations generally require individuals’ written authorization before identifiable health information may be used for research, in addition to any required informed consent. HIPAA regulations also specify standards for de-identifying health information so that information can be handled outside of the HIPAA requirements and for creating limited data sets that can be used for research purposes under less stringent HIPAA restrictions.

The European Union and its member states, as well as other countries, such as Canada, Argentina, Japan and other Asian countries, and state governments in the United States, have adopted and continue to implement new medical privacy and general data protection laws and regulations. In those countries, collecting, processing, using and transferring an individual’s personal data is subject to specific requirements, such as obtaining explicit consent, processing the information for limited purposes and restrictions with respect to cross-border transfers. Many countries and almost all states in the United States have adopted data security breach laws that require the user of such data to inform the affected individuals and, in some cases, government authorities and the general public of security breaches. In order to comply with these laws and regulations and corresponding contractual demands from our clients, we must maintain internal compliance policies and procedures, and we may need to implement new privacy and security measures, which may require us to make substantial expenditures or cause us to limit the products and services we offer. In addition, if we violate applicable laws, regulations, contractual commitments, or other duties relating to the use, privacy or security of health information, we could be subject to civil liability or criminal penalties and it may be necessary to modify our business practices.

Failure to achieve and maintain effective internal controls in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and delays in completing our internal controls and financial audits, could have a material adverse effect on our business and stock price.

If we fail to achieve and maintain effective internal controls, we will not be able to conclude that we have effective internal controls over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Failure to achieve and maintain an effective internal control environment, and delays in completing our internal controls and financial audits, could cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information and PAREXEL, which could result in a decline in the market price of our common stock, and cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations in the future, which in turn could impact our ability to raise equity financing if needed in the future. Our Fiscal Year 2009 management assessment revealed a material weakness in our internal controls over financial reporting due to insufficient controls associated with accounting for the ClinPhone business combination, specifically the adoption by ClinPhone of an accounting policy for revenue recognition that was compliant with generally accepted accounting principles in the U.S. We have since changed our internal controls to address this material weakness and concluded in Fiscal Year 2013 that our internal controls related to our accounting for business combinations were operating effectively. Nevertheless, we may identify other significant deficiencies or material weaknesses which we may not be able to remediate in a timely manner or at all.

We operate in many different jurisdictions and we could be adversely affected by violations of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and similar worldwide anti-corruption laws.

The U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (FCPA) and similar worldwide anti-corruption laws, including the U.K. Bribery Act of 2010, generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from making improper payments to foreign officials for the

22

purpose of obtaining or retaining business. Our internal policies mandate compliance with these anti-corruption laws. We operate in many parts of the world that have experienced governmental corruption to some degree, and in certain circumstances, anti-corruption laws have appeared to conflict with local customs and practices. Despite our training and compliance programs, we cannot assure that our internal control policies and procedures always will protect us from reckless or criminal acts committed by persons associated with PAREXEL. Our continued global expansion, including in developing countries, could increase such risk in the future. Violations of these laws, or even allegations of such violations, could disrupt our business and result in a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition.

Risks Associated with Leverage

Our indebtedness may limit cash flow available to invest in the ongoing needs of our business.

As of June 30, 2013, we had $437.5 million principal amount of debt outstanding and remaining borrowing availability of $71.0 under our credit arrangements. We may incur additional debt in the future. Our leverage could have significant adverse consequences, including:

• requiring us to dedicate a substantial portion of any cash flow from operations to the payment of interest on, and principal of, our debt, which will reduce the amounts available to fund working capital and capital expenditures, and for other general corporate purposes;

• increasing our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;

• limiting our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we compete; and

• placing us at a competitive disadvantage to our competitors that have less debt.

Under the terms of our various credit facilities, interest rates are fixed based on market indices at the time of borrowing and, depending upon the interest mechanism selected by us, may float thereafter. Some of our other smaller credit facilities also bear interest at floating rates. As a result, the amount of interest payable by us on our borrowings may increase if market interest rates change.

We may not have sufficient funds, our business may not generate sufficient cash flow from operations, or we may be unable to arrange for additional financing, to pay the amounts due under our existing or any future debt, or any other liquidity needs. In addition, a failure to comply with the covenants under our existing credit facilities could result in an event of default under those credit facilities. In the event of an acceleration of amounts due under our credit facilities as a result of an event of default, we may not have sufficient funds or may be unable to arrange for additional financing to repay our indebtedness or to make any required accelerated payments.

In addition, the terms of the 2013 Credit Agreement and the Note Purchase Agreement provide that upon the occurrence of a change in control, as defined in the 2013 Credit Agreement and the Note Purchase Agreement, all outstanding indebtedness under the credit facility and the Note Purchase Agreement would become due. This provision may delay or prevent a change in control that stockholders may consider desirable.

Our existing credit facilities contain covenants that limit our flexibility and prevent us from taking certain actions.

The agreements in connection with our 2013 Credit Agreement and in our short term debt facilities include a number of significant restrictive covenants. These covenants could adversely affect us by limiting our ability to plan for or react to market conditions, meet our capital needs and execute our business strategy. These covenants, among other things, limit our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to:

• incur additional debt;

• buy back our common stock;

• make certain investments;

• enter into certain types of transactions with affiliates;

• make specified restricted payments; and

• sell certain assets or merge with or into other companies.

These covenants may limit our operating and financial flexibility and limit our ability to respond to changes in our business or competitive activities. Our failure to comply with these covenants could result in an event of default, which, if not cured or waived, could result in our being required to repay these borrowings before their scheduled due date.

23

Risks Associated with our Common Stock

Our corporate governance structure, including provisions of our articles of organization, by-laws, as well as Massachusetts law, may delay or prevent a change in control or management that stockholders may consider desirable.

Provisions of our articles of organization, and by-laws, as well as provisions of Massachusetts law, may enable our management to resist an acquisition of us by a third party, or may discourage a third party from acquiring us. These provisions include the following:

• we have divided our board of directors into three classes that serve staggered three-year terms;

• we are subject to Section 8.06 of the Massachusetts Business Corporation Law, which provides that directors may only be removed by stockholders for cause, vacancies in our board of directors may only be filled by a vote of our board of directors, and the number of directors may be fixed only by our board of directors;

• we are subject to Chapter 110F of the Massachusetts General Laws, which may limit the ability of some interested stockholders to engage in business combinations with us; and

• our stockholders are limited in their ability to call or introduce proposals at stockholder meetings.

These provisions could have the effect of delaying, deferring, or preventing a change in control of us or a change in our management that stockholders may consider favorable or beneficial. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for stockholders to elect directors and take other corporate actions. These provisions could also limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our stock.

In addition, our board of directors may issue preferred stock in the future without stockholder approval. If our board of directors issues preferred stock, the rights of the holders of common stock would be subordinate to the rights of the holders of preferred stock. Our board of directors’ ability to issue the preferred stock could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or discourage a third party from acquiring, a majority of our stock.

Our stock price has been, and may in the future be volatile, which could lead to losses by investors.

The market price of our common stock has fluctuated widely in the past and may continue to do so in the future. On August 16, 2013, the closing sales price of our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market was $47.73 per share. During the period from June 30, 2008 to June 30, 2013, our common stock traded at prices ranging from a high of $49.02 per share to a low of $6.11 per share. Investors in our common stock must be willing to bear the risk of such fluctuations in stock price and the risk that the value of an investment in our common stock could decline.

Our stock price can be affected by quarter-to-quarter variations in a number of factors including, but not limited to:

• operating results;

• earnings estimates by industry analysts;

• market conditions in our industry or the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries;

• prospects of healthcare reform;

• changes in government regulations;

• general economic conditions, and

• our effective income tax rate.

In addition, the stock market has from time to time experienced significant price and volume fluctuations that are not related to the operating performance of particular companies. These market fluctuations may adversely affect the market price of our common stock. Although our common stock has traded in the past at a relatively high price-earnings multiple, due in part to analysts’ expectations of earnings growth, the price of the common stock could quickly and substantially decline as a result of even a relatively small shortfall in earnings from, or a change in, analysts’ expectations.

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

24

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

As of June 30, 2013, we occupied approximately 2,355,000 square feet of building space, primarily office space, in 77 locations in 38 countries under various leases that expire between 2013 and 2035. Total square feet by region is summarized below:

Region	Square Feet
The Americas	765,000
Europe, Middle East & Africa	1,066,000
Asia/Pacific	524,000
Total	2,355,000

Our largest facilities are located in (a) the United States, where we occupy approximately 690,000 square feet, (b) Germany, where we occupy approximately 429,000 square feet, (c) the United Kingdom, where we occupy approximately 250,000 square feet, (d) India, where we occupy approximately 181,000 square feet, and (e) South Africa, where we occupy approximately 98,000 square feet. Our principal facilities are set forth below:

Facility	Sq. Ft.	Use of Facility	Lease Expirations
Headquarters in Waltham, MA	64,000	CRS, PCMS and Corporate	2019
Berlin, Germany	382,000	All Business Segments and General & Administrative	2013 - 2035
Billerica, MA	265,000	All Business Segments and General & Administrative	2018 - 2025
Hyderabad, India	149,000	All Business Segments and General & Administrative	2016 - 2017
Uxbridge, UK	88,000	CRS, PCMS and General & Administrative	2022
Nottingham, UK	80,000	Perceptive and General & Administrative	2014 - 2018

We believe that our facilities are adequate for our operations and that additional space will be available at satisfactory terms, if needed.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

PAREXEL periodically becomes involved in various legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of business. We believe that no matters currently pending would, in the event of an adverse outcome, have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations, or liquidity but there can be no assurance that such matters would not, in the event of an adverse outcome, have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations, or liquidity.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

25

PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS, AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

MARKET INFORMATION AND HOLDERS

Our common stock is traded on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “PRXL.” The table below shows the high and low sales prices of the common stock for each quarter of the Fiscal Years 2013 and 2012, respectively.

	2013		2012
	High	Low	High	Low
First Quarter	$31.56	$25.95	$24.24	$15.26
Second Quarter	$33.13	$28.45	$22.99	$17.99
Third Quarter	$39.75	$30.39	$28.74	$20.11
Fourth Quarter	$49.02	$38.51	$28.93	$23.75

As of August 16, 2013, there were approximately 144 stockholders of record of our common stock. The number does not include stockholders for which shares were held in a “nominee” or “street” name.

DIVIDENDS

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock, nor do we anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. We intend to retain future earnings for the development and expansion of our business.

Under the terms of the 2011 and 2013 Credit Agreements, which is described in “Credit Agreements” in Part II, Item 7 of this annual report, neither we nor any of our subsidiaries may pay any dividend or make any other distribution with respect to any shares of capital stock except that (a) we and our subsidiaries may declare and pay dividends with respect to equity interests payable solely in additional shares of its common stock, (b) our subsidiaries may declare and pay dividends and other distributions ratably with respect to their equity interests, (c) we may make restricted payments pursuant to and in accordance with stock option plans or other benefit plans for management or employees of PAREXEL and our subsidiaries, and (d) we may make certain permitted stock repurchases.

STOCK REPURCHASE PROGRAM

In August 2012, our Board of Directors approved a share repurchase program (the "Program") authorizing the repurchase of up to $200 million of our common stock to be financed with cash on hand, cash generated from operations, existing credit facilities, or new financing.  While the Program did not obligate us to acquire any particular dollar value or number of shares of common stock, we repurchased $197.6 million of our common stock from the period September 2012 to June 2013, with the remaining $2.4 million of purchases occurring early in July 2013. This was achieved by entering into two separate $50 million accelerated share repurchase ("ASR") agreements and two separate $50 million open market agreements (the "Open Market Agreements") as described below. The Fiscal Year 2013 buyback activity also resulted in a reduction of our stockholders' equity of $197.6 million for the value of shares repurchased and retired by the Company.

In September 2012, we entered into an ASR agreement (the “September Agreement”) to purchase shares of our common stock from J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, as agent for JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, London Branch (“JPMorgan”), for an aggregate purchase price of $50 million. In March 2013, we finalized the settlement of the September Agreement and received an additional 234,898 shares representing the final shares delivered by JPMorgan. These shares were in addition to the initial 1,328,462 shares of our common stock delivered to us in September 2012. The total number of shares repurchased under the September Agreement was 1,563,360 at an average price per share of $31.98.

In March 2013, we entered into a second $50 million ASR agreement (the “March Agreement”) with JPMorgan. Pursuant to the March Agreement, JPMorgan delivered 1,044,932 shares of our common stock, representing an estimated 80 percent of the shares to be repurchased by us under the Agreement based on a price of $38.28 per share, which was the closing price of our common stock on March 15, 2013. In July 2013, subsequent to our fiscal year end, we finalized the settlement of the March Agreement and received an additional 101,247 shares representing the final shares delivered by JPMorgan. As of June 30, 2013, we recorded the $50 million payment to JPMorgan as a decrease to equity in our consolidated balance sheet, consisting of decreases in common stock and additional paid-in capital. The total number of shares repurchased under the March Agreement was 1,146,179 at an average price per share of $43.62.

During Fiscal Year 2013, we also entered into two separate $50 million Open Market Agreements to buy back an additional $100 million of our common stock under the Program. For Fiscal Year 2013, we purchased 2,697,675 shares pursuant to the Open Market Agreements at an average price of $36.17 per share for a total of $97.6 million in common stock repurchases. As of June 30, 2013, approximately $2.4 million remained available under the Program for the purchase of additional shares. In

26

July 2013, we purchased an additional 51,071 shares in the open market and completed our available purchases under the Program. Upon the completion of the purchases under our Open Market Agreements in July 2013, the total number of shares repurchased under the Open Market Agreements was 2,748,746 at an average price per share of $36.38.

In July 2013, with the completion of our Open Market Agreements and the final settlement of the March Agreement, the Program was completed. No further share repurchases have been authorized as of the date of this annual report.

The following table provides information about repurchases of our equity securities, including those under the Program described above, during the three months ended June 30, 2013:

Period	(a) Total Number of Share (or Units) Purchased		(b) Average Price Paid per Share (or Unit)		(c) Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs	(d) Approximate Dollar Value of Shares that May Yet Be Purchased Under the Plans or Programs
April 1, 2013 - April 30, 2013	353,940		$	39.84	353,940	$34.6 million
May 1, 2013 - May 31, 2013	366,714		$	45.66	366,714	$17.8 million
June 1, 2013 - June 30, 2013	399,989	*	$	46.58	331,417	$2.4 million
Total	1,120,643				1,052,071

*On June 4, 2013, the Company redeemed for cash 68,572 shares of its common stock that were held in the rabbi trust used to fund the Company's Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan. The shares were held in the trust for the benefit of Josef H. von Rickenbach, the Company's Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, and were redeemed at the request of Mr. von Rickenbach. The shares were redeemed at a price equal to the closing price of the Company's common stock on the NASDAQ Global Select Market on June 3, 2013.

27

COMPANY STOCK PERFORMANCE GRAPH

Our common stock is listed for trading on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “PRXL.” The Stock Price Performance Graph set forth below compares the cumulative total stockholder return on our common stock for the period from June 30, 2008 through June 30, 2013, with the cumulative total return of the Nasdaq Composite Index and the Nasdaq Health Care Index over the same period. The comparison assumes $100 was invested on June 30, 2008 in PAREXEL’s common stock, in the Nasdaq Composite Index, and in the Nasdaq Health Care Index and assumes reinvestment of dividends, if any.

	Fiscal Years Ended June 30,
Total Return Index For:	2008	2009	2010	2011	2012	2013
PAREXEL International Stock	$100	$55	$82	$90	$107	$175
Nasdaq Composite Index	$100	$80	$92	$121	$128	$148
Nasdaq Health Care Index	$100	$90	$99	$126	$142	$187

The stock price performance shown on the graph above is not necessarily indicative of future price performance. Information used in the graph was obtained from The Nasdaq Stock Market, a source believed to be reliable, but we are not responsible for any errors or omissions in such information.

The information included under the heading “Company Stock Performance Graph” is “furnished” and not “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, or otherwise subject to the liabilities of that section, nor shall it be deemed to be “soliciting material” subject to Regulation 14A or incorporated by reference in any filing under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

28

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following selected consolidated financial data of PAREXEL for the five years ended June 30, 2013 are derived from our consolidated financial statements. The information set forth below should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included as Item 7 in this annual report and the consolidated financial statements and related footnotes included as Item 8 in this annual report.

		For the fiscal years ended June 30,
(in thousands, except per share data and number of employees)		2013		2012		2011		2010		2009
OPERATIONS
	Service revenue	$	1,734,442	$	1,396,508	$	1,212,099	$	1,131,039	$	1,050,755
	Income from operations (1)	$	136,123	$	88,802	$	81,630	$	83,109	$	75,644
	Net income	$	95,972	$	63,158	$	48,786	$	41,542	$	39,307
	Basic earnings per share	$	1.64	$	1.06	$	0.83	$	0.72	$	0.68
	Diluted earnings per share	$	1.61	$	1.05	$	0.81	$	0.71	$	0.68
FINANCIAL POSITION
	Cash and marketable securities	$	274,164	$	213,579	$	89,056	$	107,413	$	96,352
	Working capital	$	403,229	$	359,590	$	317,298	$	167,498	$	191,705
	Total assets	$	1,779,624	$	1,532,156	$	1,429,483	$	1,220,710	$	1,224,461
	Short-term debt	$	20,399	$	5,003	$	5,867	$	32,082	$	32,090
	Long-term debt	$	424,074	$	211,784	$	240,102	$	183,707	$	247,083
	Stockholders’ equity	$	538,946	$	609,675	$	566,004	$	439,555	$	414,745
OTHER DATA
	Purchases of property and equipment	$	81,089	$	74,403	$	60,153	$	78,959	$	75,181
	Depreciation and amortization	$	73,186	$	66,172	$	65,480	$	60,320	$	52,928
	Number of employees	14,690		12,695		10,550		9,720		9,275
	Weighted average shares
	Basic	58,388		59,464		58,634		58,062		57,538
	Diluted	59,447		60,426		59,874		58,756		57,847
(1)	The fiscal year ended June 30, 2013 includes a $1.2 million net reduction to restructuring charges for adjustments to facility-related charges under our previously announced restructuring plans.
	The fiscal year ended June 30, 2012 includes restructuring charges consisting of $4.3 million in severance costs, $1.9 million of facility-related costs and $0.6 million of legal charges in conjunction with an adverse judgment related to an exited facility.
	The fiscal year ended June 30, 2011 includes restructuring charges consisting of $4.1 million of facility-related costs, $1.3 million in severance costs, and $3.1 million in impairment charges related to exited facilities.
	The fiscal year ended June 30, 2010 includes restructuring charges consisting of $0.5 million related to accelerated depreciation, $5.2 million of facility-related costs and $11.6 million in severance costs; $4.3 million in legal settlement costs related to a small acquisition which was completed several years ago; and the release of $1.1 million in certain reserves due to lower than expected wind-down costs related to the $15 million accrual established in the second quarter of Fiscal Year 2009 for a client contract default (see next paragraph).
	The fiscal year ended June 30, 2009 includes $15.0 million in other charges ($12.3 million for bad debt expense and $2.7 million in anticipated wind-down costs and related expenses for service fees, pass-through costs, and investigator fees).

29

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

OVERVIEW

We are a leading biopharmaceutical outsourcing services company, providing a broad range of expertise in clinical research, clinical logistics, medical communications, consulting, commercialization and advanced technology products and services to the worldwide pharmaceutical, biotechnology, and medical device industries. Our primary objective is to provide quality solutions for managing the biopharmaceutical product lifecycle with the goal of reducing the time, risk, and cost associated with the development and commercialization of new therapies. Since our incorporation in 1983, we have developed significant expertise in processes and technologies supporting this strategy. Our product and service offerings include: clinical trials management, observational studies and patient/disease registries, data management, biostatistical analysis, epidemiology, health economics / outcomes research, pharmacovigilance, medical communications, clinical pharmacology, patient recruitment, clinical supply and drug logistics, post-marketing surveillance, regulatory and product development and commercialization consulting, health policy and reimbursement and market access consulting, medical imaging services, regulatory information management ("RIM") solutions, ClinPhone randomization and trial supply management services (“RTSM”), electronic data capture systems (“EDC”), clinical trial management systems (“CTMS”), web-based portals, systems integration, patient diary applications, and other product development tools and services. We believe that our comprehensive services, depth of therapeutic area expertise, global footprint and related access to patients, and sophisticated information technology, along with our experience in global drug development and product launch services, represent key competitive strengths.

We have three reporting segments: Clinical Research Services (“CRS”), PAREXEL Consulting and Medical Communications Services (“PCMS”), and Perceptive Informatics (“Perceptive”).

• CRS constitutes our core business and includes all phases of clinical research from Early Phase (encompassing the early stages of clinical testing that range from first-in-man through proof-of-concept studies) to Phase II-III and Phase IV, which we call Peri-Approval Clinical Excellence (“PACE”). Our services include clinical trials management and biostatistics, data management and clinical pharmacology, as well as related medical advisory, patient recruitment, pharmacovigilance, and investigator site services. CRS also includes our clinical supply and drug logistics business. We have aggregated Early Phase with Phase II-III/PACE due to economic similarities in these operating segments.

• PCMS provides technical expertise and advice in such areas as drug development, regulatory affairs, product pricing and reimbursement, commercialization and strategic compliance. It also provides a full spectrum of market development, product development, and targeted communications services in support of product launch. Our PCMS consultants identify alternatives and propose solutions to address client issues associated with product development, registration, and commercialization.

• Perceptive provides information technology solutions designed to help improve clients’ product development and regulatory submission processes. Perceptive offers a portfolio of products and services that includes medical imaging services, ClinPhone^® RTSM, IMPACT^® CTMS, DataLabs^® EDC, web-based portals, systems integration, electronic patient reported outcomes ("ePRO") and LIQUENT InSight® Regulatory Information Management (RIM) platform. These services are often bundled together and integrated with other applications to provide an eClinical solution for our clients.

We conduct a significant portion of our operations in foreign countries. Approximately 54.0% and 58.4% of our consolidated service revenue for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2013 and June 30, 2012, respectively, were from non-U.S. operations. Because our financial statements are denominated in U.S. dollars, changes in foreign currency exchange rates can have a significant effect on our operating results. For the Fiscal Year 2013, approximately 13.0% of total consolidated service revenue was from Euro-denominated contracts and approximately 2.6% of total consolidated service revenue was from pound sterling-denominated contracts. For the Fiscal Year 2012, approximately 19.5% of total consolidated service revenue was from Euro-denominated contracts and approximately 3.9% of total consolidated service revenue was from pounds sterling-denominated contracts.

Approximately 90% of our contracts are fixed price, with some variable components, and range in duration from a few months to several years. Cash flows from these contracts typically consist of a down payment required at the time of contract execution with the balance due in installments over the contract’s duration, usually on a milestone achievement basis. Revenue from these contracts is recognized generally as work is performed. As a result, the timing of client billing and cash receipts do not necessarily correspond to costs incurred and revenue recognized on contracts.

Generally, our clients can either terminate their contracts with us upon thirty to sixty days notice or delay execution of services. Clients may terminate or delay contracts for a variety of reasons, including: merger or potential merger-related activities

30

involving the client, the failure of products being tested to satisfy safety requirements or efficacy criteria, unexpected or undesired clinical results of the product, client cost reductions as a result of budgetary limits or changing priorities, the client’s decision to forego a particular study, insufficient patient enrollment or investigator recruitment, or clinical drug manufacturing problems resulting in shortages of the product.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES

This discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses, and other financial information. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates and judgments. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other factors that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

We regard an accounting estimate underlying our financial statements as a “critical accounting estimate” if the nature of the estimate or assumption is material due to the level of subjectivity and judgment involved, or the susceptibility of such matter to change, and if the impact of the estimate or assumption on financial condition or operating performance is material. We believe that the following accounting policies are most critical to aid in fully understanding and evaluating our reported financial results:

REVENUE RECOGNITION

We derive revenue from the delivery of services or software solutions to clients in the worldwide pharmaceutical, biotechnology, and medical device industries. We recognize revenue as services are performed when all of the following conditions are satisfied: (1) there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement; (2) the service offering has been delivered to the client; (3) the collection of fees is probable; and (4) the amount of fees to be paid by the client is fixed or determinable.

Our client arrangements in CRS generally involve multiple service deliverables, where bundled service deliverables are accounted for in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 605-25, “Multiple-Element Arrangements.” We determined that each of our service deliverables has standalone value and base the selling price upon third-party evidence (TPE). TPE is established for each of our arrangement deliverables based on the price we charge for equivalent services when sold to other similar customers as well as our knowledge of market-pricing from the competitive bidding process for customer contracts offering similar services to comparably situated customers.

Within Perceptive’s Clinphone^® RTSM business, we offer selected software solutions through a hosted application delivered through a standard web-browser. We recognize revenue from application hosting services in accordance with ASC 985-605, “Revenue Recognition in the Software Industry” and ASC 605-25 as our customers do not have the right to take possession of the software. Revenue resulting from these hosting services is recognized over the service period.

Critical management estimates may be involved in the determination of the customer relationship period, and other revenue elements. Changes to these elements could affect the amount and timing of revenue recognition.

BILLED AND UNBILLED ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

Billed accounts receivable represent amounts for which invoices have been sent to clients based upon contract terms. Unbilled accounts receivable represent amounts recognized as revenue for which invoices have not yet been sent to clients due to contract terms. We maintain a provision for losses on receivables based on historical collectability and specific identification of potential problem accounts. Critical management estimates may be involved in the determination of “collectability” and the amounts required to be recorded as provisions for losses on receivables.

INCOME TAXES

Our global provision for corporate income taxes is determined in accordance with ASC 740, “Income Taxes,” which requires that deferred tax assets and liabilities be recognized for the effect of temporary differences between the book and tax basis of recorded assets and liabilities. A valuation allowance is established if it is more likely than not that future tax benefits from the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Income tax expense is based on the distribution of profit before tax among the various taxing jurisdictions in which we operate, adjusted as required by the tax laws of each taxing jurisdiction. Changes in the distribution of profits and losses among taxing jurisdictions may have a significant impact on our effective tax rate.

We account for uncertain tax positions in accordance with the provisions of ASC 740, which requires financial statement reporting of the expected future tax consequences of uncertain tax return reporting positions on the presumption that all relevant tax authorities possess full knowledge of those tax reporting positions, as well as all of the pertinent facts and circumstances. In addition, ASC 740 requires financial statement disclosure about uncertainty in income tax reporting positions.

31

We are subject to ongoing audits by federal, state and foreign tax authorities that may result in proposed assessments. Our estimate of the potential outcome for any uncertain tax issue is based on judgment. We believe we have adequately provided for any uncertain tax positions. However, future results may include favorable or unfavorable adjustments to our estimated tax liabilities in the period assessments are made or resolved or when statutes of limitation on potential assessments expire.

GOODWILL AND INDEFINITE-LIVED INTANGIBLES

Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquired business over the fair value of the related net assets at the date of acquisition and is subject to annual impairment testing or more frequent testing if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value below its carrying value. Our impairment testing for goodwill and an indefinite-lived intangible, the ClinPhone RTSM tradename, involves assessment of qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not (a likelihood of more than 50%) that the fair value of a reporting unit or the fair value of the indefinite-lived intangibles is less than its carrying amount, including goodwill. This assessment requires management judgment on the potential impact of each qualitative factor. Based on our Fiscal Year 2013 qualitative assessment of impairment for goodwill and our tradename, we concluded that neither were impaired.

BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

Business combinations are accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting. Allocating the purchase price requires us to estimate the fair value of various assets acquired and liabilities assumed, including contingent consideration to be paid if specific financial targets are achieved. We are responsible for determining the appropriate valuation model and estimated fair values, and in doing so, we consider a number of factors, including information provided by an outside valuation advisor. We primarily establish fair value using the income approach based upon a discounted cash flow model. The income approach requires the use of many assumptions and estimates including future revenues and expenses, as well as discount factors and income tax rates.

32

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Note 18 to our consolidated financial statements included in this annual report provides a summary of our unaudited quarterly results of operations for the years ended June 30, 2013 and 2012.

ANALYSIS BY SEGMENT

We evaluate our segment performance and allocate resources based on service revenue and gross profit (service revenue less direct costs), while other operating costs are allocated and evaluated on a geographic basis. Accordingly, we do not include the impact of selling, general, and administrative expenses, depreciation and amortization expense, interest income (expense), other income (loss), and income tax expense (benefit) in segment profitability. We attribute revenue to individual countries based upon the cost of services performed in the respective countries and inter-segment transactions are not included in service revenue. Furthermore, we have a global infrastructure supporting our business segments and therefore, assets are not identified by reportable segment. Service revenue, direct costs, and gross profit on service revenue for Fiscal Years 2013, 2012, and 2011 were as follows:

(in thousands)	Years Ended				Increase			%
	June 30, 2013		June 30, 2012
Service revenue
CRS	$	1,303,569	$	1,038,705	$	264,864		25.5	%
PCMS	202,524		167,125		35,399			21.2	%
Perceptive	228,349		190,678		37,671			19.8	%
Total service revenue	$	1,734,442	$	1,396,508	$	337,934		24.2	%
Direct costs
CRS	$	956,513	$	759,539	$	196,974		25.9	%
PCMS	120,954		97,560		23,394			24.0	%
Perceptive	130,069		114,730		15,339			13.4	%
Total direct costs	$	1,207,536	$	971,829	$	235,707		24.3	%
Gross profit
CRS	$	347,056	$	279,166	$	67,890		24.3	%
PCMS	81,570		69,565		12,005			17.3	%
Perceptive	98,280		75,948		22,332			29.4	%
Total gross profit	$	526,906	$	424,679	$	102,227		24.1	%
(in thousands)	Years Ended				Increase (Decrease)			%
	June 30, 2012		June 30, 2011
Service revenue
CRS	$	1,038,705	$	922,827	$	115,878		12.6	%
PCMS	167,125		129,728		37,397			28.8	%
Perceptive	190,678		159,544		31,134			19.5	%
Total service revenue	$	1,396,508	$	1,212,099	$	184,409		15.2	%
Direct costs
CRS	$	759,539	$	628,627	$	130,912		20.8	%
PCMS	97,560		77,679		19,881			25.6	%
Perceptive	114,730		91,478		23,252			25.4	%
Total direct costs	$	971,829	$	797,784	$	174,045		21.8	%
Gross profit
CRS	$	279,166	$	294,200	$	(15,034	)	(5.1	)%
PCMS	69,565		52,049		17,516			33.7	%
Perceptive	75,948		68,066		7,882			11.6	%
Total gross profit	$	424,679	$	414,315	$	10,364		2.5	%

33

FISCAL YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 2013 COMPARED WITH THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 2012

Revenue

Service revenue increased by $337.9 million, or 24.2%, to $1,734.4 million for Fiscal Year 2013 from $1,396.5 million for Fiscal Year 2012. On a geographic basis, service revenue was distributed as follows (in millions):

	Fiscal Year 2013				Fiscal Year 2012
Region	Service Revenue		% of Total		Service Revenue		% of Total
The Americas	$	867.0	50.0	%	$	635.3	45.5	%
Europe, Middle East & Africa	$	624.0	36.0	%	$	555.4	39.8	%
Asia/Pacific	$	243.4	14.0	%	$	205.8	14.7	%
Total	$	1,734.4	100.0	%	$	1,396.5	100.0	%

For Fiscal Year 2013 compared with Fiscal Year 2012, service revenue in The Americas increased by $231.7 million, or 36.5%; Europe, Middle East & Africa service revenue increased by $68.6 million, or 12.4%; and Asia/Pacific service revenue increased by $37.6 million, or 18.3%. Revenue growth in all regions was attributable to higher demand for services in all of our reporting segments and the impact of our strategic partnership wins. The conversion of backlog to revenue increased as projects matured and moved from startup phases to ongoing monitoring activities. The higher levels of service revenue growth in the Americas region was due to increased activity in the Phase II-III/PACE business. Service revenue growth was negatively impacted by foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations of approximately $15.1 million.

On a segment basis, CRS service revenue increased by $264.9 million, or 25.5%, to $1,303.6 million for Fiscal Year 2013 from $1,038.7 million for Fiscal Year 2012. The increase was attributable to a $265.5 million improvement in our Phase II-III/PACE business and a $11.8 million increase in our Early Phase business. These increases were partly offset by a $12.4 million negative impact from foreign currency exchange rate movements. The Phase II-III/PACE increases were due to our success in forging strategic partnership relationships which has benefited our pipeline of work. Higher levels of new business awards won in prior periods across our entire customer base have resulted in more active projects and, coupled with the efforts of a larger and more productive employee base, have caused the conversion of backlog into revenue to accelerate. The revenue increase in our Early Phase business was due to improvements in our win rate among emerging clients combined with success in winning additional strategic partner relationships.

PCMS service revenue increased by $35.4 million, or 21.2%, to $202.5 million for Fiscal Year 2013 from $167.1 million for Fiscal Year 2012. The increase was due primarily to a $38.2 million increase in consulting services associated with growth in strategic compliance work due to higher levels of regulatory activity. These increases were partly offset by a $2.8 million decrease in our medical communications and commercialization service revenue.

Perceptive service revenue increased by $37.7 million, or 19.8%, to $228.3 million for Fiscal Year 2013 from $190.7 million for Fiscal Year 2012. The growth was due primarily to $20.2 million in revenue from the LIQUENT acquisition and a $17.5 million increase in eClinical and medical imaging services. Excluding the impact from the LIQUENT acquisition, the continued growth in Perceptive service revenue was due to higher demand for technology usage in clinical trials and the positive impact of strategic partnerships.

Reimbursement revenue consists of reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses incurred on behalf of and reimbursable by clients. Reimbursement revenue does not yield any gross profit to us, nor does it have an impact on net income.

Direct Costs

Direct costs increased by $235.7 million, or 24.3%, to $1,207.5 million for Fiscal Year 2013 from $971.8 million for Fiscal Year 2012. As a percentage of total service revenue, direct costs remained consistent at 69.6% for both periods.

On a segment basis, CRS direct costs increased by $197.0 million, or 25.9%, to $956.5 million for Fiscal Year 2013 from $759.5 million for Fiscal Year 2012. This increase resulted primarily from increased labor costs associated with headcount growth in CRS to match the demand of higher levels of clinical trial activity. Increased labor costs were also affected by upward pressure on wage rates in certain markets due to labor shortages and an increase in the number of contracted staff needed for projects in response to the higher number of studies that were initiated in Fiscal Year 2012 and the beginning of Fiscal Year 2013. The use of contracted staff declined in the latter half of Fiscal Year 2013 as full-time employees were hired to replace them, and as the CRS employee base increased its productivity and efficiency. As a percentage of service revenue, CRS direct costs increased slightly to 73.4% for Fiscal Year 2013 from 73.1% for Fiscal Year 2012.

PCMS direct costs increased by $23.4 million, or 24.0%, to $121.0 million for Fiscal Year 2013 from $97.6 million for Fiscal Year 2012. This increase resulted primarily from higher labor costs in our consulting services unit due to increased demand related to strategic compliance work. Offsetting this increase was a $4.1 million decline in labor costs within the medical

34

communications business. As a percentage of service revenue, PCMS direct costs increased to 59.7% from 58.4% for the respective periods as a result of higher labor costs associated with consulting services and short-term investments directed at better positioning the business for continued growth.

Perceptive direct costs increased by $15.3 million, or 13.4%, to $130.1 million for Fiscal Year 2013 from $114.7 million for Fiscal Year 2012. This increase was due primarily to the impact of the LIQUENT acquisition, an increase in labor costs in existing businesses, and higher medical imaging "read" expenses associated with greater volume.As a percentage of service revenue, Perceptive direct costs decreased to 57.0% for Fiscal Year 2013 from 60.2% for Fiscal Year 2012 due to the impact of shifting resources to low cost countries and a better revenue mix.

Selling, General and Administrative

Selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expense increased by $55.3 million, or 21.0%, to $318.8 million for Fiscal Year 2013 from $263.5 million for Fiscal Year 2012. This increase was primarily due to the addition of LIQUENT and HERON SG&A costs, an increase in fixed and variable compensation costs attributable to the larger employee base needed to support business growth, and an increase in rent and other office-related expenses. As a percentage of service revenue, SG&A decreased to 18.4% in Fiscal Year 2013 from 18.9% in Fiscal Year 2012 due to leveraging of our revenue growth, effective cost management, and the benefits of past restructuring activities.

Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation and amortization (“D&A”) expense increased by $7.0 million, or 10.6%, to $73.2 million for Fiscal Year 2013 from $66.2 million for Fiscal Year 2012, primarily due to additional depreciation expense from increased capital expenditures in both Fiscal Year 2013 and Fiscal Year 2012 and higher amortization expense from the intangibles assets acquired in conjunction with the LIQUENT and HERON acquisitions. As a percentage of service revenue, D&A decreased to 4.2% for Fiscal Year 2013 from 4.7% for Fiscal Year 2012 mainly due to revenue growth.

Restructuring Charge

Our restructuring plans were substantially completed by March 2012. For Fiscal Year 2013, we recorded a $1.2 million net reduction in restructuring charges for adjustments to facility-related charges under our previously announced restructuring plans.

For Fiscal Year 2012, we recorded $6.2 million in restructuring charges under our restructuring plans, including $4.3 million in employee separation benefits and $1.9 million of facility-related costs.

Income from Operations

Income from operations increased to $136.1 million for Fiscal Year 2013 from $88.8 million for Fiscal Year 2012 due to the factors described above. Income from operations as a percentage of service revenue ("operating margin") increased to 7.8% from 6.4% for the respective periods for the reasons discussed above.

Other Expense, Net

We recorded net other expense of $3.0 million for Fiscal Year 2013 compared with $9.1 million for Fiscal Year 2012. The $6.1 million decrease was due primarily to lower miscellaneous expense, partially offset by $0.3 million increase in net interest expense.

Miscellaneous income for Fiscal Year 2013 of $4.3 million was driven by $4.1 million in foreign exchange gains from certain foreign-denominated assets and liabilities.

Miscellaneous expense for Fiscal Year 2012 of $2.1 million was primarily attributable to $6.3 million of unrealized losses related to derivatives contracts and $2.4 million of losses from asset disposals and loan write-offs, partly offset by $6.6 million in foreign exchange gains from certain foreign-denominated assets and liabilities.

Taxes

For Fiscal Year 2013 and Fiscal Year 2012, we had effective income tax rates of 27.9% and 20.8%, respectively. The increase in the Fiscal Year 2013 tax rate was primarily attributable to a lower level of income tax reserve releases and a shift in the geographic distribution of income which increased income subject to taxation in the United States relative to lower tax rate jurisdictions (primarily EU countries and the UK), net of reductions in valuation allowances resulting from improved profitability in the United States. The lower tax rate for Fiscal Year 2012 was primarily the result of the release of income tax reserves and associated accruals for interest and penalties resulting from settlements with tax authorities and the expiration of statutes of limitations in Europe.

35

FISCAL YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 2012 COMPARED WITH THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 2011

Revenue

Service revenue increased by $184.4 million, or 15.2%, to $1,396.5 million for Fiscal Year 2012 from $1,212.1 million for Fiscal Year 2011. On a geographic basis, service revenue was distributed as follows (in millions):

	Fiscal Year 2012				Fiscal Year 2011
Region	Service Revenue		% of Total		Service Revenue		% of Total
The Americas	$	635.3	45.5	%	$	484.7	40.0	%
Europe, Middle East & Africa	$	555.5	39.8	%	$	553.8	45.7	%
Asia/Pacific	$	205.7	14.7	%	$	173.6	14.3	%
Total	$	1,396.5	100.0	%	$	1,212.1	100.0	%

For Fiscal Year 2012 compared with Fiscal Year 2011, service revenue in The Americas increased by $150.6 million, or 31.1%; Europe, Middle East & Africa service revenue increased by $1.7 million, or 0.3%; and Asia/Pacific service revenue increased by $32.1 million, or 18.5%. The increases were due primarily to strong new business growth across all segments, especially in the Americas, where growth was largely due to our strategic partnerships. Furthermore, service revenue in Europe, Middle East & Africa was negatively impacted by foreign currency exchange fluctuations of approximately $3.4 million.

On a segment basis, CRS service revenue increased by $115.9 million, or 12.6%, to $1,038.7 million for Fiscal Year 2012 from $922.8 million for Fiscal Year 2011. The increase was attributable to a $132.2 million improvement in our Phase II-III/PACE business, partly offset by a $14.1 million decrease in Early Phase (including a $4.4 million decrease due to the disposition of two South African facilities). The increase in Phase II-III/PACE was due to our success in winning new business awards and the continued positive impact of strategic partnerships. The decrease in Early Phase was due to weakening demand, which led, in part, to our restructuring efforts in this business unit announced in April 2011, including the disposition of the two South African facilities.

PCMS service revenue increased by $37.4 million, or 28.8%, to $167.1 million for Fiscal Year 2012 from $129.7 million for Fiscal Year 2011. The increase was due primarily to a $45.1 million increase in consulting services associated with growth in start-up Phase II-III activities and growth in strategic compliance work. These increases were partly offset by a $7.4 million decrease in our medical communications business due to lower demand.

Perceptive service revenue increased by $31.1 million, or 19.5%, to $190.7 million for Fiscal Year 2012 from $159.5 million for Fiscal Year 2011. The growth was due primarily to a $16.8 million increase in ClinPhone RTSM services, a $12.4 million increase in Medical Imaging, and $2.6 million in other eClinical services. The continued growth in Perceptive service revenue was due to higher demand for technology usage in clinical trials and the positive impact of strategic partnerships.

Reimbursement revenue consists of reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses incurred on behalf of and reimbursable by clients. Reimbursement revenue does not yield any gross profit to us, nor does it have an impact on net income.

Direct Costs

Direct costs increased by $174.0 million, or 21.8%, to $971.8 million for Fiscal Year 2012 from $797.8 million for Fiscal Year 2011. As a percentage of total service revenue, direct costs increased to 69.6% from 65.8% for the respective periods.

On a segment basis, CRS direct costs increased by $130.9 million, or 20.8%, to $759.5 million for Fiscal Year 2012 from $628.6 million for Fiscal Year 2011. This increase resulted primarily from increased labor costs to support higher levels of project activity, and the short-term impact of the transition to an increasing number of strategic partnerships. As a percentage of service revenue, CRS direct costs increased to 73.1% for Fiscal Year 2012 from 68.1% for Fiscal Year 2011 due primarily to the need to hire staff in advance of the revenue curve from continued strength in new business wins.

PCMS direct costs increased by $19.9 million, or 25.6%, to $97.6 million for Fiscal Year 2012 from $77.7 million for Fiscal Year 2011. This increase was primarily from higher labor costs in our consulting services unit due to increased demand related to growth in start-up Phase II-III activities and strategic compliance work. Offsetting this increase was a $5.5 million decline in labor costs within the medical communications business. As a percentage of service revenue, PCMS direct costs decreased to 58.4% from 59.9% for the respective periods as a result of a more favorable revenue mix and improved productivity and efficiency.

Perceptive direct costs increased by $23.3 million, or 25.4%, to $114.7 million for Fiscal Year 2012 from $91.5 million for Fiscal Year 2011. This increase was due primarily to higher labor costs and additional expenses in medical imaging, as a result of investments related to movement of work to low-cost locations. As a percentage of service revenue, Perceptive direct costs increased to 60.2% for Fiscal Year 2012 from 57.3% for Fiscal Year 2011. This increase was largely due to investments in the

36

business to build our capabilities in low-cost locations, increased hiring related to new strategic partnership support, a change in revenue mix, and higher compensation costs.

Selling, General and Administrative

Selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expense increased by $4.4 million, or 1.7%, to $263.5 million for Fiscal Year 2012 from $259.1 million for Fiscal Year 2011. This increase was primarily due to a $5.5 million increase in rent (due to increased space requirements) and other facilities costs (such as telecommunications and utilities, due to an increase in overall headcount). As a percentage of service revenue, SG&A decreased to 18.9% in Fiscal Year 2012 from 21.4% in Fiscal Year 2011 due to revenue growth and an intensified focus on controlled spending.

Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation and amortization (“D&A”) expense increased slightly by $0.7 million, or 1.1%, to $66.2 million for Fiscal Year 2012 from $65.5 million for Fiscal Year 2011. As a percentage of service revenue, D&A decreased to 4.7% for Fiscal Year 2012 from 5.4% for Fiscal Year 2011 mainly due to revenue growth.

Restructuring Charge

For Fiscal Year 2012, we recorded $6.2 million in restructuring charges under our restructuring plans, including $4.3 million in employee separation benefits and $1.9 million of facility-related costs.

For Fiscal Year 2011, we recorded $8.1 million in restructuring charges under our restructuring plans, including approximately $3.7 million of facility-related costs, $1.8 million in employee separation benefits associated with the elimination of 54 managerial and staff positions, and $3.1 million in impairment charges related to exited facilities associated with the 2011 Restructuring Plan, offset by $0.5 million of net benefit due to adjustments in previous restructuring plans.

Income from Operations

Income from operations increased to $88.8 million for Fiscal Year 2012 from $81.6 million for Fiscal Year 2011 due to the factors described above. Income from operations as a percentage of service revenue ("operating margin") decreased to 6.4% from 6.7% for the respective periods. This decrease in operating margin was due primarily to the increases in direct costs described above.

Other Expense, Net

We recorded net other expense of $9.1 million for Fiscal Year 2012 compared with $23.0 million for Fiscal Year 2011. The $13.9 million decrease was due primarily to a $4.6 million decrease in interest expense and a $9.1 million decrease in miscellaneous expense.

Miscellaneous expense for Fiscal Year 2012 of $2.1 million was primarily attributable to $6.3 million of unrealized losses related to derivatives contracts and $2.4 million of losses from asset disposals and loan write-offs, partly offset by $6.6 million in foreign exchange gains from certain foreign-denominated assets and liabilities.

Miscellaneous expense for Fiscal Year 2011 of $11.2 million was primarily attributable to $17.1 million of losses in foreign exchange from certain foreign-denominated assets and liabilities and a $1.2 million charge for the impairment of certain long-lived assets, partly offset by $6.7 million of unrealized gains related to derivatives contracts. The higher-than-anticipated net loss was caused, in part, by short-term disruptions associated with the implementation of our new project accounting and billing system which adversely impacted cash flow and delayed the settlement of certain intercompany transactions.

Taxes

For Fiscal Year 2012 and Fiscal Year 2011, we had effective income tax rates of 20.8% and 16.8%, respectively. The low tax rate for Fiscal Year 2012 was primarily the result of the release of income tax reserves and associated accruals for interest and penalties resulting from settlements with tax authorities and the expiration of statutes of limitations in Europe. The low tax rate for Fiscal Year 2011 was primarily attributable to reductions in valuation allowances resulting from profitability improvements in the United States and the United Kingdom.

37

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Since our inception, we have financed our operations and growth with cash flow from operations, proceeds from the sale of equity securities, and credit facilities to fund business acquisitions and working capital. Investing activities primarily reflect capital expenditures for information systems enhancements and leasehold improvements. As of June 30, 2013, we had cash and cash equivalents of approximately $144.0 million and marketable securities of $130.1 million, of which the majority is held in foreign countries since excess cash generated in the U.S. is primarily used to repay our debt obligations. Foreign cash and marketable securities balances include unremitted foreign earnings, which are invested indefinitely outside of the U.S. Our cash and cash equivalents and marketable securities are held in deposit accounts, money market funds and foreign government treasury certificates over 90 days but less than one year, which provide us with immediate and unlimited access to the funds. Repatriation of funds to the U.S. from non-U.S. entities may be subject to taxation or certain legal restrictions. Nevertheless, most of our cash resides in countries with few or no such restrictions.

DAYS SALES OUTSTANDING

Our operating cash flow is heavily influenced by changes in the levels of billed and unbilled receivables and deferred revenue. These account balances as well as days sales outstanding (“DSO”) in accounts receivable, net of deferred revenue, can vary based on contractual milestones and the timing and size of cash receipts. We calculate DSO by adding end-of-period balances for billed and unbilled account receivables, net of deferred revenue (short-term and long term) and the provision for losses on receivables, then dividing the resulting amount by the sum of total revenue plus investigator fees billed for the most recent quarter, and multiplying the resulting fraction by the number of days in the quarter. The following table presents the DSO, account receivables balances, and deferred revenue as of June 30, 2013 and June 30, 2012.

(in millions)	June 30, 2013		June 30, 2012
Billed accounts receivable, net	$	457.2	$	397.4
Unbilled accounts receivable, net	248.2		251.8
Total accounts receivable	705.4		649.2
Deferred revenue	408.3		359.7
Net receivables	$	297.1	$	289.5
DSO ( in days)	42		49

The decrease in DSO for the quarter ended June 30, 2013 compared to the quarter ended June 30, 2012, was primarily due to increased turnover in reimbursement revenue, changes to billing milestones, the favorable impact of a more robust process, and an ongoing focus on billing and collection efforts.

CASH FLOWS

Net cash provided by operating activities was $183.8 million for Fiscal Year 2013 as compared with $234.5 million for Fiscal Year 2012. The $50.6 million decrease in operating cash flows resulted primarily from $100.4 million in higher working capital, partially offset by $32.8 million related to higher net income and an $17.0 million increase in non-cash expenses.

Net cash used for investing activities was $305.5 million for Fiscal Year 2013 as compared with $76.5 million for Fiscal Year 2012. The $228.9 million increase was due primarily to increased investments in marketable securities of $127.5 million, $97.1 million in cash used to acquire LIQUENT and HERON and greater investments in property and equipment of $6.7 million to support the overall growth in headcount and our infrastructure.

Net cash provided by financing activities was $52.4 million for Fiscal Year 2013 as compared with net cash used by financing activities of $8.6 million for Fiscal Year 2012. The $61.0 million swing in cash provided by financing activities was primarily due to additional borrowings under new and existing facilities to fund the acquisitions of LIQUENT and HERON and share repurchases. This increase in borrowings includes $10.4 million of additional debt due to our receivable factoring activities.

CREDIT AGREEMENTS

2013 Credit Agreement

On March 22, 2013, we, certain of our subsidiaries, Bank of America, N.A. (“Bank of America”), as Administrative Agent, Swingline Lender and L/C Issuer, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated (“MLPFS”), J.P. Morgan Securities LLC (“JPM Securities”), HSBC Bank USA, National Association (“HSBC”) and U.S. Bank, National Association (“US Bank”), as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Book Managers, JPMorgan Chase Bank N.A. (“JPMorgan”), HSBC and US Bank, as Joint Syndication Agents, and the other lenders party thereto entered into an amended and restated agreement (the “2013 Credit Agreement”) providing for a five-year term loan of $200 million and a revolving credit facility in the amount of up to $300

38

million, plus additional amounts of up to $200 million of loans to be made available upon our request subject to specified terms and conditions. A portion of the revolving credit facility is available for swingline loans of up to a sublimit of $75 million and for the issuance of standby letters of credit of up to a sublimit of $10 million.

On March 22, 2013, we drew down $107.5 million under the 2013 Credit Agreement resulting in total outstanding borrowings of $400 million. We used the proceeds of the borrowing (i) to repay outstanding amounts under our existing four short-term credit facilities with each of Bank of America, HSBC, TD Bank, N.A. and US Bank (collectively, the “Short Term Credit Facilities”), (ii) for stock repurchases and (iii) for other general corporate purposes.

Our obligations under the 2013 Credit Agreement are guaranteed by certain of our material domestic subsidiaries, and the obligations, if any, of any of our foreign designated borrower are guaranteed by us and certain of our material domestic subsidiaries.

Borrowings (other than swingline loans) under the 2013 Credit Agreement bear interest, at our determination, at a rate based on either (a) LIBOR plus a margin (not to exceed a per annum rate of 1.750%) based on a ratio of consolidated funded debt to consolidated earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) (the “Leverage Ratio”) or (b) the highest of (i) prime, (ii) the federal funds rate plus 0.50%, and (iii) the one month LIBOR rate plus 1.00% (such highest rate, the “Alternate Base Rate”), plus a margin (not to exceed a per annum rate of 0.750%) based on the Leverage Ratio. Swingline loans in U.S. dollars bear interest calculated at the Alternate Base Rate plus a margin (not to exceed a per annum rate of 0.750%).

Loans outstanding under the 2013 Credit Agreement may be prepaid at any time in whole or in part without premium or penalty, other than customary breakage costs, if any, subject to the terms and conditions contained in the 2013 Credit Agreement. The 2013 Credit Agreement terminates and any outstanding loans under it mature on March 22, 2018 (the “Maturity Date”).

Repayment of the principal borrowed under the revolving credit facility (other than a swingline loan) is due on the Maturity Date. Repayment of principal borrowed under the term loan facility is as follows, with the final payment of all amounts outstanding, plus accrued interest, being due on the Maturity Date:

• 1.25% by quarterly term loan amortization payments to be made commencing in June 2013 and made prior to June 30, 2015;

• 2.50% by quarterly term loan amortization payments to be made on or after June 30, 2015, but prior to June 30, 2016;

• 5.00% by quarterly term loan amortization payments to be made on or after June 30, 2016, but prior to June 30, 2017;

• 7.50% by quarterly term loan amortization payment to be made on or after June 30, 2017, but prior to the Maturity Date; and

• 37.50% on the Maturity Date

Our obligations under the 2013 Credit Agreement may be accelerated upon the occurrence of an event of default, which includes customary events of default, including payment defaults, defaults in the performance of affirmative and negative covenants, the inaccuracy of representations or warranties, bankruptcy and insolvency related defaults, cross defaults to material indebtedness, defaults relating to such matters as ERISA and judgments, and a change of control default.

The 2013 Credit Agreement contains negative covenants applicable to us and our subsidiaries, including financial covenants requiring us to comply with maximum leverage ratios and minimum interest coverage ratios, as well as restrictions on liens, investments, indebtedness, fundamental changes, acquisitions, dispositions of property, making specified restricted payments (including stock repurchases exceeding an agreed to percentage of consolidated net income), and transactions with affiliates. As of June 30, 2013, we were in compliance with all covenants under the 2013 Credit Agreement.

In connection with the 2013 Credit Agreement, we agreed to pay a commitment fee on the revolving loan commitment calculated as a percentage of the unused amount of the revolving loan commitment at a per annum rate of up to 0.350% (based on the Leverage Ratio). To the extent there are letters of credit outstanding under the 2013 Credit Agreement, we will pay letter of credit fees plus a fronting fee and additional charges. We also paid various customary fees to secure this arrangement, which are being amortized using the effective interest method over the life of the debt.

As of June 30, 2013, we had $240 million of principal borrowed under the revolving credit facility and $197.5 million of

principal under the term loan. The outstanding amounts are presented net of debt issuance cost of approximately $3.4 million in our consolidated balance sheets. We have borrowing availability of $60 million under the revolving credit facility.

In September 2011, we entered into an interest rate swap agreement and an interest rate cap agreement. Prior to the execution of the 2013 Credit Agreement, the interest rate swap and cap agreements hedged principal under our 2011 Credit Agreement, as discussed below. The interest rate swap and cap agreements now hedge a portion of the principal under our 2013 Credit Agreement. Specifically, principal in the amount of $100.0 million under our 2013 Credit Agreement has been hedged with the interest rate swap agreement and carries a fixed interest rate of 1.30% plus an applicable margin. Principal in the amount of

39

$25.0 million has been hedged with the interest rate cap arrangement with an interest rate cap of 2.00% plus an applicable margin. In May 2013, we entered into another interest rate swap agreement and hedged an additional principal amount of $100.0 million under our 2013 Credit Agreement with a fixed interest rate of 0.73% plus an applicable margin. As of June 30, 2013, our debt under the 2013 Credit Agreement, including the $200.0 million of principal hedged with both interest swap agreements, carried an average annualized interest rate of 1.87%. These interest rate hedges were deemed to be fully effective in accordance with ASC 815, “Derivatives and Hedging,” and, as such, unrealized gains and losses related to these derivatives are recorded as other comprehensive income.

Additional Lines of Credit

We have an unsecured line of credit with JP Morgan UK in the amount of $4.5 million that bears interest at an annual rate ranging between 2.00% and 4.00%. We entered into this line of credit to facilitate business transactions. At June 30, 2013, we had $4.5 million available under this line of credit.

We have a cash pool facility with RBS Nederland, NV in the amount of 5.0 million Euros that bears interest at an annual rate ranging between 2.00% and 4.00%. We entered into this line of credit to facilitate business transactions. At June 30, 2013, we had 5.0 million Euros available under this line of credit.

We have a cash pooling arrangement with RBS Nederland, NV. Pooling occurs when debit balances are offset against credit balances and the overall net position is used as a basis by the bank for calculating the overall pool interest amount. Each legal entity owned by us and party to this arrangement remains the owner of either a credit (deposit) or a debit (overdraft) balance. Therefore, interest income is earned by legal entities with credit balances, while interest expense is charged to legal entities with debit balances. Based on the pool’s aggregate balance, the bank then (1) recalculates the overall interest to be charged or earned, (2) compares this amount with the sum of previously charged/earned interest amounts per account and (3) additionally pays/charges the difference. The gross overdraft balance related to this pooling arrangement was $40.8 million and $63.4 million at June 30, 2013 and June 30, 2012, respectively, and was included in cash and cash equivalents.

Receivable Purchase Agreement

In February 2013, we entered into a receivables purchase agreement (the “Receivable Agreement”) with JPMorgan. Under the Receivable Agreement, we sell to JPMorgan or other investors on an ongoing basis certain of our trade receivables, together with ancillary rights and the proceeds thereof, which arise under contracts with a client, or its subsidiaries or affiliates. The Receivable Agreement includes customary representations and covenants on behalf of us, and may be terminated by either us or JPMorgan upon five business days advance notice. We account for the transfer of these receivables in which we have satisfied the applicable revenue recognition criteria in accordance with ASC 860, Transfers and Servicing.  If we have not satisfied the applicable revenue recognition criteria for the underlying sales transaction, the transfer of the receivable is accounted for as a financing activity in accordance with ASC 470, Debt.  In April 2013, we began selling certain trade receivables to JP Morgan. We transferred approximately $36.5 million of trade receivables during the three months ended June 30, 2013. Approximately $10.3 million and $26.2 million of the total transfers were treated as a sale of receivables and financing activity, respectively.  As of June 30, 2013, approximately $10.4 million of the $26.2 million of total transfers treated as a financing activity remained outstanding and such amount is classified as debt on our consolidated balance sheets.

Note Purchase Agreement

On July 25, 2013, we issued $100.0 million principal amount of 3.11% senior notes due July 25, 2020 (the “Notes”) for aggregate gross proceeds of $100.0 million in a private placement solely to accredited investors. The Notes were issued pursuant to a Note Purchase Agreement entered into by us with certain institutional investors on June 25, 2013 (the “Note Purchase Agreement”). We will pay interest on the outstanding balance of the Notes at a rate of 3.11% per annum, payable semi-annually on January 25 and July 25 of each year until the principal on the Notes shall have become due and payable. We may, at our option, upon notice and subject to the terms of the Note Purchase Agreement, prepay at any time all or part of the Notes in an amount not less than 10% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, plus a Make-Whole Amount (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement). The Notes become due and payable on July 25, 2020, unless payment is required to be made earlier under the terms of the Note Purchase Agreement.

The Note Purchase Agreement includes operational and financial covenants with which we are required to comply, including among others, maintenance of certain financial ratios and restrictions on additional indebtedness, liens, and dispositions.

In connection with the Note Purchase Agreement, certain subsidiaries of the Company entered into a Subsidiary Guaranty, pursuant to which such subsidiaries guaranteed our obligations under the Notes and the Note Purchase Agreement.

In April and May 2013, we entered into three treasury lock agreements, each with a notional amount of $25.0 million, in connection with the planned issuance of our Notes that were issued in July 2013.  The three treasury locks were used to minimize our interest rate exposure prior to locking in the fixed interest rate on our Notes.  The treasury locks matured in May 2013 when the interest rates on our Notes were fixed. The treasury locks were deemed to be fully effective in accordance with

40

ASC 815, and as such, the unrealized gains related to these derivatives are recorded as other comprehensive income and will be amortized over the life of the Notes. 

FINANCING NEEDS

Our primary cash needs are for operating expenses (such as salaries and fringe benefits, hiring and recruiting, business development and facilities), business acquisitions, stock buybacks, capital expenditures, and repayment of principal and interest on our borrowings.

In August 2012, our Board of Directors approved a share repurchase program (the "Program") authorizing the repurchase of up to $200 million of our common stock to be financed with cash on hand, cash generated from operations, existing credit facilities, or new financing.  While the Program did not obligate us to acquire any particular dollar value or number of shares of common stock, we repurchased $197.6 million of our common stock from the period September 2012 to June 2013, with the remaining $2.4 million of purchases occurring early in July 2013. This was achieved by entering into two separate $50 million accelerated share repurchase ("ASR") agreements and two separate $50 million open market agreements (the "Open Market Agreements") as described below. The Fiscal Year 2013 buyback activity also resulted in a reduction of our stockholders' equity of $197.6 million for the value of shares repurchased and retired by the Company.

In September 2012, we entered into an ASR agreement (the “September Agreement”) to purchase shares of our common stock from J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, as agent for JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, London Branch (“JPMorgan”), for an aggregate purchase price of $50 million. In March 2013, we finalized the settlement of the September Agreement and received an additional 234,898 shares representing the final shares delivered by JPMorgan. These shares were in addition to the initial 1,328,462 shares of our common stock delivered to us in September 2012. The total number of shares repurchased under the September Agreement was 1,563,360 at an average price per share of $31.98.

In March 2013, we entered into a second $50 million ASR agreement (the “March Agreement”) with JPMorgan. Pursuant to the March Agreement, JPMorgan delivered 1,044,932 shares of our common stock, representing an estimated 80 percent of the shares to be repurchased by us under the Agreement based on a price of $38.28 per share, which was the closing price of our common stock on March 15, 2013. In July 2013, subsequent to our fiscal year end, we finalized the settlement of the March Agreement and received an additional 101,247 shares representing the final shares delivered by JPMorgan. As of June 30, 2013, we recorded the $50 million payment to JPMorgan as a decrease to equity in our consolidated balance sheet, consisting of decreases in common stock and additional paid-in capital. The total number of shares repurchased under the March Agreement was 1,146,179 at an average price per share of $43.62.

During Fiscal Year 2013, we also entered into two separate $50 million Open Market Agreements to buy back an additional $100 million of our common stock under the Program. For Fiscal Year 2013, we purchased 2,697,675 shares pursuant to the Open Market Agreements at an average price of $36.17 per share for a total of $97.6 million in common stock repurchases. As of June 30, 2013, approximately $2.4 million remained available under the Program for the purchase of additional shares. In July 2013, we purchased an additional 51,071 shares in the open market and completed our available purchases under the Program. Upon the completion of the purchases under our Open Market Agreements in July 2013, the total number of shares repurchased under the Open Market Agreements was 2,748,746 at an average price per share of $36.38.

In July 2013, with the completion of our Open Market Agreements and the final settlement of the March Agreement, the Program was completed. No further share repurchases have been authorized as of the date of this annual report.

In December 2012, we acquired LIQUENT for $74.3 million. The purchase price was initially funded through a new $100.0 million unsecured term loan agreement (the “2012 Term Loan”) with Bank of America, N.A. The 2012 Term Loan was later repaid by the borrowing under the 2013 Credit Agreement.

In April 2013, we acquired HERON for $22.8 million, plus potential cash payments of up to $14.2 million over a twenty-six month period if specific financial targets for HERON are achieved. The acquisition was funded with existing cash on hand.

In July 2013, we issued $100.0 million principal amount of 3.11% senior notes due July 25, 2020 for aggregate gross proceeds of $100.0 million in a private placement solely to accredited investors. We utilized the proceeds from the private placement to pay down debt outstanding under our 2013 Credit Agreement. The Note Purchase Agreement permits the proceeds from the private placement to be used for working capital purposes, stock repurchase financing, debt refinancing, and for general corporate purposes including the financing of acquisitions.

Our requirements for cash to pay principal and interest on our borrowings will increase significantly in future periods based on amounts borrowed under our 2013 Credit Agreement and the Notes to refinance prior debt facilities and to provide working capital. Our primary committed external source of funds is the 2013 Credit Agreement, described above. Our principal source of cash is from the performance of services under contracts with our clients. If we are unable to generate new contracts with existing and new clients or if the level of contract cancellations increases, our revenue and cash flow would be adversely affected (see Part I, Item 1A “Risk Factors” for further detail on these risks). Absent a material adverse change in the level of

41

our new business bookings or contract cancellations, we believe that our existing capital resources together with cash flow from operations and borrowing capacity under existing credit facilities will be sufficient to meet our foreseeable cash needs over the next twelve months and on a longer term basis. Depending upon our revenue and cash flow from operations, it is possible that we will require external funds to repay amounts outstanding under our 2013 Credit Agreement upon its maturity in 2018.

We expect to continue to acquire businesses that enhance our service and product offerings, expand our therapeutic expertise, and/or increase our global presence. Depending on their size, any future acquisitions may require additional external financing, and we may from time to time seek to obtain funds from public or private issuances of equity or debt securities. We may be unable to secure such financing at all or on terms acceptable to us, as a result of our outstanding borrowings, including our outstanding borrowings under the 2013 Credit Agreement.

Under the terms of the 2013 Credit Agreement, interest rates are fixed based on market indices at the time of borrowing and, depending upon the interest mechanism selected by us, may float thereafter. As a result, the amount of interest payable by us on our borrowings may increase if market interest rates change. However, we expect to mitigate the risk of increasing market interest rates with our hedging programs described below under Part II. Item 7A “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk - Foreign Currency Exchange Rates and Interest Rates.”

We made capital expenditures of approximately $81.1 million during Fiscal Year 2013, primarily for computer software (including internally developed software), hardware, and leasehold improvements. We expect capital expenditures to total approximately $90 to $95 million for the fiscal year ending June 30, 2014, primarily for computer software and hardware and leasehold improvements.

DEBT, CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS, CONTINGENT LIABILITIES AND GUARANTEES

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations, excluding future potential payments in connection with the HERON acquisition, at June 30, 2013:

(in thousands)	Less than 1 year		1-2 years		3-5 years		More than 5 years		Total
Debt obligations (principal)	$	20,399	$	37,500	$	390,000	$	—	$	447,899
Operating leases	61,251		90,053		52,653		95,825		299,782
Purchase obligations*	44,469		30,219		743		—		75,431
Total	$	126,119	$	157,772	$	443,396	$	95,825	$	823,112
*includes commitments to purchase software, hardware, and services.

The above table does not include approximately $46.6 million of potential tax liabilities from unrecognized tax benefits related to uncertain tax positions. See Note 14 to our consolidated financial statements included in this annual report for more information.

We have letter-of-credit agreements with banks, totaling approximately $9.7 million, guaranteeing performance under various operating leases and vendor agreements. Borrowings under the 2013 Credit Agreement are guaranteed by certain of our U.S. subsidiaries.

We periodically become involved in various claims and lawsuits that are incidental to our business. We believe, after consultation with counsel, that no matters currently pending would, in the event of an adverse outcome, either individually or in the aggregate, have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations, or liquidity.

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

We have no off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on our financial position, changes in financial position, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources that are material to our investors.

RESTRUCTURING PLANS

In April 2011, we adopted a plan to restructure our operations to reduce expenses, better align costs with geographic sources of revenue, and improve operating efficiencies (the “2011 Restructuring Plan”). During Fiscal Year 2011, we recorded $8.5 million in restructuring charges related to the 2011 Restructuring Plan, including approximately $1.8 million in employee separation benefits, $3.6 million in costs related to the abandonment of certain property leases, and $3.1 million in impairment charges related to exited facilities. During Fiscal Year 2012, we recorded $7.3 million in restructuring charges related to the 2011 Restructuring Plan, including $5.3 million in severance costs and $2.0 million in facility-related costs. During Fiscal Year 2013, we recorded a $1.2 million net reduction to restructuring charges for adjustments to facility-related charges under the 2011 Restructuring Plan. The total cost of the 2011 Restructuring Plan was approximately $14.6 million and included the elimination of approximately 150 managerial and staff positions and costs related to the abandonment of certain property leases.

42

In October 2009, we adopted a plan to restructure our operations to reduce expenses, better align costs with geographic sources of revenue, and improve operating efficiencies. During Fiscal Year 2010, we recorded $16.8 million in restructuring charges related to this plan, including approximately $11.6 million in employee separation benefits associated with the elimination of 238 managerial and staff positions and $5.2 million in costs related to the abandonment of certain property leases. During Fiscal Year 2011, we recorded $1.4 million of provision adjustments, related primarily to employee severance costs. We believe that all costs associated with this restructuring plan have been recorded as of June 30, 2011.

For restructuring plans established prior to Fiscal Year 2010, we recorded $1.0 million of restructuring charges in Fiscal Year 2011, primarily for a change in estimate for our ability to sub-lease certain abandoned properties.

INFLATION

We believe the effects of inflation generally do not have a material adverse impact on our operations or financial condition.

RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

In December 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2011-11, “Balance Sheet (Topic 210): Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities.” ASU 2011-11 requires a company to disclose information about offsetting and related arrangements to enable readers of its financial statements to understand the effects of those arrangements on its financial position. ASU 2011-11 is effective for fiscal years beginning after January 1, 2013. In January 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-01, “Clarifying the Scope of Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities.” ASU 2013-01 was issued to limit the scope of ASU 2011-11 to derivatives (including bifurcated embedded derivatives), repurchase and reverse repurchase arrangements, and securities borrowing and lending transactions. The disclosures are effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013 and interim periods within those annual periods. Entities should provide the disclosures required by this ASU retrospectively for all comparative periods presented. We do not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-02, “Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income.” ASU 2013-02 requires reporting and disclosure about changes in accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI) balances and reclassifications out of AOCI. ASU 2013-02 is effective prospectively for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2012 and early adoption is permitted. We do not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In March 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-05, “Parent's Accounting for the Cumulative Translation Adjustment upon Derecognition of Certain Subsidiaries or Groups of Assets within a Foreign Entity or of an Investment in a Foreign Entity.” ASU 2013-05 addresses the accounting for the cumulative translation adjustment when a parent either sells a part or all of its investment in a foreign entity or no longer holds a controlling financial interest in a subsidiary or group of assets that is a nonprofit activity or a business within a foreign entity. ASU 2013-05 is effective prospectively for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2013 and early adoption is permitted. We do not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

43

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

MARKET RISK

Market risk is the potential loss arising from adverse changes in market rates and prices, such as foreign currency exchange rates, interest rates, and other relevant market rates or price changes. In the ordinary course of business, we are exposed to market risk resulting from changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates, and we regularly evaluate our exposure to such changes. Our overall risk management strategy seeks to balance the magnitude of the exposure and the costs and availability of appropriate financial instruments.

FOREIGN CURRENCY EXCHANGE RATES AND INTEREST RATES

We derived approximately 54.0% of our consolidated service revenue for Fiscal Year 2013 from operations outside of the United States and 58.4% of our consolidated service revenue for Fiscal Year 2012 from operations outside of the United States. In addition, 13.0% of our consolidated revenue was denominated in Euros and 2.6% was denominated in pounds sterling for Fiscal Year 2013 while 19.5% of our consolidated revenue was denominated in Euros and 3.9% was denominated in pounds sterling for Fiscal Year 2012. We have no significant operations in any country in which the economy is considered to be highly inflationary. Our financial statements are denominated in U.S. dollars. Accordingly, changes in exchange rates between foreign currencies and the U.S. dollar will affect the translation of financial results into U.S. dollars for purposes of reporting our consolidated financial results.

It is our policy to mitigate the risks associated with fluctuations in foreign exchange rates and interest rates. Accordingly, we have instituted foreign currency hedging programs and an interest rate swap/cap program. See Note 4 to our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for more information on our hedging programs and interest rate swap program.

As of June 30, 2013, the programs with derivatives designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815 and the related notional values of the derivatives were approximately $401.8 million, including interest rate swap and interest rate cap agreements with a total notional value of $225 million executed to hedge our borrowings under our 2013 Credit Agreement. Under certain circumstances, such as the occurrence of significant differences between actual cash receipts and forecasted cash receipts, the ASC 815 programs could be deemed ineffective. In that event, the unrealized gains and losses related to these derivatives, which are currently reported in accumulated other comprehensive income, would be recognized in earnings. As of June 30, 2013, the estimated amount that could be recognized in earnings was a loss of approximately $0.9 million, net of tax.

As of June 30, 2013, the notional value of derivatives that were not designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815 was approximately $108.1 million.

During Fiscal Year 2013 and Fiscal Year 2012, we recorded foreign currency exchange gains of $4.1 million and $0.3 million, respectively. We also have exposure to additional foreign exchange rate risk as it relates to assets and liabilities that are not part of the economic hedge or designated hedging programs, but quantification of this risk is difficult to assess at any given point in time.

Our exposure to interest rate changes relates primarily to the amount of our short-term and long-term debt. Short-term debt was $20.4 million at June 30, 2013 and $5.0 million at June 30, 2012. Long-term debt was $424.1 million at June 30, 2013 and $211.8 million at June 30, 2012. Based on average short-term and long-term debt for Fiscal Year 2013, an increase in the average interest rate of 100 basis points would decrease our pre-tax earnings and cash flows by approximately $1.5 million on an annual basis.

In April and May 2013, we entered into three treasury lock agreements, each with a notional amount of $25.0 million, in connection with the planned issuance of our Notes that were issued in July 2013.  The three treasury locks were used to minimize our interest rate exposure prior to locking in the fixed interest rate on our Notes.  The treasury locks matured in May 2013 when the interest rates on our Notes were fixed. The treasury locks were deemed to be fully effective in accordance with ASC 815, and as such, the unrealized gains related to these derivatives are recorded as other comprehensive income and will be amortized over the life of the Notes. 

44

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

PAREXEL INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(in thousands, except per share data)

	For the years ended June 30,
	2013			2012			2011
Service revenue	$	1,734,442		$	1,396,508		$	1,212,099
Reimbursement revenue	261,524			221,726			210,326
Total revenue	1,995,966			1,618,234			1,422,425
Costs and expenses:
Direct costs	1,207,536			971,829			797,784
Reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses	261,524			221,726			210,326
Selling, general and administrative	318,806			263,462			259,099
Depreciation	63,187			57,419			55,549
Amortization	9,999			8,753			9,931
Restructuring (benefit) charge	(1,209		)	6,243			8,106
Total costs and expenses	1,859,843			1,529,432			1,340,795
Income from operations	136,123			88,802			81,630
Interest income	3,829			5,381			5,167
Interest expense	(11,067		)	(12,384		)	(17,010		)
Miscellaneous income (expense), net	4,265			(2,093		)	(11,153		)
Total other expense, net	(2,973		)	(9,096		)	(22,996		)
Income before provision for income taxes	133,150			79,706			58,634
Provision for income taxes	37,178			16,548			9,848
Net income	$	95,972		$	63,158		$	48,786
Earnings per share:
Basic	$	1.64		$	1.06		$	0.83
Diluted	$	1.61		$	1.05		$	0.81
Weighted average shares:
Basic	58,388			59,464			58,634
Diluted	59,447			60,426			59,874
Comprehensive income:
Net income	$	95,972		$	63,158		$	48,786
Unrealized loss on derivative instruments, net of taxes	624			(1,660		)	7,156
Foreign currency translation adjustment	(1,523		)	(46,334		)	53,133
Total comprehensive income	$	95,073		$	15,164		$	109,075

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

45

PAREXEL INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands)

	June 30, 2013			June 30, 2012
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	144,027		$	213,579
Marketable securities	130,137			—
Billed and unbilled accounts receivable, net	705,374			649,217
Prepaid expenses	19,358			20,657
Deferred tax assets	44,236			37,159
Income taxes receivable	4,071			—
Other current assets	30,254			22,352
Total current assets	1,077,457			942,964
Property and equipment, net	224,225			207,778
Goodwill	319,478			255,455
Other intangible assets, net	103,514			70,004
Non-current deferred tax assets	8,556			13,885
Long-term income taxes receivable	11,153			15,585
Other assets	35,241			26,485
Total assets	$	1,779,624		$	1,532,156
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Notes payable and current portion of long-term debt	$	20,399		$	5,003
Accounts payable	54,232			50,783
Deferred revenue	378,950			331,488
Accrued expenses	41,200			41,008
Accrued restructuring charges, current portion	1,011			3,772
Accrued employee benefits and withholdings	149,290			120,368
Current deferred tax liabilities	16,512			14,998
Income taxes payable	—			3,644
Other current liabilities	12,634			12,310
Total current liabilities	674,228			583,374
Long-term debt, net of current portion	424,074			211,784
Non-current deferred tax liabilities	35,443			24,678
Long-term accrued restructuring charges, less current portion	1,548			4,002
Long-term income tax liabilities	45,183			50,008
Long-term deferred revenue	29,386			28,226
Other liabilities	30,816			20,409
Total liabilities	1,240,678			922,481
Commitments and contingencies (Note 15)
Stockholders’ equity:
Preferred stock - $0.01 par value; 5,000,000 shares authorized, 0 shares issued and outstanding at June 30, 2013 and June 30, 2012, respectively.	—			—
Common stock - $0.01 par value; 150,000,000 and 75,000,000 shares authorized; 56,310,582 and 60,147,007 shares issued and outstanding at June 30, 2013 and June 30, 2012, respectively.	563			601
Additional paid-in capital	113,771			279,535
Retained earnings	454,650			358,678
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	(30,038		)	(29,139		)
Total stockholders’ equity	538,946			609,675
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	$	1,779,624		$	1,532,156

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

46

PAREXEL INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

	For the years ended June 30,
	2013			2012			2011
Cash flow from operating activities:
Net income	$	95,972		$	63,158		$	48,786
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization	73,186			66,172			65,480
Stock-based compensation	11,168			11,131			10,162
(Gain) loss on disposal of assets	(884		)	1,119			289
Deferred income taxes	2,830			(9,754		)	(14,462		)
Impairment charges	1,071			1,150			4,245
(Benefit) provision for (recoveries) losses on receivables, net	(346		)	818			1,783
Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation	(5,624		)	(5,256		)	—
Other non-cash items	1,005			—			—
Changes in assets and liabilities, net of the effect from acquisitions:
Billed and unbilled accounts receivable	(51,292		)	(20,083		)	(142,051		)
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	(6,751		)	(1,593		)	(1,719		)
Other assets	(6,693		)	(5,460		)	(8,564		)
Accounts payable	3,955			20,202			(4,786		)
Deferred revenue	47,531			35,940			55,792
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities	18,659			63,303			(37,741		)
Long-term income taxes payable, net of long-term income taxes receivable	(1,440		)	11,958			16,169
Other liabilities	1,468			1,652			5,162
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities	183,815			234,457			(1,455		)
Cash flow from investing activities:
Purchases of marketable securities	(312,403		)	(53,647		)	—
Proceeds from sale of marketable securities	182,800			51,529			13,058
Proceeds from note receivable	659			—			—
Purchases of property and equipment	(81,089		)	(74,403		)	(60,153		)
Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired	(97,099		)	—			—
Proceeds from sale of assets	1,677			—			1,394
Net cash used in investing activities	(305,455		)	(76,521		)	(45,701		)
Cash flow from financing activities:
Proceeds from issuance of common stock	15,271			12,120			7,686
Payment for share repurchase	(195,149		)	—			—
Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation	5,624			5,256			—
Borrowings under credit agreement/facility	795,000			268,000			440,000
Repayments under credit agreement/facility	(577,500		)	(293,000		)	(407,500		)
Proceeds from factoring agreement, net	10,394			—			—
Payments for deferred financing costs	(1,231		)	—			—
Repayments under other debt	—			(943		)	(2,071		)
Purchase of non-controlling interests	—			—			(1,550		)
Net cash provided by (used) in financing activities	52,409			(8,567		)	36,565
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents	(321		)	(24,846		)	4,477
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents	(69,552		)	124,523			(6,114		)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year	213,579			89,056			95,170
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year	$	144,027		$	213,579		$	89,056
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information
Net cash paid during year for:
Interest	$	9,962		$	10,802		$	17,535
Income taxes, net of refunds	$	37,764		$	9,709		$	31,947

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

47

PAREXEL INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(in thousands)

	Common Stock								Retained Earnings		Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)			Total Stockholders’ Equity
	Number of Shares		Par Value			Additional Paid-in Capital
Balance at June 30, 2010	58,434		$	578		$	233,677		$	246,734	$	(41,434	)	$	439,555
Shares issued under stock option/restricted stock/employee stock purchase plans	570		6			7,680								7,686
Stock-based compensation						10,162								10,162
Purchase of non-controlling interests						(474		)						(474		)
Unrealized gain on derivative instruments, net of taxes											7,156			7,156
Foreign currency translation adjustment											53,133			53,133
Net income									48,786					48,786
Balance at June 30, 2011	59,004		$	584		$	251,045		$	295,520	$	18,855		$	566,004
Shares issued under stock option/restricted stock/employee stock purchase plans	1,143		17			12,103								12,120
Stock-based compensation						11,131								11,131
Excess tax benefit related to employee equity awards						5,256								5,256
Unrealized loss on derivative instruments, net of taxes											(1,660		)	(1,660		)
Foreign currency translation adjustment											(46,334		)	(46,334		)
Net income									63,158					63,158
Balance at June 30, 2012	60,147		$	601		$	279,535		$	358,678	$	(29,139	)	$	609,675
Shares issued under stock option/restricted stock/employee stock purchase plans, net	1,470		15			15,256								15,271
Stock-based compensation						11,168								11,168
Excess tax benefit related to employee equity awards						5,400								5,400
Share repurchase	(5,306	)	(53		)	(197,588		)						(197,641		)
Unrealized gain on derivative instruments, net of taxes											624			624
Foreign currency translation adjustment											(1,523		)	(1,523		)
Net income									95,972					95,972
Balance at June 30, 2013	56,311		$	563		$	113,771		$	454,650	$	(30,038	)	$	538,946

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

48

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1. DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

PAREXEL International Corporation (“PAREXEL,” “the Company,” or “we”) is a leading biopharmaceutical outsourcing services company, providing a broad range of expertise in clinical research, clinical logistics, medical communications, consulting, commercialization and advanced technology products and services to the worldwide pharmaceutical, biotechnology, and medical device industries. Our primary objective is to provide quality solutions for managing the biopharmaceutical product lifecycle with the goal of reducing the time, risk, and cost associated with the development and commercialization of new therapies. Since our incorporation in 1983, we have developed significant expertise in processes and technologies supporting this strategy. Our product and service offerings include: clinical trials management, observational studies and patient/disease registries, data management, biostatistical analysis, epidemiology, health economics / outcomes research, pharmacovigilance, medical communications, clinical pharmacology, patient recruitment, clinical supply and drug logistics, post-marketing surveillance, regulatory and product development and commercialization consulting, health policy and reimbursement and market access consulting, medical imaging services, regulatory information management (“RIM”) solutions, randomization and trial supply management services (“RTSM”), electronic data capture systems (“EDC”), clinical trial management systems (“CTMS”), web-based portals, systems integration, patient diary applications, and other product development tools and services.

NOTE 2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of PAREXEL International Corporation, our wholly-owned and majority-owned subsidiaries. All inter-company accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

Reclassification

We reclassified $10.4 million of non-current deferred tax assets to current deferred tax assets for the period ended June 30, 2012. This change had no impact on total deferred tax assets. We also reclassified $3.2 million of deferred financing costs from other assets to long-term debt, net of current portion for the period ended June 30, 2012 as a contra-debt balance. We evaluated the quantitative and qualitative aspects of these adjustments and determined the corrections were not material. These reclassifications had no impact on our results of operations or statement of cash flow for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2012.

Use of Estimates

We prepare our financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles which require us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements. Estimates are used in accounting for, among other items, revenue recognition, allowance for credit losses on receivables, valuation of derivative instruments, periodic impairment reviews of goodwill and intangible assets, contingent consideration, income taxes, and the valuation of long-term assets. Our estimates are based on the facts and circumstances available at the time estimates are made, historical experience, risk of loss, general economic conditions, trends, and assessments of the probable future outcomes of these matters. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Estimates and assumptions are reviewed periodically, and the effects of changes, if any, are reflected in the statement of operations in the period in which they are determined.

Fair Values of Financial Instruments

The fair value of our cash and cash equivalents, marketable securities, accounts receivable, and accounts payable approximates the carrying value of these financial instruments because of the short-term nature of any maturities. The carrying value of our short-term and long-term debt approximates fair value because all of the debt bears variable rate interest. We determine the estimated fair values of other financial instruments, including equity and risk management instruments, using available market information and valuation methodologies, primarily discounted cash flow analysis or input from independent investment bankers.

Revenue Recognition

We derive revenue from the delivery of service or software solutions to clients in the worldwide pharmaceutical, biotechnology, and medical device industries. In general, we recognize revenue when all of the following conditions are satisfied: (1) there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement; (2) the service offering has been delivered to the client; (3) the collection of fees is probable; and (4) the amount of fees to be paid by the client is fixed or determinable. Revenue recognition treatment of each business segment is described below.

49

Clinical Research Services (“CRS”) and PAREXEL Consulting and MedCom Services (“PCMS”) Service Revenue

Service revenues in our CRS and PCMS businesses are derived principally from fee-for-service or fixed-price executory contracts, which typically involve competitive bid awards and multi-year terms. Client billing schedules and payment arrangements are prescribed under negotiated contract terms. Contract provisions do not provide for rights of return or refund, but normally include rights of cancellation with notice, in which case services delivered through the cancellation date are due and payable by the client, including certain costs to conclude the trial or study.

Our client arrangements generally involve multiple service deliverables, where bundled service deliverables are accounted for in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 605-25, “Multiple-Element Arrangements.” We determined that each of our service deliverables have standalone value. ASC 605-25 requires the allocation of contract (arrangement) value to each separate unit of accounting based on the relative selling price of the various separate units of accounting in the arrangement. ASC 605-25 requires a hierarchy of evidence be followed when determining if evidence of the selling price of an item exists such that the best evidence of selling price of a unit of accounting is vendor-specific objective evidence (VSOE), or the price charged when a deliverable is sold separately. When VSOE is not available to determine selling price, relevant third-party evidence (TPE) of selling price should be used, if available. Lastly, when neither VSOE nor TPE of selling price for similar deliverables exists, management must use its best estimate of selling price considering all relevant information that is available without undue cost and effort.

We generally are not able to establish VSOE as our deliverables are seldom sold separately. We have established TPE of selling price for each of our arrangement deliverables based on the price we charge for equivalent services when sold to other similar customers as well as our knowledge of market-pricing from the competitive bidding process for customer contracts offering similar services to comparably situated customers. Consequently, we allocate arrangement consideration at the inception of the arrangement using the relative selling prices of the deliverables within the contract based on TPE.

We recognize revenues for the separate elements of our contracts upon delivery of actual units of output and when all other revenue recognition criteria are met. Revenue from fee-for-service contracts generally is recognized as units of output are delivered. Revenue on fixed-price contracts generally is measured by applying a proportional performance model using output units, such as site or investigator recruitment, patient enrollment, data management, or other deliverables common to our CRS business. Performance-based output units are pre-defined in contracts and revenue is recognized based upon actual units of completion. Revenue related to changes in contract scope, which are subject to client approval, is recognized when realization is assured and amounts are fixed or determinable.

Perceptive Informatics, Inc. (“Perceptive”) Service Revenue

Service revenue is derived principally from the delivery of software solutions through our Perceptive business segment. Software solutions include ClinPhone^®RTSM, CTMS, EDC and RIM.

Within Perceptive’s Clinphone^® RTSM business, we offer selected software solutions through a hosted application delivered through a standard web-browser. We recognize revenue from application hosting services in accordance with ASC 985-605, “Revenue Recognition in the Software Industry” and ASC 605-25 as our customers do not have the right to take possession of the software. Revenue resulting from these hosting services consists of three stages: set-up (client specification and workflow), hosting and support services, and closeout reporting.

Fees charged and costs incurred in the set-up stage are deferred until the start of the hosting period and are amortized and recognized ratably over the estimated hosting period, including customary and expected extensions. Deferred costs are direct costs associated with the trial and application setup. These costs include salary and benefits associated with direct labor costs incurred during trial setup, as well as third-party subcontract fees and other contract labor costs. In the event of a contract cancellation by a client, all deferred revenue is recognized and all deferred setup costs are expensed. To the extent that termination-related fees are payable under the contract, such fees are recognized in the period of termination.

Perceptive's Medical Imaging business provides a service allowing customers to manage the image acquisitions and the analysis and quality of data obtained during a clinical trial. Service revenue is derived from executory contracts that are tailored to meet individual client requirements.  Client billing schedules and payment arrangements are prescribed under negotiated contract terms. We recognize service revenue related to our Medical Imaging business based upon a proportional performance method utilizing a unitized output method. The defined units used for revenue recognition are used to track output measures that are specific to the services being provided in the contract, and may include site survey reports, project management tasks, number of reviews completed, and image receipt and processing.

Reimbursement Revenue & Investigator Fees

Reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses are reflected in our Consolidated Statements of Income under “Reimbursement revenue” and “Reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses,” as we are the primary obligor for these expenses despite being reimbursed by our clients. In addition, as is customary in our industry, we routinely subcontract on behalf of our clients with independent

50

physician investigators in connection with clinical trials. The related investigator fees are not reflected in our Service revenue, Reimbursement revenue, Reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses, or Direct costs, because these fees are reimbursed by clients on a “pass through basis,” without risk or reward to us. The amounts of these investigator fees were $421.2 million, $250.8 million, and $185.5 million for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

Business Combinations

We account for acquisitions as business combinations in accordance with ASC Topic 805, “Business Combinations.” We allocate the amounts that we pay for each acquisition to the assets we acquire and liabilities we assume based on their fair values at the dates of acquisition, including identifiable intangible assets. We base the fair value of identifiable intangible assets acquired in a business combination on detailed valuations that use information and assumptions determined by management and which consider management's best estimates of inputs and assumptions that a market participant would use. We allocate any excess purchase price over the fair value of the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired to goodwill.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

We consider all highly liquid investments purchased with original maturities of 90 days or less to be cash equivalents. We had no cash equivalents balance as of June 30, 2013. As of June 30, 2012, we had $81.1 million in money-market accounts or other short-term securities that are considered to be cash equivalents.

Marketable Securities

We account for investments in debt and equity securities in accordance with ASC 320, “Investments - Debt and Equity Securities.” As of June 30, 2013, we held $130.1 million marketable securities and we had no marketable securities as of June 30, 2012.

Marketable securities are held in foreign government treasury certificates that are actively traded and have original maturities over 90 days but less than one year. Our foreign government treasury certificates securities of $130.1 million are classified as held-to-maturity based on our intent and ability to hold the securities to maturity and are recorded at amortized cost, which is not materially different than fair value. Interest and dividends related to these securities are reported as a component of interest income in our consolidated statements of income.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that subject us to credit risk primarily consist of cash and cash equivalents, marketable securities, derivative financial instrument contracts, and accounts receivable. We maintain our cash and cash equivalent balances with high-quality financial institutions and, consequently, we believe that such funds are subject to minimal credit risk. Our marketable securities primarily consist of foreign government treasury certificates. We require all investments held by us be at least AAA+ rated and government treasury certificates, thereby reducing credit risk exposure.

We have approximately ten different counterparties in our derivative contracts, which include interest rate swaps, an interest rate cap and foreign currency hedges. Each of these counterparties is in the financial services industry and is subject to the credit risks inherent to that industry. We perform ongoing credit evaluations of these counterparties.

We perform ongoing credit evaluations related to the financial condition of our clients and, generally, do not require collateral. As of June 30, 2013, two clients individually accounted for 18% and 12% of our total billed and unbilled accounts receivables. As of June 30, 2012, no single client accounted for 10% or more of our billed and unbilled accounts receivables. Two clients individually accounted for 17% and 12% of our consolidated service revenue in Fiscal Year 2013. No single client accounted for 10% or more of our consolidated service revenue in Fiscal Year 2012 or Fiscal Year 2011.

Billed Accounts Receivable, Unbilled Accounts Receivable and Deferred Revenue

Billed accounts receivable represent amounts for which invoices have been sent to clients based on contract terms. Unbilled accounts receivable represent amounts recognized as revenue for which invoices have not yet been sent to clients due to contract terms. Deferred revenue represents amounts billed based on contractual provisions or payments received for which revenue has not yet been earned. We maintain a provision for losses on receivables based on historical collectability and specific identification of potential problem accounts. Uncollectible invoices are written off when collection efforts have been exhausted.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment is stated at cost. Depreciation is provided using the straight-line method based on estimated useful lives of 3 to 8 years for computer software and hardware, and 5 years for office furniture, fixtures and equipment. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of the estimated useful lives of the improvements or the remaining lease term, which include lease extensions when reasonably assured. Repair and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred.

51

Development of Software for Internal Use

PAREXEL accounts for the costs of software developed or obtained for internal use in accordance with ASC 350-40, “Internal-Use Software.” We capitalize costs of materials, consultants, payroll, and payroll-related costs for employees incurred in developing internal-use software. These costs are included in computer software in Note 6 below. Costs incurred during the preliminary project and post-implementation stages are charged to expense.

Research and Development Costs

We incur ongoing research and development costs related to core technologies used internally as well as software and technology sold externally. Unless eligible for capitalization, these costs are expensed as incurred. Research and development expense was $23.8 million, $21.0 million, and $23.0 million in Fiscal Years 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively, and is included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of income.

Goodwill

PAREXEL follows the provisions of ASC 350, “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other.” Under this statement, goodwill as well as certain other intangible assets, determined to have an indefinite life, are not amortized. Instead, these assets are evaluated for impairment at least annually or more frequently if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of the reporting unit below its carrying value. For Fiscal Years 2013 and 2012, we performed the intangibles impairment testing in accordance with the guidance of Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2011-08, “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Goodwill for Impairment,” and conducted an assessment of qualitative factors. We concluded that it was not more likely than not the fair value of a reporting unit was less than its carrying amount, including goodwill as of June 30, 2013 and 2012. There was no evidence of impairment of our goodwill balances as of June 30, 2013 or 2012.

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for Fiscal Years 2013 and 2012 were as follows:

(in thousands)
Goodwill	Fiscal Year 2013			Fiscal Year 2012
Beginning Balance	$	255,455		$	262,313
Goodwill arising from LIQUENT acquisition	51,244			—
Goodwill arising from HERON acquisition	16,631			—
Effect of changes in exchange rates used for translation	(3,852		)	(6,858		)
Ending Balance	$	319,478		$	255,455

As of June 30, 2013, the carrying value of our goodwill by reportable segment was $124.6 million in CRS, $20.8 million in PCMS, and $174.1 million in Perceptive.

Long-lived Assets and Other Intangible Assets

Long-lived assets, including fixed assets and intangible assets which have a definitive life, are reviewed for impairment when circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of assets might not be recoverable.

Indefinite-lived assets are reviewed annually or more frequently if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value below the carrying value of the asset. In July 2012, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU No. 2012-02, “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets for Impairment.” ASU 2012-02 amends Topic 350 to allow a company to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset is less than its carrying value. A company is not required to determine the fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible asset unless the entity determines, based on the qualitative assessment, that it is more likely than not that its fair value is less than the carrying value. ASU 2012-02 is effective for annual and interim impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2012 and early adoption is permitted. For Fiscal 2013, we adopted the guidance of ASU 2012-02, conducted an assessment of qualitative factors and concluded that it was not more likely than not that the fair value of our indefinite-lived intangible assets was less than its carrying amount. For Fiscal 2012, we performed a quantitative impairment test, which involves various analyses, including undiscounted cash flow projections and a royalty-relief methodology. In the event undiscounted cash flow projections indicate impairment, we would record an impairment based on the fair value of the assets at the date of the impairment. There was no evidence of impairment of our indefinite-lived intangible asset balances as of June 30, 2013 or 2012.

52

As of June 30, 2013, intangible assets consisted of the following:

(in thousands)	Weighted Average Useful Life (years)	Cost		Accumulated Amortization/ Effect of Exchange Rate Changes			Net
Intangible Asset
Customer relationships and backlog	12.1	$	112,274	$	(44,706	)	$	67,568
Technology and other intangibles	7.9	35,647		(20,582		)	15,065
Definite-life tradename	7.7	3,800		(235		)	3,565
Indefinite-life tradename *	indefinite	22,158		(4,842		)	17,316
Total intangible assets		$	173,879	$	(70,365	)	$	103,514
* The tradename acquired in the ClinPhone acquisition has an indefinite useful life.

As of June 30, 2012, intangible assets consisted of the following:

(in thousands)	Weighted Average Useful Life (years)	Cost		Accumulated Amortization/ Effect of Exchange Rate Changes			Net
Intangible Asset
Customer relationships and backlog	13.0	$	76,774	$	(35,811	)	$	40,963
Technology and other intangibles	7.0	26,330		(15,963		)	10,367
Tradename*	indefinite	22,158		(3,484		)	18,674
Total intangible assets		$	125,262	$	(55,258	)	$	70,004
* The tradename acquired in the ClinPhone acquisition has an indefinite useful life.

The changes in the carrying amounts of other intangible assets for Fiscal Years 2013 and 2012 were as follows:

(in thousands)
Other Intangible Assets	Fiscal Year 2013			Fiscal Year 2012
Beginning Balance	$	70,004		$	79,958
Intangibles assets acquired from LIQUENT acquisition	32,600			—
Intangibles assets acquired from HERON acquisition	15,500			—
Amortization	(9,999		)	(8,753		)
Effect of changes in exchange rates used for translation	(4,591		)	(1,201		)
Ending Balance	$	103,514		$	70,004

Estimated amortization expense for the next five years is as follows:

(in thousands)
FY 2014	FY 2015	FY 2016	FY 2017	FY 2018
$14,724	$13,371	$12,530	$9,991	$8,619

Income Taxes

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the carrying amounts and the tax bases of assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets are recognized for the estimated future tax benefits of deductible temporary differences and tax operating loss and credit carryforwards and are presented net of valuation allowances. Valuation allowances are established in jurisdictions where it is more likely than not that the benefits of the associated deferred tax assets will not be realized. Deferred income tax expense represents the change in the net deferred tax asset and liability balances. Interest and penalties are recognized as a component of income tax expense

Foreign Currency

Assets and liabilities of PAREXEL’s international operations are translated into U.S. dollars at exchange rates that are in effect on the balance sheet date and equity accounts are translated at historical exchange rates. Income and expense items are translated at average exchange rates in effect during the year. Translation adjustments are accumulated in other comprehensive income (loss) as a separate component of stockholders’ equity in the consolidated balance sheet. Transaction gains and losses are included in miscellaneous expense, net in the consolidated statements of operations. Transaction gains (losses) were $4.1 million, $0.3 million, and $(10.4) million in Fiscal Years 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

53

Earnings Per Share

Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing net income for the period by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares plus the dilutive effect of outstanding stock options. We do not have any participating securities outstanding nor do we have more than one class of common stock.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-11, “Balance Sheet (Topic 210): Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities.” ASU 2011-11 requires a company to disclose information about offsetting and related arrangements to enable readers of its financial statements to understand the effects of those arrangements on its financial position. ASU 2011-11 is effective for fiscal years beginning after January 1, 2013. In January 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-01, “Clarifying the Scope of Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities.” ASU 2013-01 was issued to limit the scope of ASU 2011-11 to derivatives (including bifurcated embedded derivatives), repurchase and reverse repurchase arrangements, and securities borrowing and lending transactions. The disclosures are effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013 and interim periods within those annual periods. Entities should provide the disclosures required by this ASU retrospectively for all comparative periods presented. We do not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-02, “Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income.” ASU 2013-02 requires reporting and disclosure about changes in accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI) balances and reclassifications out of AOCI. ASU 2013-02 is effective prospectively for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2012 and early adoption is permitted. We do not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In March 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-05, “Parent's Accounting for the Cumulative Translation Adjustment upon Derecognition of Certain Subsidiaries or Groups of Assets within a Foreign Entity or of an Investment in a Foreign Entity.” ASU 2013-05 addresses the accounting for the cumulative translation adjustment when a parent either sells a part or all of its investment in a foreign entity or no longer holds a controlling financial interest in a subsidiary or group of assets that is a nonprofit activity or a business within a foreign entity. ASU 2013-05 is effective prospectively for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2013 and early adoption is permitted. We do not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

NOTE 3 – ACQUISITIONS

Our condensed consolidated financial statements include the operating results of acquired entities from their respective dates of acquisition. Transaction costs totaling $1.2 million associated with the acquisitions of LIQUENT, Inc. (“LIQUENT”) and HERON Group LTD ("HERON") acquisitions for the year ended June 30, 2013 were recognized as incurred and included in selling, general and administrative expenses in our consolidated statements of income.

LIQUENT ACQUISITION

On December 21, 2012, we acquired all of the outstanding equity securities of LIQUENT, a leading global provider of Regulatory Information Management (“RIM”) solutions for total cash consideration of approximately $74.3 million. By combining LIQUENT with our Perceptive segment, we believe that we have strengthened our regulatory capabilities by adding a regulatory information technology platform and provide our clients access to comprehensive regulatory agency submission planning, viewing, tracking, publishing, and registration management throughout the entire product lifecycle of a life sciences entity. We expect the acquisition also will benefit our PCMS business, where we can leverage LIQUENT’s significant expertise in regulatory information management outsourcing.

The acquisition was initially funded through a new $100.0 million unsecured term loan agreement (the “2012 Term Loan”) with Bank of America, N.A. (defined as “Bank of America” in Note 8) (see Note 8).

54

The components of the consideration transferred in conjunction with the LIQUENT acquisition and the preliminary allocation of that consideration is as follows (in thousands):

Total consideration transferred:
Cash paid, net of cash acquired	$	74,349
Preliminary allocation of consideration transferred:
Accounts receivable	$	8,470
Other current and non-current assets	547
Property and equipment	1,349
Definite-lived intangible assets	32,600
Goodwill	51,244
Total assets acquired	94,210
Current liabilities	5,330
Deferred revenue, current	2,830
Deferred tax liabilities	11,701
Total liabilities assumed	19,861
Net assets acquired	$	74,349

The amounts above related to accounting for income taxes represent the preliminary fair value estimates as of June 30, 2013 and each is subject to subsequent adjustment as we obtain additional information during the measurement period and finalize our fair value estimates. We expect to complete our accounting for the LIQUENT acquisition in our fiscal quarter ending December 31, 2013.

The goodwill of $51.2 million arising from the LIQUENT acquisition largely reflects the expected synergies and expansion of our service offerings across products and markets complementary to our existing service offering and markets. The goodwill recorded is included in our Perceptive segment and is non-deductible for tax purposes.

The following are the identifiable intangible assets acquired and their respective estimated useful lives, as determined based on valuations (dollar amounts in thousands):

	Amount		Estimated Useful Life (Years)
Customer relationships	$	21,500	11
Technology	7,800		8
Trade name	2,800		8
Backlog	500		1
Total	$	32,600

HERON ACQUISITION

On April 30, 2013, we acquired all of the outstanding equity securities of HERON, a life sciences consultancy which provides evidence-based commercialization services to support biopharmaceutical companies throughout the lifecycle of their products. The net purchase price was approximately $22.8 million, plus the potential for us to pay up to an additional $14.2 million over a twenty-six month period if specific financial targets for HERON are achieved. We determined the fair value of the contingent consideration as part of the HERON acquisition based on the probability of HERON attaining the specified financial targets and assigned a fair value of $5.9 million to the liability. The acquisition was funded through use of existing cash. HERON's results of operations are included in our PCMS segment.

55

The components of the net purchase price in conjunction with the HERON acquisition and the preliminary allocation of that consideration is as follows (in thousands):

Total consideration:
Cash paid, net of cash acquired	$	22,750
Fair value of contingent consideration	5,934
Net purchase price	28,684
Preliminary allocation of net purchase price:
Accounts receivable	$	1,927
Other current and non-current assets	544
Property and equipment	322
Definite-lived intangible assets	15,500
Goodwill	16,631
Total assets acquired	34,924
Current liabilities	1,539
Deferred revenue, current	1,164
Deferred tax liabilities	3,537
Total liabilities assumed	6,240
Net assets acquired	$	28,684

The amounts above represent the preliminary fair value estimates as of June 30, 2013 and each is subject to subsequent adjustment as we obtain additional information during the measurement period to finalize our fair value estimates for assets acquired, liabilities assumed, and our accounting for income taxes. We expect to complete our accounting for the HERON acquisition in our fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2014.

The goodwill of $16.6 million arising from the HERON acquisition largely reflects the expected synergies and expansion of our service offerings across products and markets complementary to our existing service offering and markets. The goodwill recorded is included in our PCMS segment and is non-deductible for tax purposes.

The following are the preliminary identifiable intangible assets acquired and their respective estimated useful lives, as determined based on preliminary valuations (dollar amounts in thousands):

	Amount		Estimated Useful Life (Years)
Customer relationships	$	12,600	10
Technology	1,000		5
Trade name	1,000		7
Backlog	900		1
Total	$	15,500

NOTE 4. DERIVATIVES

We are exposed to certain risks relating to our ongoing business operations. The primary risks that we seek to manage by using derivative instruments are interest rate risk and foreign currency exchange rate risk. Accordingly, we have instituted interest rate and foreign currency hedging programs that are accounted for in accordance with ASC 815, “Derivatives and Hedging.”

• Our interest rate hedging program is a cash flow hedge program designed to minimize interest rate volatility. We swap the difference between fixed and variable interest amounts calculated by reference to an agreed-upon notional principal amount, at specified intervals. We also employ an interest rate cap that compensates us if variable interest rates rise above a pre-determined rate. Our interest rate contracts are designated as hedging instruments.

• Our foreign currency hedging program is a cash flow hedge program designed to minimize foreign currency exchange rate volatility due to the foreign currency exchange exposure related to intercompany transactions. This program was expanded in the first quarter of our fiscal year ended June 30, 2013 in order to reduce the impact of foreign exchange rate risk on our gross margin. We primarily utilize forward currency exchange contracts and cross-currency swaps with maturities of no more than 12 months. These contracts are designated as hedging instruments.

We also enter into other economic hedges to mitigate foreign currency exchange risk and interest rate risk related to intercompany and significant external transactions. These contracts are not designated as hedges in accordance with ASC 815.

56

The following table presents the notional amounts and fair values of our derivatives as of June 30, 2013 and June 30, 2012. All asset and liability amounts are reported in other current assets and other current and non-current liabilities.

(in thousands)	June 30, 2013					June 30, 2012
	Notional Amount		Asset (Liability)			Notional Amount		Asset (Liability)
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815
Derivatives in an asset position:
Interest rate contracts	$	125,000	$	3,269		$	50,000	$	2
Foreign exchange contracts	20,245		333			—		—
Cross-currency swap contracts	27,312		1,032			—		—
Derivatives in a liability position:
Interest rate contracts	100,000		(2,208		)	100,000		(2,417		)
Foreign exchange contracts	129,254		(3,889		)	—		—
Cross-currency swap contracts	—		—			25,106		(2,697		)
Total designated derivatives	$	401,811	$	(1,463	)	$	175,106	$	(5,112	)
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815
Derivatives in an asset position:
Foreign exchange contracts	$	20,756	$	91		$	—	$	—
Derivatives in a liability position:
Foreign exchange contracts	42,800		(992		)	100,815		(213		)
Cross-currency interest rate swap contracts	44,580		(1,910		)	43,405		(4,544		)
Total non-designated derivatives	$	108,136	$	(2,811	)	$	144,220	$	(4,757	)
Total derivatives	$	509,947	$	(4,274	)	$	319,326	$	(9,869	)

We record the effective portion of any change in the fair value of derivatives designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815 to other accumulated comprehensive income (loss) in our consolidated balance sheet, net of deferred taxes, and any ineffective portion to miscellaneous income (expense) in our consolidated statements of income. The amounts recognized for Fiscal Year 2013 and Fiscal Year 2012 in other comprehensive income (loss) are presented below:

	Years Ended
(in thousands)	June 30, 2013			June 30, 2012
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815
Interest rate contracts, net of taxes	$	2,818		$	(964	)
Foreign exchange contracts, net of taxes	(2,129		)	—
Cross-currency swap contracts, net of taxes	(65		)	(696		)
Total designated derivative unrealized gain (loss), net	$	624		$	(1,660	)

Under certain circumstances, such as the occurrence of significant differences between actual cash receipts and forecasted cash receipts, the ASC 815 programs could be deemed ineffective. During Fiscal Year 2013 and 2012, the amounts recorded to reflect ineffective portions of any hedges were not material. The estimated net amount of the existing losses that are expected to be reclassified into earnings within the next twelve months is $4.1 million.

The change in the fair value of derivatives not designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815 is recorded to miscellaneous expense, net in the income statement. The amounts recognized for Fiscal Year 2013 and Fiscal Year 2012 are presented below:

	Years Ended
(in thousands)	June 30, 2013			June 30, 2012
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815
Cross-currency interest rate swap contracts	$	2,634		$	(4,963	)
Foreign exchange contracts	(688		)	(1,339		)
Total non-designated derivative unrealized gain (loss), net	$	1,946		$	(6,302	)

57

NOTE 5. BILLED AND UNBILLED ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

Accounts receivable at June 30, 2013 and June 30, 2012 consisted of the following:

(in thousands)	2013			2012
Billed receivables	$	459,312		$	400,698
Unbilled receivables	250,586			257,967
Provision for losses on receivables	(4,524		)	(9,448		)
Total	$	705,374		$	649,217

NOTE 6. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment at June 30, 2013 and June 30, 2012 consisted of the following:

(in thousands)	2013			2012
Property and equipment:
Computer software	$	282,681		$	235,922
Computer hardware and office equipment	94,932			84,831
Leasehold improvements	87,982			85,928
Medical equipment	16,337			18,122
Furniture and fixtures	26,370			26,066
Buildings	31			3,585
Office equipment and other assets	19,193			17,496
Total	527,526			471,950
Less: accumulated depreciation	(303,301		)	(264,172		)
Total	$	224,225		$	207,778

We retired $13.0 million, $35.8 million and $0.9 million of fully-depreciated assets for Fiscal Years 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

During Fiscal Years 2013, 2012, and 2011, we recorded property and equipment impairment expense of $1.1 million, $0.3 million, and $4.3 million, respectively. The amount for Fiscal Year 2011 included a $1.2 million impairment loss on a property and a $3.1 million loss related to the impairment of exited facilities in association with the 2011 Restructuring Plan.

NOTE 7. RESTRUCTURING CHARGES

In April 2011, we adopted a plan to restructure our operations to reduce expenses, better align costs with current and future geographic sources of revenue, and improve operating efficiencies (the “2011 Restructuring Plan”). The 2011 Restructuring Plan focused primarily on the Early Phase business and corporate functions. The total cost of the 2011 Restructuring Plan was approximately $14.6 million and included the elimination of approximately 150 managerial and staff positions and abandonment of certain property leases.

In October 2009, we adopted a plan to restructure our operations to reduce expenses, better align costs with current and future geographic sources of revenue, and improve operating efficiencies (the “2010 Restructuring Plan”). The total cost of the 2010 Restructuring Plan was approximately $16.8 million, including the elimination of 240 managerial and staff positions and abandonment of certain property leases.

Various restructuring plans adopted by us since Fiscal Year 2005 are included in the Pre-2010 Plans.

58

Changes in the restructuring accrual during Fiscal Years 2013, 2012, and 2011 are summarized below:

	Balance at		Provisions/ Adjustments			Payments/Foreign Currency Exchange			Balance at
(in thousands)	June 30, 2012								June 30, 2013
2011 Restructuring Plan
Employee severance	$	1,884	$	(182	)	$	(1,702	)	$	—
Facilities-related	3,663		(1,027		)	(1,661		)	975
2010 Restructuring Plan
Facilities-related	642		—			(174		)	468
Pre-2010 Plans
Facilities-related	1,585		—			(469		)	1,116
Total	$	7,774	$	(1,209	)	$	(4,006	)	$	2,559
	Balance at		Provisions/ Adjustments			Payments/Foreign Currency Exchange			Balance at
(in thousands)	June 30, 2011								June 30, 2012
2011 Restructuring Plan
Employee severance	$	1,622	$	5,307		$	(5,045	)	$	1,884
Facilities-related	3,720		2,004			(2,061		)	3,663
2010 Restructuring Plan
Employee severance	1,160		(984		)	(176		)	—
Facilities-related	855		(84		)	(129		)	642
Pre-2010 Plans
Facilities-related	2,041		—			(456		)	1,585
Total	$	9,398	$	6,243		$	(7,867	)	$	7,774
	Balance at		Provisions/ Adjustments			Payments/Foreign Currency Exchange			Balance at
(in thousands)	June 30, 2010								June 30, 2011
2011 Restructuring Plan
Employee severance	$	—	$	1,790		$	(168	)	$	1,622
Facilities-related	—		3,663			57			3,720
2010 Restructuring Plan
Employee severance	5,221		(832		)	(3,229		)	1,160
Facilities-related	3,337		(513		)	(1,969		)	855
Other	54		(31		)	(23		)	—
Pre-2010 Plans
Facilities-related	1,466		940			(365		)	2,041
Total	$	10,078	$	5,017		$	(5,697	)	$	9,398

NOTE 8. CREDIT ARRANGEMENTS

2013 Credit Agreement

On March 22, 2013, we, certain of our subsidiaries, Bank of America, N.A. (“Bank of America”), as Administrative Agent, Swingline Lender and L/C Issuer, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated (“MLPFS”), J.P. Morgan Securities LLC (“JPM Securities”), HSBC Bank USA, National Association (“HSBC”) and U.S. Bank, National Association (“US Bank”), as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Book Managers, JPMorgan Chase Bank N.A. (“JPMorgan”), HSBC and US Bank, as Joint Syndication Agents, and the other lenders party thereto entered into an amended and restated agreement (the “2013 Credit Agreement”) providing for a five-year term loan of $200 million and a revolving credit facility in the amount of up to $300 million, plus additional amounts of up to $200 million of loans to be made available upon our request subject to specified terms and conditions. A portion of the revolving credit facility is available for swingline loans of up to a sublimit of $75 million and for the issuance of standby letters of credit of up to a sublimit of $10 million.

59

On March 22, 2013, we drew down $107.5 million under the 2013 Credit Agreement resulting in total outstanding borrowings of $400.0 million . We used the proceeds of the borrowing (i) to repay outstanding amounts under our existing four short-term credit facilities with each of Bank of America, HSBC, TD Bank, N.A. and US Bank (collectively, the “Short Term Credit Facilities”), (ii) for stock repurchases and (iii) for other general corporate purposes.

Our obligations under the 2013 Credit Agreement are guaranteed by certain of our material domestic subsidiaries, and the obligations, if any, of any of our foreign designated borrower are guaranteed by us and certain of our material domestic subsidiaries.

Borrowings (other than swingline loans) under the 2013 Credit Agreement bear interest, at our determination, at a rate based on either (a) LIBOR plus a margin (not to exceed a per annum rate of 1.750%) based on a ratio of consolidated funded debt to consolidated earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) (the “Leverage Ratio”) or (b) the highest of (i) prime, (ii) the federal funds rate plus 0.50%, and (iii) the one month LIBOR rate plus 1.00% (such highest rate, the “Alternate Base Rate”), plus a margin (not to exceed a per annum rate of 0.750%) based on the Leverage Ratio. Swingline loans in U.S. dollars bear interest calculated at the Alternate Base Rate plus a margin (not to exceed a per annum rate of 0.750%).

Loans outstanding under the 2013 Credit Agreement may be prepaid at any time in whole or in part without premium or penalty, other than customary breakage costs, if any, subject to the terms and conditions contained in the 2013 Credit Agreement. The 2013 Credit Agreement terminates and any outstanding loans under it mature on March 22, 2018 (the “Maturity Date”).

Repayment of the principal borrowed under the revolving credit facility (other than a swingline loan) is due on the Maturity Date. Repayment of principal borrowed under the term loan facility is as follows, with the final payment of all amounts outstanding, plus accrued interest, being due on the Maturity Date:

• 1.25% by quarterly term loan amortization payments to be made commencing in June 2013 and made prior to June 30, 2015;

• 2.50% by quarterly term loan amortization payments to be made on or after June 30, 2015, but prior to June 30, 2016;

• 5.00% by quarterly term loan amortization payments to be made on or after June 30, 2016, but prior to June 30, 2017;

• 7.50% by quarterly term loan amortization payment to be made on or after June 30, 2017, but prior to the Maturity Date; and

• 37.50% on the Maturity Date

Our obligations under the 2013 Credit Agreement may be accelerated upon the occurrence of an event of default, which includes customary events of default, including payment defaults, defaults in the performance of affirmative and negative covenants, the inaccuracy of representations or warranties, bankruptcy and insolvency related defaults, cross defaults to material indebtedness, defaults relating to such matters as ERISA and judgments, and a change of control default.

The 2013 Credit Agreement contains negative covenants applicable to us and our subsidiaries, including financial covenants requiring us to comply with maximum leverage ratios and minimum interest coverage ratios, as well as restrictions on liens, investments, indebtedness, fundamental changes, acquisitions, dispositions of property, making specified restricted payments (including stock repurchases exceeding an agreed to percentage of consolidated net income), and transactions with affiliates. As of June 30, 2013, we were in compliance with all covenants under the 2013 Credit Agreement.

In connection with the 2013 Credit Agreement, we agreed to pay a commitment fee on the revolving loan commitment calculated as a percentage of the unused amount of the revolving loan commitment at a per annum rate of up to 0.350% (based on the Leverage Ratio). To the extent there are letters of credit outstanding under the 2013 Credit Agreement, we will pay letter of credit fees plus a fronting fee and additional charges. We also paid various customary fees to secure this arrangement, which are being amortized using the effective interest method over the life of the debt.

As of June 30, 2013, we had $240 million of principal borrowed under the revolving credit facility and $197.5 million of

principal under the term loan. The outstanding amounts are presented net of debt issuance cost of approximately $3.4 million in our consolidated balance sheets. We have borrowing availability of $60 million under the revolving credit facility.

In September 2011, we entered into an interest rate swap agreement and an interest rate cap agreement. Prior to the execution of the 2013 Credit Agreement, the interest rate swap and cap agreements hedged principal under our 2011 Credit Agreement, as discussed below. The interest rate swap and cap agreements now hedge a portion of the principal under our 2013 Credit Agreement. Specifically, principal in the amount of $100.0 million under our 2013 Credit Agreement has been hedged with the interest rate swap agreement and carries a fixed interest rate of 1.30% plus an applicable margin. Principal in the amount of $25.0 million has been hedged with the interest rate cap arrangement with an interest rate cap of 2.00% plus an applicable margin. In May 2013, we entered into another interest rate swap agreement and hedged an additional principal amount of $100.0 million under our 2013 Credit Agreement with a fixed interest rate of 0.73% plus an applicable margin. As of June 30, 2013, our debt under the 2013 Credit Agreement, including the $200.0 million of principal hedged with both interest swap

60

agreements, carried an average annualized interest rate of 1.87%. These interest rate hedges were deemed to be fully effective in accordance with ASC 815, “Derivatives and Hedging,” and, as such, unrealized gains and losses related to these derivatives are recorded as other comprehensive income.

2012 Term Loan and Facilities

On December 20, 2012, we entered into a new $100.0 million unsecured term loan agreement (the “2012 Term Loan”) with Bank of America, which was initially guaranteed by certain of our subsidiaries, but which guarantees were released in connection with the partial prepayment of the 2012 Term Loan in January 2013. The 2012 Term Loan was used to fund our acquisition of LIQUENT (see Note 3).

The 2012 Term Loan consisted of a term loan facility for $100.0 million, the full amount of which was advanced to us on December 21, 2012 and was scheduled to mature on June 30, 2013. Borrowings made under the 2012 Term Loan bore interest, at our option, at a base rate plus a margin (such margin not to exceed a per annum rate of 0.75%) based on a ratio of consolidated funded debt to EBITDA for the preceding twelve months (the “2012 Term Loan Leverage Ratio”), or at a LIBOR rate plus a margin (such margin not to exceed a per annum rate of 1.75%) based on the 2012 Term Loan Leverage Ratio. As of June 30, 2013, all outstanding amounts under the 2012 Term Loan were fully repaid with the proceeds from the 2013 Credit Agreement.

On January 22, 2013, we entered into additional short term unsecured term loan agreements with each of HSBC, TD Bank, N.A., and US Bank, each in the amount of $25.0 million (collectively, the “2013 Facilities”). The key terms of the 2013 Facilities were substantially the same as the 2012 Term Loan, including the loan maturities on June 30, 2013, except that there were no guaranties provided by any of our subsidiaries. The $75.0 million aggregate proceeds of the 2013 Facilities were used to partially pay down balances owed under the 2012 Term Loan, and in connection with such payment, Bank of America released our subsidiaries from their guaranty obligations under the 2012 Term Loan.

As of June 30, 2013, all outstanding amounts under the 2013 Facilities were fully repaid with the proceeds from the 2013 Credit Agreement.

2011 Credit Agreement

On June 30, 2011, we entered into the 2011 Credit Agreement providing for a five-year term loan of $100 million and a five-year revolving credit facility in the principal amount of up to $300 million. The borrowings all carried a variable interest rate based on LIBOR, prime, or a similar index, plus a margin (such margin not to exceed a per annum rate of 1.75%).

On March 22, 2013, the 2011 Credit Agreement was amended and restated in its entirety by the 2013 Credit Agreement. All amounts outstanding under the 2011 Credit Agreement immediately prior to the execution of the 2013 Credit Agreement were deemed to be outstanding under the terms and conditions of the 2013 Credit Agreement.

As discussed above, in September 2011, we entered into an interest rate swap and an interest rate cap agreement. Prior to the execution of the 2013 Credit Agreement, principal in the amount of $100.0 million under the 2011 Credit Agreement had been hedged with an interest rate swap agreement and carried a fixed interest rate of 1.30% plus an applicable margin. Principal in the amount of $25.0 million had been hedged with an interest rate cap arrangement with an interest rate cap of 2.00% plus an applicable margin. As of June 30, 2013, the interest rate swap and cap agreements hedge a portion of the outstanding principal under our 2013 Credit Agreement.

During the year ended June 30, 2013, we made principal payments of $2.5 million on the term loan under the 2011 Credit Agreement.

2010 Credit Facility

In September 2010, we entered into three short-term credit facilities for an aggregate of $75.0 million (the “2010 Credit Facility”). In December 2010, we amended the 2010 Credit Facility to extend the expiration date to June 30, 2011. These amounts were fully repaid with the proceeds from the 2011 Credit Agreement.

Additional Lines of Credit

We have an unsecured line of credit with JP Morgan UK in the amount of $4.5 million that bears interest at an annual rate ranging between 2.00% and 4.00%. We entered into this line of credit to facilitate business transactions. At June 30, 2013, we had $4.5 million available under this line of credit.

We have a cash pool facility with RBS Nederland, NV in the amount of 5.0 million Euros that bears interest at an annual rate ranging between 2.00% and 4.00%. We entered into this line of credit to facilitate business transactions. At June 30, 2013, we had 5.0 million Euros available under this line of credit.

We have a cash pooling arrangement with RBS Nederland, NV. Pooling occurs when debit balances are offset against credit balances and the overall net position is used as a basis by the bank for calculating the overall pool interest amount. Each legal

61

entity owned by us and party to this arrangement remains the owner of either a credit (deposit) or a debit (overdraft) balance. Therefore, interest income is earned by legal entities with credit balances, while interest expense is charged to legal entities with debit balances. Based on the pool’s aggregate balance, the bank then (1) recalculates the overall interest to be charged or earned, (2) compares this amount with the sum of previously charged/earned interest amounts per account and (3) additionally pays/charges the difference. The gross overdraft balance related to this pooling arrangement was $40.8 million and $63.4 million at June 30, 2013 and June 30, 2012, respectively, and was included in cash and cash equivalents.

Receivable Purchase Agreement

On February 19, 2013, we entered into a receivables purchase agreement (the “Receivable Agreement”) with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (“JPMorgan”). Under the Receivable Agreement, we sell to JPMorgan or other investors on an ongoing basis certain of our trade receivables, together with ancillary rights and the proceeds thereof, which arise under contracts with a client, or its subsidiaries or affiliates. The Receivable Agreement includes customary representations and covenants on behalf of us, and may be terminated by either us or JPMorgan upon five business days advance notice. We account for the transfer of our receivables in which we have satisfied the applicable revenue recognition criteria in accordance with ASC 860, “Transfers and Servicing.” If we have not satisfied the applicable revenue recognition criteria for the underlying sales transaction, the transfer of the receivable is accounted for as a financing activity in accordance with ASC 470, “Debt.” In the fourth quarter of 2013, we began selling our trade receivables to JP Morgan. We transferred approximately $36.5 million of trade receivables during the three months ended June 30, 2013. Approximately $10.3 million and $26.2 million of the total transfers were treated as a sale of receivables and financing activity, respectively. As of June 30, 2013, approximately $10.4 million of the $26.2 million of total transfers treated as a financing activity remained outstanding and such amount is classified as debt on our consolidated balance sheets.

Note Purchase Agreement

On July 25, 2013, we issued $100.0 million principal amount of 3.11% senior notes due July 25, 2020 (the “Notes”) for aggregate gross proceeds of $100.0 million in a private placement solely to accredited investors. The Notes were issued pursuant to a Note Purchase Agreement entered into by us with certain institutional investors on June 25, 2013 (the “Note Purchase Agreement”). Proceeds from the Notes were used to pay down $100.0 million of principal borrowed under the revolving credit facility of the 2013 Credit Agreement. We will pay interest on the outstanding balance of the Notes at a rate of 3.11% per annum, payable semi-annually on January 25 and July 25 of each year until the principal on the Notes shall have become due and payable. We may, at our option, upon notice and subject to the terms of the Note Purchase Agreement, prepay at any time all or part of the Notes in an amount not less than 10% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, plus a Make-Whole Amount (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement). The Notes become due and payable on July 25, 2020, unless payment is required to be made earlier under the terms of the Note Purchase Agreement.

The Note Purchase Agreement includes operational and financial covenants, with which we are required to comply, including, among others, maintenance of certain financial ratios and restrictions on additional indebtedness, liens and dispositions.

In connection with the Note Purchase Agreement, certain subsidiaries of ours entered into a Subsidiary Guaranty, pursuant to which such subsidiaries guaranteed our obligations under the Notes and the Note Purchase Agreement.

In April and May 2013, we entered into three treasury lock agreements each with a notional amount of $25.0 million in connection with the planned issuance of our Notes that were issued in July 2013.  The three treasury locks were used to minimize our interest rate exposure prior to locking in the fixed interest rate on our Notes.  The treasury locks matured in May 2013 when the interest rate on our Notes was fixed. The treasury locks were deemed to be fully effective in accordance with ASC 815, and as such, the unrealized gains related to these derivatives are recorded as other comprehensive income and will be amortized over the life of the Notes. 

NOTE 9. STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

During Fiscal Year 2013, 251,296 shares of common stock were surrendered as part of the cashless exercise of stock options and vesting of restricted stock to satisfy exercise costs and tax withholding payments.

Share Repurchase Plan

In August 2012, our Board of Directors approved a share repurchase program (the "Program") authorizing the repurchase of up to $200 million of our common stock to be financed with cash on hand, cash generated from operations, existing credit facilities, or new financing.  While the Program did not obligate us to acquire any particular dollar value or number of shares of common stock, we repurchased $197.6 million of our common stock from the period September 2012 to June 2013, with the remaining $2.4 million of purchases occurring early in July 2013. This was achieved by entering into two separate $50 million accelerated share repurchase ("ASR") agreements and two separate $50 million open market agreements (the "Open Market

62

Agreements") as described below. The Fiscal Year 2013 buyback activity also resulted in a reduction of our stockholders' equity of $197.6 million for the value of shares repurchased and retired by the Company.

In September 2012, we entered into an ASR agreement (the “September Agreement”) to purchase shares of our common stock from J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, as agent for JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, London Branch (“JPMorgan”), for an aggregate purchase price of $50 million. In March 2013, we finalized the settlement of the September Agreement and received an additional 234,898 shares representing the final shares delivered by JPMorgan. These shares were in addition to the initial 1,328,462 shares of our common stock delivered to us in September 2012. The total number of shares repurchased under the September Agreement was 1,563,360 at an average price per share of $31.98.

In March 2013, we entered into a second $50.0 million ASR agreement (the “March Agreement”) with JPMorgan. Pursuant to the March Agreement, JPMorgan delivered 1,044,932 shares of our common stock, representing an estimated 80 percent of the shares to be repurchased by us under the Agreement based on a price of $38.28 per share, which was the closing price of our common stock on March 15, 2013. In July 2013, subsequent to our fiscal year end, we finalized the settlement of the March Agreement and received an additional 101,247 shares representing the final shares delivered by JPMorgan. As of June 30, 2013, we recorded the $50.0 million payment to JPMorgan as a decrease to equity in our consolidated balance sheet, consisting of decreases in common stock and additional paid-in capital. The total number of shares repurchased under the March Agreement was 1,146,179 at an average price per share of $43.62.

During Fiscal Year 2013, we also entered into two separate $50 million Open Market Agreements to buy back an additional $100 million of our common stock under the Program. For Fiscal Year 2013, we purchased 2,697,675 shares pursuant to the Open Market Agreements at an average price of $36.17 per share for a total of $97.6 million in common stock repurchases. As of June 30, 2013, approximately $2.4 million remained available under the Program for the purchase of additional shares. In July 2013, we purchased an additional 51,071 shares in the open market and completed our available purchases under the Program. Upon the completion of the purchases under our Open Market Agreements in July 2013, the total number of shares repurchased under the Open Market Agreements was 2,748,746 at an average price per share of $36.38.

In July 2013, with the completion of our Open Market Agreements and the final settlement of the March Agreement, the Program was completed. No further share repurchases have been authorized as of the date of this annual report.

NOTE 10. EARNINGS PER SHARE

The following table outlines the basic and diluted earnings per common share computations:

	Years ended June 30,
(in thousands, except per share data)	2013		2012		2011
Net income attributable to common shares	$	95,972	$	63,158	$	48,786
Weighted average number of shares outstanding, used in computing basic earnings per share	58,388		59,464		58,634
Dilutive common stock equivalents	1,059		962		1,240
Weighted average shares used in computing diluted earnings per share	59,447		60,426		59,874
Basic earnings per share	$	1.64	$	1.06	$	0.83
Diluted earnings per share	$	1.61	$	1.05	$	0.81
Anti-dilutive options (excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share)	503		2,231		1,478

NOTE 11. ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

Comprehensive income (loss) has been calculated by PAREXEL in accordance with ASC 220, “Comprehensive Income.” The reconciliation of the components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) was as follows:

(in thousands)	Foreign  currency translation adjustments			Unrealized gain (loss) on derivative instruments			Total
Balance as of June 30, 2010	$	(34,414	)	$	(7,020	)	$	(41,434	)
Changes during Fiscal Year 2011	53,133			7,156			60,289
Balance as of June 30, 2011	$	18,719		$	136		$	18,855
Changes during Fiscal Year 2012	(46,334		)	(1,660		)	(47,994		)
Balance as of June 30, 2012	$	(27,615	)	$	(1,524	)	$	(29,139	)
Changes during Fiscal Year 2013	(1,523		)	624			(899		)
Balance as of June 30, 2013	$	(29,138	)	$	(900	)	$	(30,038	)

63

The unrealized gain (loss) on derivative instruments is net of taxes of $0.4 million in Fiscal Year 2013, $(0.8) million in Fiscal Year 2012, and $0.5 million in Fiscal Year 2011.

NOTE 12. STOCK AND EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

Stock-Based Compensation

We account for stock-based compensation under ASC 718, “Compensation-Stock Compensation.” The stock option compensation cost calculated under the fair value approach is recognized over the vesting period of the stock options (generally over four years). All stock option grants are subject to graded vesting as services are rendered. The fair value for granted options is estimated at the time of the grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Expected volatilities are based on historical volatilities and PAREXEL uses historical data to estimate option exercise behavior. The expected term represents an estimate of the period of time we expect the options to remain outstanding based on historical exercise and post-vesting termination data. The dividend yield equals the most recent dividend payment over the market price of the stock at the beginning of the period. The risk-free interest rate is the rate at the date of grant for a zero-coupon U.S. Treasury bond with a term that approximates the expected term of the option. The following weighted average assumptions were used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model for awards issued during the respective periods:

	Years ended June 30,
	2013		2012		2011
Dividend yield	0.0	%	0.0	%	0.0	%
Expected volatility	56.4	%	56.9	%	55.9	%
Risk-free interest rate	0.9	%	0.9	%	1.6	%
Expected term (in years)	5.2		5.1		5.1

For the last three fiscal years, we recognized the following stock-based compensation expense:

	Years ended June 30,
(in thousands)	2013		2012		2011
Direct costs related	$	1,918	$	1,815	$	1,582
Selling, general and administrative related	9,250		9,316		8,580
Total stock-based compensation	$	11,168	$	11,131	$	10,162

For Fiscal Years 2013, 2012, and 2011, the tax benefit related to stock compensation expense that we recognized was $3.1 million, $3.8 million, and $3.5 million, respectively. As of June 30, 2013, unearned stock-based compensation expense related to unvested awards (stock options and restricted stock) was approximately $25.7 million, which will be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.0 years.

Stock Options

The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors is responsible for the administration of PAREXEL’s stock option plans and determines the term of each option, the option exercise price, the number of option shares granted, and the rate at which options become exercisable.

We adopted stock incentive plans in December 2010, December 2007, and September 2005, each of which provides for the grant of incentive stock options, non-statutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units and other stock-based award grants of up to 9,000,000 shares in aggregate to employees, officers, directors, consultants, and advisors. The granting of awards under these plans is discretionary and the individuals who may become participants and receive awards under these plans, and the number of shares they may acquire, are not determinable.

In September 2001, we adopted the 2001 Stock Incentive Plan (“2001 Plan”), which provides for the grant of incentive and non-qualified stock options for the purchase of up to an aggregate of 2,000,000 shares of common stock to employees, officers, directors, consultants, and advisors (and any individuals who have accepted an offer for employment) of PAREXEL. Options under the 2001 Plan expire no more than ten years from the date of grant and the expiration date and vesting period may vary at the Board of Directors’ discretion.

64

The following table summarizes information related to stock option activity for the respective periods:

	Years ended June 30,
(in thousands, except per share data)	2013	2012	2011
Weighted-average fair value of options granted per share	$16.20	$10.07	$10.81
Intrinsic value of options exercised	$24,872	$11,170	$5,246

Stock option activity for the year ended June 30, 2013 was:

	Number of Options		Weighted-Average Exercise Price
Balance at June 30, 2012	3,758,284		$	18.55
Granted	926,801		$	32.95
Exercised	(1,337,289	)	$	16.29
Canceled	(122,899	)	$	21.84
Balance at June 30, 2013	3,224,897		$	23.51

Options that were outstanding, exercisable, and expected to vest as of June 30, 2013 are as follows:

	Number of Options	Weighted-Average Exercise Price		Weighted- Average Remaining Contractual Life In Years	Aggregate Intrinsic Value (In Thousands)
Outstanding	3,224,897	$	23.51	5.48	$	72,450
Exercisable	1,233,942	$	19.67	3.68	$	32,458
Expected to vest	1,830,157	$	25.69	6.56	$	37,128

Restricted Stock

PAREXEL uses restricted stock awards (“RSAs”) and restricted stock units (“RSUs”), granted under the plans described above, as a component of compensation for executive officers, non-employee members of the Board of Directors, and other employees. In Fiscal Year 2013, we granted RSAs and RSUs that will vest at the end of a three-year service period for employees or one-year service period for non-employee members of the Board. The fair values of the Fiscal Year 2013 restricted stock awards and restricted stock units were based upon the closing stock prices on the day of the grants. Restricted stock activity for the year ended June 30, 2013 was:

	Shares		Weighted-Average Grant- Date Fair Value
Unvested Balance at June 30, 2012	634,472		$	17.36
Granted	186,066		$	31.17
Vested	(320,772	)	$	14.33
Forfeited	(30,500	)	$	22.65
Unvested Balance at June 30, 2013	469,266		$	24.56

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

PAREXEL sponsors an employee stock purchase plan (the “Purchase Plan”). The Purchase Plan allows eligible employees to purchase common stock at 95% of the fair market value of the stock on the last day of each purchase period (as defined by the Purchase Plan). The Purchase Plan also includes the automatic enrollment of contributions whereby an eligible employee’s compensation would be reduced and automatic enrollment contributions made on his/her behalf unless an affirmative election not to do so was made. The Purchase Plan is non-compensatory, and as such, no stock based compensation is recorded. An aggregate of approximately 1,800,000 shares may be issued under the Purchase Plan.

The following table summarizes the purchases under the Purchase Plan for the last three fiscal years:

	Shares Purchased	Average Purchase Price
Fiscal Year 2013	62,777	$	35.54
Fiscal Year 2012	86,735	$	21.81
Fiscal Year 2011	102,551	$	19.65

Savings Plan

65

PAREXEL sponsors an employee savings plan (“the Plan”) as defined by Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. The Plan covers substantially all employees in the U.S. who elect to participate. Participants have the opportunity to invest on a pre-tax basis in a variety of mutual fund options and PAREXEL stock. We match 100% of each participant’s voluntary contributions up to 3% of gross salary per payroll period subject to an annual cap of $3,000. PAREXEL contributions vest to the participants in 20% increments for each year of employment and become fully vested after five years of continuous employment. Our contributions to the Plan were approximately $8.6 million, $6.1 million, and $5.2 million for the Fiscal Years 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

NOTE 13. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

We apply the provisions of ASC 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures.” ASC 820 defines fair value and provides guidance for measuring fair value and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. ASC 820 enables the reader of financial statements to assess the inputs used to develop those measurements by establishing a hierarchy for ranking the quality and reliability of the information used to determine fair values. ASC 820 requires that assets and liabilities carried at fair value be classified and disclosed in one of the following three categories:

• Level 1 – Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible to the reporting entity at the measurement date for identical assets and liabilities.

• Level 2 – Inputs other than quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities that are observable either directly or indirectly for substantially the full term of the asset or liability. Level 2 inputs include the following:

◦ quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets

◦ quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active

◦ observable inputs other than quoted prices that are used in the valuation of the asset or liabilities (e.g., interest rate and yield curve quotes at commonly quoted intervals)

◦ inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means

• Level 3 – Unobservable inputs for the assets or liability (i.e., supported by little or no market activity). Level 3 inputs include management’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability (including assumptions about risk).

The following table sets forth by level, within the fair value hierarchy, our assets (liabilities) carried at fair value as of June 30, 2013:

(in thousands)	Level 1		Level 2			Level 3			Total
Contingent Consideration	$	—	$	—		$	(5,934	)	$	(5,934	)
Interest Rate Derivative Instruments	—		(849		)	—			(849		)
Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts	—		(3,425		)	—			(3,425		)
Total	$	—	$	(4,274	)	$	(5,934	)	$	(10,208	)

The following table sets forth by level, within the fair value hierarchy, our assets (liabilities) carried at fair value as of June 30, 2012:

(in thousands)	Level 1		Level 2			Level 3		Total
Cash Equivalents	$	81,123	$	—		$	—	$	81,123
Interest Rate Derivative Instruments	—		(6,959		)	—		(6,959		)
Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts	—		(2,910		)	—		(2,910		)
Total	$	81,123	$	(9,869	)	$	—	$	71,254

Cash equivalents are measured at quoted prices in active markets. These investments are considered cash equivalents due to the short original maturity (less than 90 days) of the investments.

Marketable securities are held in foreign government treasury certificates that are actively traded and have original maturities over 90 days but less than one year. As of June 30, 2013, we had marketable securities of $130.1 million. Our marketable securities were invested in foreign government treasury certificates securities and they are classified as held-to-maturity based on our intent and ability to hold the securities to maturity and are recorded at amortized cost, which is not materially different than fair value. Interest and dividends related to these securities are reported as a component of interest income in our consolidated statements of income.

66

Interest rate derivative instruments are measured at fair value using a market approach valuation technique. The valuation is based on an estimate of net present value of the expected cash flows using relevant mid-market observable data inputs and based on the assumption of no unusual market conditions or forced liquidation.

Foreign currency exchange contracts are measured at fair value using a market approach valuation technique. The inputs to this technique utilize current foreign currency exchange forward market rates published by leading third-party financial news and data providers. This is observable data that represent the rates that the financial institution uses for contracts entered into at that date; however, they are not based on actual transactions so they are classified as Level 2.

Contingent consideration related to the HERON acquisition is measured at fair value using an income approach valuation technique, specifically, with probability weighted and discounted cash flow methods. Increases or decreases in the fair value of our contingent consideration liability can result from changes in discount periods and rates, as well as the likelihood of achieving financial targets. The recurring Level 3 fair value measurements of our contingent consideration liability include the following significant unobservable inputs:

Unobservable Input	Range
Discount rate	18%
Probability of achieving financial targets	10% to 60%
Projected years of payment	2013 - 2015

The following table provides a rollforward of the fair value of the contingent consideration, which was determined by Level 3 inputs:

(in thousands)	Fair Value
Balance at June 30, 2012	$	—
Contingent consideration from the HERON acquisition	5,934
Balance at June 30, 2013	$	5,934

Contingent consideration liabilities are remeasured to fair value each reporting period using projected financial targets, discount rates, probabilities of payment and projected payment dates. Projected contingent payment amounts are discounted back to the current period using a discounted cash flow model. Projected financial targets are based on our most recent internal operational budgets and long-range strategic plans. Increases in projected financial targets and probabilities of payment may result in higher fair value measurements. Increases in discount rates and the time to payment may result in lower fair value measurements. Increases or decreases in any of those inputs in isolation may result in a significantly lower or higher fair value measurement.

For the fiscal years ended June 30, 2013 and June 30, 2012, there were no transfers among Level 1, Level 2, or Level 3 categories. Additionally, there were no changes in the valuation techniques used to determine the fair values of our Level 2 assets or liabilities over the same periods.

The carrying value of our short-term and long-term debt approximates fair value because all of the debt bears variable rate interest.

67

NOTE 14. INCOME TAXES

Domestic and foreign income (loss) before income taxes for the three years ended June 30 were as follows:

(in thousands)	2013		2012		2011
Domestic	$	35,792	$	18,347	$	(18,712	)
Foreign	97,358		61,359		77,346
	$	133,150	$	79,706	$	58,634

Provisions for income taxes for the three years ended June 30 were as follows:

(in thousands)	2013			2012			2011
Current:
Federal	$	6,279		$	8,054		$	3,618
State	2,565			1,010			(702		)
Foreign	26,651			9,608			26,072
	35,495			18,672			28,988
Deferred:
Federal	7,650			2,447			(17,307		)
State	(2,113		)	(869		)	(128		)
Foreign	(3,854		)	(3,702		)	(1,705		)
	1,683			(2,124		)	(19,140		)
	$	37,178		$	16,548		$	9,848

Our consolidated effective income tax rate differed from the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate as set forth below:

(in thousands)	2013			%		2012			%		2011			%
Income tax expense computed at the federal statutory rate	$	46,602		35.0	%	$	27,897		35.0	%	$	20,522		35.0	%
State income taxes, net of federal benefit	1,914			1.4	%	(232		)	(0.3	)%	61			0.1	%
Foreign rate differential	(7,960		)	(6.0	)%	(6,539		)	(8.2	)%	(3,151		)	(5.4	)%
Change in valuation allowances	(4,708		)	(3.5	)%	1,630			2.0	%	(8,174		)	(13.9	)%
Change in reserves	394			0.3	%	(7,655		)	(9.6	)%	47			0.1	%
Research and development	(2,986		)	(2.2	)%	(2,734		)	(3.4	)%	(2,196		)	(3.7	)%
Non-deductible losses	440			0.3	%	678			0.9	%	—			—	%
Other non-deductible expenses	2,074			1.6	%	393			0.5	%	1,004			1.7	%
Adjustment of net operating losses	608			0.5	%	2,243			2.8	%	—			—
Statutory tax rate changes	798			0.5	%	(1,047		)	(1.3	)%	436			0.7	%
Other, net	2			—	%	1,914			2.4	%	1,299			2.2	%
	$	37,178		27.9	%	$	16,548		20.8	%	$	9,848		16.8	%

Provision has not been made for U.S. or additional foreign taxes on undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries as those earnings are indefinitely reinvested. Undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries that are indefinitely reinvested are approximately $368 million and $327 million at June 30, 2013 and June 30, 2012, respectively. Due to the complexities associated with this hypothetical calculation, it is not practicable to estimate the unrecognized deferred tax liability on the earnings that are indefinitely reinvested in foreign operations.

68

Significant components of our net deferred tax assets (liabilities) as of June 30, 2013 and June 30, 2012 were as follows:

(in thousands)	2013			2012
Deferred tax assets:
U.S. loss carryforwards	$	1,981		$	3,431
Foreign loss carryforwards	6,240			6,885
Accrued expenses	35,340			26,528
Tax credit carryforwards	14,559			20,394
Provision for losses on receivables	1,161			1,239
Deferred compensation	7,517			9,120
Deferred revenue	8,949			11,666
Intercompany loans	2,765			2,774
Other	1,168			663
Gross deferred tax assets	79,680			82,700
Deferred tax asset valuation allowance	(6,023		)	(11,392		)
Total deferred tax assets	73,657			71,308
Deferred tax liabilities:
Property and equipment	(5,606		)	(2,328		)
Revenue recognition	(26,537		)	(24,660		)
Intangible assets	(38,186		)	(30,817		)
Other	(2,491		)	(2,135		)
Total deferred tax liabilities	(72,820		)	(59,940		)
Net deferred tax assets	$	837		$	11,368

The net deferred tax assets and liabilities included in the consolidated balance sheets as of June 30, 2013 and June 30, 2012 were as follows:

(in thousands)	2013			2012
Current deferred tax assets	$	44,236		$	37,159
Non-current deferred tax assets	8,556			13,885
Current deferred tax liabilities	(16,512		)	(14,998		)
Non-current deferred tax liabilities	(35,443		)	(24,678		)
	$	837		$	11,368

At June 30, 2013, federal, state and foreign loss carryforwards of $1.7 million, $35.4 million and $23.7 million, respectively, were available to offset future liabilities for income taxes. The federal net operating losses expire in the years 2023 through 2030. Included in the state loss carryforwards is $8.7 million attributable to deductions from the exercise of equity awards. The benefit from these deductions will be recorded as a credit to additional paid-in capital if and when realized through a reduction of taxes paid in cash. Use of these loss carryforwards is limited based on the future income of certain subsidiaries. The state net operating losses expire in the years 2014 through 2033. Of the non-U.S. loss carryforwards, $8.2 million will expire between 2015 and 2023; the remainder does not expire. We also have U.S. foreign tax credit carryforwards of $29.1 million, which expire in the years 2018 through 2022. Included in the U.S. foreign tax credit carryforwards is $15.4 million attributable to deductions from the exercise of equity awards. The benefit from these credits will be recorded as a credit to additional paid-in capital if and when realized through a reduction of taxes paid in cash.

A valuation allowance has been established for certain future income tax benefits related to loss carryforwards and temporary tax adjustments based on an assessment that it is more likely than not that these benefits will not be realized. The decrease in the valuation allowance in Fiscal Year 2013 was principally due to improved profitability in several U.S. states.

As of June 30, 2013, we had $46.6 million of gross unrecognized tax benefits of which $31.0 million would impact the effective tax rate if recognized. As of June 30, 2012, we had $53.8 million of gross unrecognized tax benefits of which $10.0 million would impact the effective tax rate if recognized. This reserve primarily relates to exposures for income tax matters such as changes in the jurisdiction in which income is taxable and taxation of certain investments.

Unrecognized tax benefits represent favorable positions we have taken, or expect to take, on tax returns. These positions have reduced, or are expected to reduce, our income tax liability on our tax returns and financial statements. As a result of the uncertainty associated with these positions, we have established a liability that effectively reverses the previous recognition of

69

the tax benefits, making them “unrecognized.” Our unrecognized income tax benefits, excluding accrued interest and penalties, are as follows:

(in thousands)	2013			2012			2011
Balance at beginning of year	$	53,813		$	62,211		$	56,345
Additions related to tax positions in prior years	—			4,433			1,784
Reductions related to tax positions in prior years	(2,869		)	(1,898		)	(127		)
Reductions related to settlements with tax authorities	—			(477		)	(23		)
Reductions related to the expiration of statutes	(4,662		)	(6,789		)	(901		)
Currency translation adjustments	309			(3,667		)	5,133
Balance at end of year	$	46,591		$	53,813		$	62,211

As of June 30, 2013, we anticipate that the liability for unrecognized tax benefits for uncertain tax positions could change by up to $5.8 million in the next twelve months as a result of the expiration of statutes. This change is composed primarily of reserves associated with the jurisdiction in which income is taxable.

We recognize interest and penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense. As of June 30, 2013 and June 30, 2012, interest and penalties of $5.0 million and $6.1 million, respectively, were included in our liability for unrecognized tax benefits. Interest and penalties included in income tax expense for Fiscal Years 2013, 2012 and 2011 amounted to benefits of $0.9 million, $2.1 million, and $0.8 million, respectively.

PAREXEL is subject to U.S. federal income tax, as well as income tax in multiple state, local and foreign jurisdictions. All material state and local income tax matters through 2004 have been concluded. All material federal income tax matters have been concluded through 2004. Substantially all material foreign income tax matters have been concluded for all years through 2000.

70

NOTE 15. DEBT, COMMITMENTS, CONTINGENCIES AND GUARANTEES

We lease facilities under operating leases that include renewal and escalation clauses. Total rent expense was $54.7 million, $52.2 million, and $50.1 million for Fiscal Years 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively. Future minimum debt obligations, lease payments under non-cancelable leases, and purchase commitments due are as follows (excluding future potential payments in connection with the HERON acquisition - see Note 3):

(in thousands)	FY 2014		FY 2015		FY 2016		FY 2017		FY 2018		Thereafter		Total
Debt obligations (principal)	$	20,399	$	12,500	$	25,000	$	45,000	$	345,000	$	—	$	447,899
Operating leases	61,251		50,552		39,501		30,093		22,560		95,825		299,782
Purchase commitments*	44,469		23,588		6,631		548		195		—		75,431
Total	$	126,119	$	86,640	$	71,132	$	75,641	$	367,755	$	95,825	$	823,112
*includes commitments to purchase software, hardware and services

We have letter-of-credit agreements with banks, totaling approximately $9.7 million, guaranteeing performance under various operating leases and vendor agreements. Additionally, the borrowings under the 2013 Credit Agreement are guaranteed by certain of our U.S. subsidiaries.

We periodically become involved in various claims and lawsuits that are incidental to our business. We believe, after consultation with counsel, that no matters currently pending would, in the event of an adverse outcome, either individually or in the aggregate, have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations, or liquidity.

NOTE 16. GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION

Financial information by geographic area for the three years ended June 30 was as follows:

(in thousands)	2013		2012		2011
Service revenue:
The Americas	$	866,998	$	635,290	$	484,657
Europe, Middle East & Africa	624,010		555,467		553,801
Asia/Pacific	243,434		205,751		173,641
Total	$	1,734,442	$	1,396,508	$	1,212,099
Income from operations:
The Americas	$	44,743	$	27,493	$	(3,976	)
Europe, Middle East & Africa	59,466		34,044		66,719
Asia/Pacific	31,914		27,265		18,887
Total	$	136,123	$	88,802	$	81,630
Tangible long-lived assets:
The Americas	$	146,137	$	133,050	$	121,251
Europe, Middle East & Africa	55,853		57,032		66,147
Asia/Pacific	22,235		17,696		13,944
Total	$	224,225	$	207,778	$	201,342

The following countries represented greater than 10% of consolidated service revenue for the three years ended June 30:

(in thousands)	2013		2012		2011
Service revenue:
United States	$	797,380	$	580,340	$	441,546
United Kingdom	$	227,964	$	181,386	$	168,460
Germany	$	187,099	$	194,528	$	209,144

71

NOTE 17. SEGMENT INFORMATION

We have three reportable segments: CRS, PCMS and Perceptive.

• CRS constitutes our core business and includes all phases of clinical research from Early Phase (encompassing the early stages of clinical testing that range from first-in-man through proof-of-concept studies) to Phase II-III and Phase IV, which we call Peri-Approval Clinical Excellence (“PACE”). Our services include clinical trials management and biostatistics, data management and clinical pharmacology, as well as related medical advisory, patient recruitment, clinical supply and drug logistics, pharmacovigilance, and investigator site services. We aggregate Early Phase with Phase II-III/PACE due to economic similarities in these operating segments.

• PCMS provides technical expertise and advice in such areas as drug development, regulatory affairs, product pricing and reimbursement, commercialization and strategic compliance. It also provides a full spectrum of market development, product development, and targeted communications services in support of product launch. Our PCMS consultants identify alternatives and propose solutions to address client issues associated with product development, registration, and commercialization. HERON is included in our PCMS reportable segment.

• Perceptive provides information technology solutions designed to help improve clients’ product development and regulatory submission processes. Perceptive offers a portfolio of products and services that includes medical imaging services, ClinPhone^® randomization and trial supply management ("RTSM"), IMPACT^® clinical trials management systems ("CTMS"), DataLabs^® electronic data capture ("EDC"), web-based portals, systems integration, electronic patient reported outcomes ("ePRO"), and LIQUENT InSight® Regulatory Information Management (RIM) solutions. These services are often bundled together and integrated with other applications to provide eClinical solutions for our clients. LIQUENT is included in our Perceptive reportable segment.

We evaluate our segment performance and allocate resources based on service revenue and gross profit (service revenue less direct costs), while other operating costs are allocated and evaluated on a geographic basis. Accordingly, we do not include the impact of selling, general, and administrative expenses, depreciation and amortization expense, other income (expense), and income tax expense in segment profitability. We attribute revenue to individual countries based upon the revenue earned in the respective countries; however, inter-segment transactions are not included in service revenue. Furthermore, PAREXEL has a global infrastructure supporting its business segments, and therefore, assets are not identified by reportable segment.

(in thousands)	CRS		PCMS		PERCEPTIVE		TOTAL
Service revenue:
2013	$	1,303,569	$	202,524	$	228,349	$	1,734,442
2012	1,038,705		167,125		190,678		1,396,508
2011	922,827		129,728		159,544		1,212,099
Gross profit on service revenue:
2013	$	347,056	$	81,570	$	98,280	$	526,906
2012	279,166		69,565		75,948		424,679
2011	294,200		52,049		68,066		414,315

72

NOTE 18. QUARTERLY OPERATING RESULTS (UNAUDITED)

The following is a summary of unaudited quarterly results of operations for the years ended June 30, 2013 and June 30, 2012:

	Fiscal Year 2013
(in thousands, except per share data)	First Quarter		Second Quarter		Third Quarter		Fourth Quarter		Total Year
Service revenue	$	394,753	$	422,068	$	454,493	$	463,128	$	1,734,442
Gross profit	115,349		120,743		142,576		148,238		526,906
Income from operations	29,752		31,437		36,606		38,328		136,123
Net income	15,064		21,343		29,524		30,041		95,972
Diluted earnings per share	$	0.25	$	0.36	$	0.50	$	0.52	$	1.61
	Fiscal Year 2012
(in thousands, except per share data)	First Quarter		Second Quarter		Third Quarter		Fourth Quarter		Total Year
Service revenue	$	314,735	$	333,170	$	355,992	$	392,611	$	1,396,508
Gross profit	92,561		105,071		114,547		112,500		424,679
Income from operations	12,450		22,596		28,217		25,539		88,802
Net income	9,561		12,940		22,869		17,788		63,158
Diluted earnings per share	$	0.16	$	0.21	$	0.38	$	0.29	$	1.05

73

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

The management of PAREXEL International Corporation is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting for the Company. Internal control over financial reporting is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) or 15d-15(f) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the Company’s principal executive and principal financial officers and effected by the Company’s board of directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and includes those policies and procedures that:

•Pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company;

•Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and

•Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

The Company’s management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2013. In making this assessment, the Company’s management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (1992 framework) (the COSO criteria) in Internal Control-Integrated Framework.

Based on the assessment, management concluded that, as of June 30, 2013, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective based on those criteria.

The audited consolidated financial statements of the Company include the results of acquired LIQUENT and HERON (“acquired businesses”). Upon consideration of the date of the acquisitions and the time constraints under which the Company's management's assessment would have to be made, management determined that it would not be possible to conduct a sufficiently comprehensive assessment of the acquired businesses' controls over financial reporting as allowable under section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Accordingly, these operations have been excluded from the scope of management's assessment of internal controls. The acquired businesses are included in the Company's June 30, 2013 consolidated financial statements and constitute approximately 1% of total assets, excluding the effect of purchase accounting adjustments, as of June 30, 2013 and 1% of service revenues for the year then ended.

The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, Ernst & Young LLP, has issued an audit report on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. This report appears on page 76.

/s/ Josef H. von Rickenbach	/s/ James F. Winschel, Jr.
Josef H. von Rickenbach	James F. Winschel, Jr.
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer	Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(principal executive officer)	(principal financial officer)

74

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of PAREXEL International Corporation

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of PAREXEL International Corporation as of June 30, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income, stockholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2013. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a). These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of PAREXEL International Corporation at June 30, 2013 and 2012, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2013, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), PAREXEL International Corporation's internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (1992 framework) and our report dated August 21, 2013 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Boston, Massachusetts

August 21, 2013

75

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of PAREXEL International Corporation

We have audited PAREXEL International Corporation's internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (1992 framework) (the COSO criteria). PAREXEL International Corporation's management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

As indicated in the accompanying Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, management's assessment of and conclusion on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting did not include the internal controls of LIQUENT Inc. and HERON Group LTD, which are included in the June 30, 2013 consolidated financial statements of PAREXEL International Corporation and constitute approximately 1% of total assets, excluding the effect of purchase accounting adjustments, as of June 30, 2013 and 1% of service revenues for the year then ended. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting of PAREXEL International Corporation also did not include an evaluation of the internal control over financial reporting of LIQUENT Inc. and HERON Group LTD.

In our opinion, PAREXEL International Corporation maintained, in all material aspects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2013, based on the COSO criteria.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of PAREXEL International Corporation as of June 30, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income, stockholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2013 and our report dated August 21, 2013 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Boston, Massachusetts

August 21, 2013

76

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

Not applicable.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

(a)Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Management conducted an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer (our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, respectively), of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) as of June 30, 2013. Based on the evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of June 30, 2013, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of such date, PAREXEL’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective at the reasonable assurance level.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting and the independent registered public accounting firm’s attestation report on our internal control over financial reporting required under Item 308 of Regulation S-K have been included in Item 8 of this annual report.

Remediation of Previously Reported Material Weaknesses

In Item 9A (Controls and Procedures) of our annual report for the year ended June 30, 2009, we reported a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting related to accounting for the Clinphone business combination. More specifically, the material weakness related to the adoption of an accounting policy for revenue recognition in accordance with U.S. GAAP and the determination of fair value of deferred revenue assumed in the business combination. Subsequent to June 30, 2009, we developed and executed a plan to remediate the material weakness that included the following:

• The review and redesign of our internal controls related to business combinations, with emphasis on conforming an acquired entity's accounting policies with U.S. GAAP;

• The early evaluation by our Internal Audit group of the internal control environment of the acquired entity, together with periodic reports to management on internal control challenges and progress;

• The strengthening or supplementing of technical resources to provide for the completion of purchase accounting for the acquired entity as quickly as possible after transaction closing to identify and clear technical issues on a timely basis. The acceleration of integration of the acquired entity on to PAREXEL standard financial systems and shared services;

• The enhancement of oversight by senior financial management on the harmonization of accounting and financial policies of the acquired company with PAREXEL policies and processes.

Despite our actions taken, we were unable to test the effectiveness of our remediation until another acquisition occurred. In Fiscal Year 2013, the acquisition of LIQUENT Inc., and the HERON Group LTD. were subject to these revised controls. As a result of testing and assessment, we concluded that our business combination controls were designed and operating effectively.

(b)Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

No change in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) occurred during the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2013 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B. Other Information

None.

77

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Information with respect to this item may be found under the captions “Elections of Directors,” “Corporate Governance,” “Executive Officers” and “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in the Proxy Statement for the Company’s 2013 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. Such information is incorporated herein by reference.

CODE OF ETHICS

PAREXEL has adopted a code of business conduct and ethics applicable to all of its employees, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer. The code of business conduct and ethics is available on our website (www.parexel.com) under the category “Investor Relations-Corporate Governance.”

Item 11. Executive Compensation

Information with respect to this item may be found under the captions “Directors’ Compensation,” “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation,” “Executive Compensation,” “Employment and Change of Control Agreements” and “Compensation Committee Report” in the Proxy Statement for the Company’s 2013 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. Such information is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

Information with respect to this item may be found under the caption “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” and “Equity Compensation Plan Information” in the Proxy Statement for the Company’s 2013 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. Such information is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

Information with respect to this item may be found under the captions “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” in the Proxy Statement for the Company’s 2013 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. Such information is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services

Information with respect to this item may be found under the caption “Fees Paid to Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in the Proxy Statement for the Company’s 2013 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. Such information is incorporated herein by reference.

78

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a)	1. Financial Statements
	The following financial statements and supplementary data are included in Item 8 of this annual report:
	Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm for the years ended June 30, 2013, 2012 and 2011	75
	Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income for each of the three years ended June 30, 2013, 2012 and 2011	45
	Consolidated Balance Sheets at June 30, 2013 and 2012	46
	Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for each of the three years ended June 30, 2013, 2012 and 2011	47
	Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for each of the three years ended June 30, 2013, 2012 and 2011	48
	Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	49
	2. Financial Statement Schedules
	Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts	81
	All other schedules have been omitted since the required information is not present, or not present in amounts sufficient to require submission of the schedule or because the information required is included in the consolidated financial statements or the Notes thereto.
	3. Exhibits
	Exhibits filed with this Form 10-K are included on the Exhibit Index, which is incorporated herein by reference, and are filed or furnished as part of this report or are incorporated into this report by reference.	82

79

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

PAREXEL INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION

By:	/s/ Josef H. von Rickenbach	Dated:	August 21, 2013
	Josef H. von Rickenbach     Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signatures	Title(s)	Date
/s/ Josef H. von Rickenbach		August 21, 2013
Josef H. von Rickenbach	Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer (principal executive officer)
/s/ A. Dana Callow, Jr.		August 21, 2013
A. Dana Callow, Jr.	Director
/s/ Patrick J. Fortune		August 21, 2013
Patrick J. Fortune	Director
/s/ Eduard E. Holdener		August 21, 2013
Eduard E. Holdener	Director
/s/ Christopher J. Lindop		August 21, 2013
Christopher J. Lindop	Director
/s/ Richard L. Love		August 21, 2013
Richard L. Love	Director
/s/ James F. Winschel, Jr.		August 21, 2013
James F. Winschel, Jr.	Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (principal financial and accounting officer)
/s/ Ellen M. Zane		August 21, 2013
Ellen M. Zane	Director

80

SCHEDULE II

PAREXEL INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION

VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

(in thousands)	Balance at beginning of year		Charged (credited) to costs and expenses			Other adjustments*			Balance at end of year
Provision for losses on receivables
Year ended June 30, 2011	$	13,015	$	1,783		$	(531	)	$	14,267
Year ended June 30, 2012	$	14,267	$	818		$	(5,637	)	$	9,448
Year ended June 30, 2013	$	9,448	$	(346	)	$	(4,578	)	$	4,524
* Other adjustments denote the effects of foreign currency exchange, write-offs, and recoveries.

(in thousands)	Balance at beginning of year		Charged (credited) to income tax expense			Other adjustments*			Balance at end of year
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets
Year ended June 30, 2011	$	21,670	$	(6,782	)	$	(452	)	$	14,436
Year ended June 30, 2012	$	14,436	$	1,179		$	(4,223	)	$	11,392
Year ended June 30, 2013	$	11,392	$	(4,708	)	(661		)	$	6,023
* Other adjustments denote the effects of foreign currency exchange, write-offs, recoveries, acquisitions and certain reclassifications related to ASC 740.

81

EXHIBIT INDEX

EXHIBIT NO.	DESCRIPTION
3.1	Amended and Restated Articles of Organization of the Company, as amended.
3.2	Amended and Restated By-laws of the Company, as amended (filed as Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2009 and incorporated herein by this reference).
4.1	Specimen certificate representing the Common Stock of the Company (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 33-97406) and incorporated herein by this reference).
10.1*	Second Amended and Restated 1995 Stock Plan of the Company (filed as Exhibit 10.9 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 1998 and incorporated herein by this reference).
10.2*	Form of Stock Option Agreement under the Company’s Second Amended and Restated 1995 Stock Plan (filed as Exhibit 99.1 to the Company’s current Report on Form 8-K dated September 2, 2004 and incorporated herein by this reference).
10.3*	Form of Stock Option Agreement for Executive Officers under the Company’s Second Amended and Restated 1995 Stock Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2004 and incorporated herein by this reference).
10.4*	1998 Non-Qualified, Non-Officer Stock Option Plan, as amended (filed as Exhibit 10.16 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 1999 and incorporated herein by this reference).
10.5*	2001 Stock Incentive Plan of the Company (filed as Exhibit 10.7.1 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2006 and incorporated herein by this reference).
10.6*	Amendment No. 1 to 2001 Stock Incentive Plan of the Company (filed as Exhibit 10.7.2 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2006 and incorporated herein by this reference).
10.7*	Form of Stock Option Agreement under the Company’s 2001 Stock Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2004 and incorporated herein by this reference).
10.8*	2005 Stock Incentive Plan of the Company (filed as Exhibit 10.8 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2006 and incorporated herein by this reference).
10.9*	Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for non-employee directors under the Company’s 2005 Stock Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 2009 and incorporated herein by this reference).
10.10*	Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for executive officers under the Company’s 2005 Stock Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 2009 and incorporated herein by this reference).
10.11*	Form of Stock Option Agreement under the Company’s 2005 Stock Incentive Plan
10.12*	2007 Stock Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference).
10.13*	Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for executive officers under the Company’s 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.29 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference).
10.14*	Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for non-employee directors under the Company’s 2007 Stock Incentive Plan
10.15*	Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for executive officers under the Company’s 2007 Stock Incentive Plan
10.16*	Form of Stock Option Agreement under the Company’s 2007 Stock Incentive Plan
10.17*	2010 Stock Incentive Plan as amended.
10.18*	Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for non-employee directors under the Company’s 2010 Stock Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference)
10.19*	Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for executive officers under the Company’s 2010 Stock Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference)
10.20*	Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for executive officers under the Company’s 2010 Stock Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference)
10.21*	Form of Stock Option Agreement under the Company’s 2010 Stock Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference)
10.22*	Corporate Plan for Retirement of the Company (filed as Exhibit 10.16 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 33-97406) and incorporated herein by this reference).
10.23	Lease dated June 14, 1991 between 200 West Street Limited Partnership and the Company (filed as Exhibit 10.19 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2000 and incorporated herein by this reference).
10.24	First Amendment dated as of January 3, 1992 to the Lease dated June 14, 1991 between 200 West Street Limited Partnership and the Company (filed as Exhibit 10.25 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 33-97406) and incorporated herein by this reference).
10.25	Second Amendment dated as of June 28, 1993 to the Lease dated June 14, 1991 between 200 West Street Limited Partnership and the Company (filed as Exhibit 10.28 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 33-97406) and incorporated herein by this reference).
10.26	Third Amendment to Lease dated November 17, 1998 between Boston Properties Limited Partnership and the Company (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 1998 and incorporated herein by this reference).
10.27	Fourth Amendment dated August 28, 2000 to the Lease dated November 17, 1998 between Boston Properties Limited Partnership and the Company (filed as Exhibit 10.22 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2000 and incorporated herein by this reference).
10.28	Fifth Amendment dated as of June 29, 2007 to the lease dated June 14, 1991 by and between Boston Properties Limited Partnership and PAREXEL International, LLC (filed as Exhibit 10.12.5 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2007 and incorporated herein by this reference).

82

EXHIBIT NO.	DESCRIPTION
10.29*	Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated April 15, 2008 between Josef H. von Rickenbach and the Company (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2008 and incorporated herein by this reference).
10.30*	Employment Agreement, dated February 21, 2005, between Ulf Schneider and PAREXEL GmbH (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 21, 2005 and incorporated herein by this reference).
10.31*	Amended and Restated Change of Control/Severance Agreement, dated as of April 15, 2008, by and between the Company and James F. Winschel, Jr. (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2008 and incorporated herein by this reference).
10.32*	Amended and Restated Change of Control/Severance Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2008, by and between the Company and Mark A. Goldberg (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 31, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference).
10.33*	PAREXEL International Amended and Restated Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2013 and incorporated herein by this reference).
10.34	ABN – AMRO Cash Pooling Agreement, dated as of September 14, 2001 (filed as Exhibit 10.21 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2003 and incorporated herein by this reference).
10.35	Lease dated April 10, 2002 between API (No. 23) Limited, Arlington Property Investments Limited, PAREXEL International Limited and the Company (filed as Exhibit 10.22 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2003 and incorporated herein by this reference).
10.36*	Amended and Restated Change of Control/Severance Agreement, dated as of April 15, 2008, by and between the Company and Douglas A. Batt (filed as Exhibit 10.26 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2008 and incorporated herein by this reference).
10.37.1*	Form of Key Employee Agreement for Executive Officers (US) (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2013 and incorporated herein by this reference).
10.37.2*	Form of Key Employee Agreement for Executive Officers (UK) (filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2013 and incorporated herein by this reference).
10.38	Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of March 22, 2013, among PAREXEL, certain subsidiaries of PAREXEL, Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swingline Lender and L/C Issuer, Merill Lynch Pierce Fenner & Smith Incorporated, JPMorgan Securities LLC, HSBC Bank USA, National Association ("HSBC") and U.S. Bank National Association ("US Bank"), as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Book Managers, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., HSBC and US Bank, as Joint Syndication Agents, and the lenders party thereto (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 22, 2013 and incorporated herein by this reference).
10.39*	Perceptive Informatics President Long-Term Discretionary Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2010 and incorporated herein by this reference)
10.40*	Change of Control/severance Agreement, dated as of November 5, 2009, by and between the Company and Ulf Schneider (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 5, 2009, and incorporated herein by this reference).
10.41*	Key Employee Agreement, dated November 1, 2012, by and between PAREXEL International Limited and Anita Cooper (filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended December 31, 2012 and incorporated herein by this reference).
10.43*	Key Employee Agreement, dated November 6, 2012, by and between PAREXEL International Corporation and Joseph C. Avellone (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2012 and incorporated herein by this reference).
10.44*	Employment Offer Letter, dated June 6, 2013, between PAREXEL International Corporation and Ingo Bank.
10.45*	Change of Control/Severance Agreement, dated as of July 1, 2013, by and between the Company and Ingo Bank.
10.46	Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of February 19, 2013, by and between PAREXEL International, LLC and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 19, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference).
10.47	Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 25, 2013, between the Company and the Purchasers listed therein (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 25, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference).
21.1	List of subsidiaries of the Company.
23.1	Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
31.1	CEO certification pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
31.2	CFO certification pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32.1	CEO certification pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32.2	CFO certification pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
101.INS**	XBRL Instance Document.
101.SCH**	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema.
101.CAL**	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase.
101.DEF**	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase.
101.LAB**	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase.
101.PRE**	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase.
* Denotes management contract or any compensatory plan, contract or arrangement
** In accordance with Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, the information in these exhibits is furnished and deemed not filed or part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of Sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, is deemed not filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and otherwise is not subject to liability under these sections

83

EX-3.1

D    The Commonwealth of Massachusetts        EXHIBIT 3.1

PC                    

William Francis Galvin

Secretary of the Commonwealth

One Ashburton Place, Boston, Massachusetts 02108-1512

FORM MUST BE TYPED Articles of Amendment FORM MUST BE TYPED

(General Laws Chapter 156D, Section 10.06; 950 CMR 113.34)

(1) Exact Name of Corporation: PAREXEL INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION 042776269    

(2) Registered office address:195 WEST STREET, WALTHAM, MA 02451__________________

(number, street, city or town, state, zip code)

(3) These articles of amendment affect article(s): III______________________________________

(specify the number(s) of article(s) being amended (I-VI))

(4) Date adopted: December 6, 2012

(month, day, year)

(5) Approved by:

(check appropriate box)

* the incorporators.

* the board of directors without shareholder approval and shareholder approval was not required.

R the board of directors and the shareholders in the manner required by law and the articles of organization.

(6) State the article number and the text of the amendment. Unless contained in the text of the amendment, state the provisions for implementing the exchange, reclassification or cancellation of issued shares.

Article III

To change the number of shares and the par value, * if any, of any type, or to designate a class or series, of stock, or change a designation of class or series of stock, which the corporation is authorized to issue, complete the following:

Total authorized prior to amendment:

WITHOUT PAR VALUE		WITH PAR VALUE
TYPE	NUMBER OF SHARES	TYPE	NUMBER OF SHARES	PAR VALUE
		Common	75,000,000	$.01
		Preferred	5,000,000	$.01

Total authorized after amendment:

WITHOUT PAR VALUE		WITH PAR VALUE
TYPE	NUMBER OF SHARES	TYPE	NUMBER OF SHARES	PAR VALUE
		Common	150,000,000	$.01
		Preferred	5,000,000	$.01

(7) The amendment shall be effective at the time and on the date approved by the Division, unless a later effective date not more than 90 days from the date and time of filing is specified: ________________

*G.L. Chapter 156D eliminates the concept of par value, however a corporation may specify par value in Article III. See G.L. Chapter 156D, Section 6.21, and the comments relative thereto

Signed by: /s/ W. Brett Davis_____________________________________,

(signature of authorized individual)

*Chairman of the board of directors,

* President,

R Other officer,

* Court-appointed fiduciary,

on this13thday ofDecember , 2012.

COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS

William Francis Galvin

Secretary of the Commmonwealth

One Ashburton Place, Boston, Massachusetts 02108-1512

Articles of Amendment

(General Laws Chapter 156D, Section 10.06; 950 CMR 113.34)

I hereby certify that upon examination of these articles of amendment, it ap- pears that the provisions of the General Laws relative thereto have been complied with, and the filing fee in the amount of $75,000 having been paid, said articles are deemed to have been filed with me this 14th day of December,

2012, at 12:44 a.m./p.m.

time

Effective date: _______________________________________

(must be within 90 days of date submitted)

/s/ William Francis Galvin

WILLIAM FRANCIS GALVIN

Secretary of the Commonwealth

(Illegible)	Filing fee: Minimum filing fee $100 per article amended, stock increases $100 per 100,000 shares, plus $100 for each additional 100,000 shares or any fraction thereof.
Examiner
(Illegible)	TO BE FILLED IN BY CORPORATION
Name approval	Contact Information:
C
	W. Brett Davis, Esq.
M	c/o PAREXEL International Corporation
	195 West Street, Waltham, MA 02451
	Telephone:781-434-4056
	Email: brett.davis@parexel.com
	Upon filing, a copy of this filing will be available at www.sec.state.ma.us/cor. If the document is rejected, a copy of the rejection sheet and rejected document will be available in the rejected queue.

EX-10.17

Exhibit 10.17

PAREXEL INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION

2010 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

1.Purpose

The purpose of this 2010 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) of PAREXEL International Corporation, a Massachusettscorporation (the “Company”), is to advance the interests of the Company’s stockholders by enhancing the Company’s ability to attract, retain and motivate persons who are expected to make important contributions to the Company and by providing such persons with equity ownership opportunities and performance-based incentives that are intended to align their interests with those of the Company’s stockholders. Except where the context otherwise requires, the term “Company” shall include any of the Company’s present or future parent or subsidiary corporations as defined in Sections 424(e) or (f) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any regulations promulgated thereunder (the “Code”) and any other business venture (including, without limitation, joint venture or limited liability company) in which the Company has a controlling interest, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”).

2.Eligibility

All of the Company’s employees, officers and directors, as well as consultants and advisors to the Company (as the terms consultant and advisor are defined and interpreted for purposes of Form S-8 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), or any successor form), are eligible to be granted Awards under the Plan. Each person who is granted an Award under the Plan is deemed a “Participant.” “Award” means Options (as defined in Section 5), SARs (as defined in Section 6), Restricted Stock (as defined in Section 7), Restricted Stock Units (as defined in Section 7) and Other Stock-Based Awards (as defined in Section 8).

3.Administration and Delegation

(a)Administration by Board of Directors. The Plan will be administered by the Board. The Board shall have authority to grant Awards and to adopt, amend and repeal such administrative rules, guidelines and practices relating to the Plan as it shall deem advisable. The Board may correct any defect, supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or any Award in the manner and to the extent it shall deem expedient to carry the Plan into effect and it shall be the sole and final judge of such expediency. All decisions by the Board shall be made in the Board’s sole discretion and shall be final and binding on all persons having or claiming any interest in the Plan or in any Award.

(b)Appointment of Committees.To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Board may delegate any or all of its powers under the Plan to one or more committees or subcommittees of the Board (a “Committee”). All references in the Plan to the “Board” shall

mean the Board or a Committee of the Board to the extent that the Board’s powers or authority under the Plan have been delegated to such Committee.

(c) Awards to Non-Employee Directors.  Discretionary Awards to non-employee directors will only be granted and administered by a Committee, each member of which is an "independent director" as defined in Section 5605(a)(2) of the NASDAQ Marketplace Rules or any successor rules.

4.Stock Available for Awards

(a)Number of Shares; Share Counting.

(1)Authorized Number of Shares. Subject to adjustment under Section 9, Awards may be made under the Plan for up to 5,000,000 shares of common stock, $.01 par value per share, of the Company (the “Common Stock”) any or all of which Awards may be issued in the form of Incentive Stock Options (as defined in Section 5(b)).

(2)Fungible Share Counting. Subject to adjustment under Section 9, (A) any Award that is not a Full Value Award made under this Plan shall be counted against the share reserve specified in Section 4(a)(1) as one share for each share of Common Stock subject to such Award and (B) any awards of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units or Other Stock Based Award with a per share or per unit exercise price that is less than 100% of the Fair Market Value (as defined below) of the Common Stock on the date of grant (each, a “Full Value Award”) made under this Plan shall be counted against the share limitations specified in Sections 4(a)(1), 7(d), 8(c) and 10(h) as two shares for each one share of Common Stock underlying the Award. To the extent a share that was subject to an Award that was counted as one share is returned to the Plan pursuant to Section 4(a)(3), the share reserve will be credited with one share. To the extent a share that was subject to an Award that was counted as two shares is returned to the Plan pursuant to Section 4(a)(3), the share reserve will be credited with two shares.

(3)Other Share Counting Rules. For purposes of counting the number of shares available for the grant of Awards under the Plan and under the sublimits contained in Sections 7(d), 8(c) and 10(h):

(a)all shares of Common Stock covered by SARs shall be counted against the number of shares available for the grant of Awards; provided, however, that (i) SARs that may be settled in cash only shall not be so counted and (ii) ) if the Company grants an SAR in tandem with an Option for the same number of shares of Common Stock and provides that only one such Award may be exercised (a “Tandem SAR”), only the shares covered by the Option, and not the shares covered by the Tandem SAR, shall be so counted, and the expiration of one in connection with the other’s exercise will not restore shares to the Plan;

(b) if any Award (A) expires or is terminated, surrendered or canceled without having been fully exercised or is forfeited in whole or in part (including as the result of shares of Common Stock subject to such Award being repurchased by the Company at the original issuance price pursuant to a contractual repurchase right) or (B) results in any Common

-2-

Stock not being issued (including as a result of an SAR that was settleable either in cash or in stock actually being settled in cash), the unused Common Stock covered by such Award shall again be available for the grant of Awards; provided, however, in the case of Incentive Stock Options (as hereinafter defined), the foregoing shall be subject to any limitations under the Code; and provided further, in the case of SARs, that the full number of shares subject to any stock-settled SAR shall be counted against the shares available under the Plan regardless of the number of shares actually used to settle such SAR upon exercise;

(c)shares of Common Stock tendered to the Company by a Participant to (i) purchase shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of an Award or (ii) satisfy tax withholding obligations (including shares retained from the Award creating the tax obligation) shall not be added back to the number of shares available for the future grant of Awards; and

(d)shares of Common Stock repurchased by the Company on the open market using the proceeds from the exercise of an Award shall not increase the number of shares available for future grant of Awards.

(b)Sub-limits. Subject to adjustment under Section 9, the following sub-limit on the number of shares subject to Awards shall apply:

(1)Section 162(m) Per-Participant Limit. The maximum number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which Awards may be granted to any Participant under the Plan shall be1,000,000 per fiscal year. For purposes of the foregoing limit, the combination of an Option in tandem with an SAR (as each is hereafter defined) shall be treated as a single Award. The per‑Participant limit described in this Section 4(b)(1) shall be construed and applied consistently with Section 162(m) of the Code or any successor provision thereto, and the regulations thereunder (“Section 162(m)”). Shares underlying both Full-Value Awards and Awards that are not Full-Value Awards will be counted on a one-for-one basis for purposes of this sub-limit.

(c)Substitute Awards. In connection with a merger or consolidation of an entity with the Company or the acquisition by the Company of property or stock of an entity, the Board may grant Awards in substitution for any options or other stock or stock-based awards granted by such entity or an affiliate thereof. Substitute Awards may be granted on such terms as the Board deems appropriate in the circumstances, notwithstanding any limitations on Awards contained in the Plan. Substitute Awards shall not count against the overall share limit set forth in Section 4(a)(1) or any sub-limits contained in the Plan, except as may be required by reason of Section 422 and related provisions of the Code.

5.Stock Options

(a)General. The Board may grant options to purchase Common Stock (each, an “Option”) and determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be covered by each Option, the exercise price of each Option and the conditions and limitations applicable to the exercise of each Option, including conditions relating to applicable federal or state securities laws, as it

-3-

considers necessary or advisable. An Option which is not intended to be an Incentive Stock Option (as hereinafter defined) shall be designated a “Nonstatutory Stock Option”.

(b)Incentive Stock Options. An Option that the Board intends to be an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422 of the Code (an “Incentive Stock Option”) shall only be granted to employees of PAREXEL International Corporation, any of PAREXEL International Corporation's parent or subsidiary corporations (as defined in Sections 424(e) or (f) of the Code) at the time of grant, and any other entities the employees of which are eligible to receive Incentive Stock Options under the Code, and shall be subject to and shall be construed consistently with the requirements of Section 422 of the Code. The Company shall have no liability to a Participant, or any other party, if an Option (or any part thereof) that is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option is not an Incentive Stock Option or if the Company converts an Incentive Stock Option to a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

(c)Exercise Price. The Board shall establish the exercise price of each Option and specify such exercise price in the applicable option agreement; provided, however, that the exercise price shall be not less than 100% of the Fair Market Value (as defined below) at the time the Option is granted. If the Board approves the grant of an Option with an exercise price to be determined on a future date, the exercise price shall not be less than 100% of the Fair market Value on such future date.

(d)Duration of Options. Each Option shall be exercisable at such times and subject to such terms and conditions as the Board may specify in the applicable option agreement; provided, however, that no Option will be granted for a term in excess of 8 years.

(e)Exercise of Option. Options may be exercised by delivery to the Company of a notice of exercise in a form (which may be electronic) approved by the Company together with payment in full as specified in Section 5(f) for the number of shares for which the Option is exercised. Shares of Common Stock subject to the Option will be delivered by the Company as soon as practicable following exercise.

(f)Payment Upon Exercise. Common Stock purchased upon the exercise of an Option granted under the Plan shall be paid for as follows:

(1)in cash or by check, payable to the order of the Company;

(2)except as the Board may otherwise provide in an option agreement, by (i) delivery of an irrevocable and unconditional undertaking by a creditworthy broker to deliver promptly to the Company sufficient funds to pay the exercise price and any required tax withholding or (ii) delivery by the Participant to the Company of a copy of irrevocable and unconditional instructions to a creditworthy broker to deliver promptly to the Company cash or a check sufficient to pay the exercise price and any required tax withholding;

(3)when the Common Stock is registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”), and to the extent provided for in the form of applicable Option agreement or approved by the Board, in its sole discretion, by delivery of shares of Common

-4-

Stock owned by the Participant valued at their fair market value as determined by (or in a manner approved by) the Board (“Fair Market Value”), provided (i) such method of payment is then permitted under applicable law, (ii) such Common Stock, if acquired directly from the Company, was owned by the Participant for such minimum period of time, if any, as may be established by the Board in its discretion and (iii) such Common Stock is not subject to any repurchase, forfeiture, unfulfilled vesting or other similar requirements;

(4)to the extent provided for in the applicable Nonstatutory Stock Option agreement or approved by the Board, in its sole discretion, by delivery of a notice of “net exercise” to the Company, as a result of which the Participant would receive (i) the number of shares underlying the portion of the Option being exercised, less (ii) such number of shares as is equal to (A) the aggregate exercise price for the portion of the Option being exercised divided by (B) the Fair Market Value on the date of exercise;

(5)to the extent permitted by applicable law and provided for in the applicable Option agreement or approved by the Board, in its sole discretion, payment of such other lawful consideration as the Board may determine; or

(6)by any combination of the above permitted forms of payment.

(g)Limitation on Repricing. Unless such action is approved by the Company’s stockholders, the Company may not (except as provided under Section 9): (1) amend any outstanding Option granted under the Plan to provide an exercise price per share that is lower than the then-current exercise price per share of such outstanding Option; (2) cancel any outstanding option (whether or not granted under the Plan) and grant in substitution therefore new Awards under the Plan (other than Awards granted pursuant to Section 4(c)) covering the same or a different number of shares of Common Stock and having an exercise price per share lower than the then-current exercise price per share of the cancelled option; (3) cancel in exchange for a cash payment any outstanding Option with an exercise price per share above the then-current Fair Market Value, other than pursuant to Section 9; or (4) take any other action under the Plan that constitutes a “repricing” within the meaning of the rules of the Nasdaq Stock Market (“NASDAQ”).

(h)No Reload Rights. No Option granted under the Plan shall contain any provision entitling the optionee to the automatic grant of additional Options in connection with any exercise of the original Option.

6.Stock Appreciation Rights.

(a)General. The Board may grant Awards consisting of stock appreciation rights (“SARs”) entitling the holder, upon exercise, to receive an amount of Common Stock or cash or a combination thereof (such form to be determined by the Board) determined by reference to appreciation, from and after the date of grant, in the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock over the measurement price established pursuant to Section 6(b). The date as of which such appreciation is determined shall be the exercise date.

-5-

(b)Measurement Price. The Board shall establish the measurement price of each SAR and specify it in the applicable SAR agreement. The measurement price shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value on the date the SAR is granted; provided that if the Board approves the grant of an SAR effective as of a future date, the measurement price shall be not less than 100% of the Fair Market Value on such future date.

(c)Duration of SARs. Each SAR shall be exercisable at such times and subject to such terms and conditions as the Board may specify in the applicable SAR agreement; provided, however, that no SAR will be granted with a term in excess of 8 years.

(d)Exercise of SARs. SARs may be exercised by delivery to the Company of a notice of exercise in a form (which may be electronic) approved by the Company, together with any other documents required by the Board.

(e)Limitation on Repricing. Unless such action is approved by the Company’s stockholders, the Company may not (except as provided for under Section 9): (1) amend any outstanding SAR granted under the Plan to provide a measurement price per share that is lower than the then-current measurement price per share of such outstanding SAR, (2) cancel any outstanding SAR (whether or not granted under the Plan) and grant in substitution therefor new Awards under the Plan (other than Awards granted pursuant to Section 4(c)) covering the same or a different number of shares of Common Stock and having an exercise or measurement price per share lower than the then-current measurement price per share of the cancelled SAR, (3) cancel in exchange for a cash payment any outstanding SAR with a measurement price per share above the then-current Fair Market Value, other than pursuant to Section 9, or (4) take any other action under the Plan that constitutes a “repricing” within the meaning of the rules of NASDAQ.

7.Restricted Stock; Restricted Stock Units.

(a)General. The Board may grant Awards entitling recipients to acquire shares of Common Stock (“Restricted Stock”), subject to the right of the Company to repurchase all or part of such shares at their issue price or other stated or formula price (or to require forfeiture of such shares if issued at no cost) from the recipient in the event that conditions specified by the Board in the applicable Award are not satisfied prior to the end of the applicable restriction period or periods established by the Board for such Award. Instead of granting Awards for Restricted Stock, the Board may grant Awards entitling the recipient to receive shares of Common Stock to be delivered at the time such shares of Common Stock vest (“Restricted Stock Units”) (Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units are each referred to herein as a “Restricted Stock Award”).

(b)Terms and Conditions. The Board shall determine the terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock Award, including the conditions for repurchase (or forfeiture) and the issue price, if any.

(c)Stock Certificates. Any stock certificates issued in respect of Restricted Stock, as well as dividends or distributions paid on such Restricted Stock, shall be registered in the name of the Participant and, unless otherwise determined by the Board, deposited by the Participant,

-6-

together with a stock power endorsed in blank, with the Company (or its designee). At the expiration of the applicable restriction periods, the Company (or such designee) shall deliver the certificates no longer subject to such restrictions to the Participant or if the Participant has died, to the beneficiary designated, in a manner determined by the Board, by a Participant to receive amounts due or exercise rights of the Participant in the event of the Participant’s death (the “Designated Beneficiary”). In the absence of an effective designation by a Participant, “Designated Beneficiary” shall mean the Participant’s estate.

(d)Limitations on Vesting.

(7)Restricted Stock Awards that vest based on the passage of time alone shall be zero percent vested prior to the first anniversary of the date of grant, no more than 33-1/3% vested prior to the second anniversary of the date of grant, and no more than 66-2/3% vested prior to the third anniversary of the date of grant. Restricted Stock Awards that vest upon the passage of time and provide for accelerated vesting based on performance shall not vest prior to the first anniversary of the date of grant. This subsection 7(d)(1) shall not apply to (A) Awards granted pursuant to Section 10(i) or (B) to a maximum of 200,000 shares of Common Stock with respect to which Restricted Stock Awards and Other Stock Based, in the aggregate, may be granted.

(8)Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, the Board may, in its discretion, either at the time a Restricted Stock Award is made or at any time thereafter, waive its right to repurchase shares of Common Stock (or waive the forfeiture thereof) or remove or modify any part or all of the restrictions applicable to the Restricted Stock Award, provided that the Board may only exercise such rights in extraordinary circumstances which shall include, without limitation, death or disability of the Participant; estate planning needs of the Participant; a merger, consolidation, sale, reorganization, recapitalization, or change in control of the Company; or any other nonrecurring significant event affecting the Company, a Participant or the Plan.

(e)Dividends.

(1)Restricted Stock. Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Restricted Stock Award agreement, any dividends (whether paid in cash, stock or property) declared and paid by the Company with respect to shares of Restricted Stock (“Accrued Dividends”) shall be paid to the Participant only if and when such shares become free from the restrictions on transferability and forfeitability that apply to such shares. Each payment of Accrued Dividends will be made no later than the end of the calendar year in which the dividends are paid to stockholders of that class of stock or, if later, the 15th day of the third month following the lapsing of the restrictions on transferability and the forfeitability provisions applicable to the underlying shares of Restricted Stock. .

(2)Restricted Stock Units. The Award agreement for Restricted Stock Units may provide Participants with the right to receive an amount equal to any dividends or other distributions declared and paid on an equal number of outstanding shares of Common Stock (“Dividend Equivalents”). Dividend Equivalents may be paid currently or credited to an account

-7-

for the Participant, may be settled in cash and/or shares of Common Stock and may be subject to the same restrictions on transfer and forfeitability as the Restricted Stock Units with respect to which paid, in each case to the extent provided in the Award agreement.

8.Other Stock-Based Awards

(a)General. Other Awards of shares of Common Stock, and other Awards that are valued in whole or in part by reference to, or are otherwise based on, shares of Common Stock or other property, may be granted hereunder to Participants (“Other Stock-Based-Awards”). Such Other Stock-Based Awards shall also be available as a form of payment in the settlement of other Awards granted under the Plan or as payment in lieu of compensation to which a Participant is otherwise entitled. Other Stock-Based Awards may be paid in shares of Common Stock or cash, as the Board shall determine.

(b)Terms and Conditions. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board shall determine the terms and conditions of each Other Stock-Based Award, including any purchase price applicable thereto.

(c)Limitations on Vesting.

(9)Other Stock Based Awards that vest based on the passage of time alone shall be zero percent vested prior to the first anniversary of the date of grant, no more than 33-1/3% vested prior to the second anniversary of the date of grant, and no more than 66-2/3% vested prior to the third anniversary of the date of grant. Other Stock Based Awards that vest upon the passage of time and provide for accelerated vesting based on performance shall not vest prior to the first anniversary of the date of grant. This subsection 8(c)(1) shall not apply to (A) Awards granted pursuant to Section 10(i) or (B) to a maximum of 200,000 shares of Common Stock with respect to which Restricted Stock Awards and Other Stock Based Awards, in the aggregate, may be granted.

(10)Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, the Board may, in its discretion, either at the time an Other Stock Based Award is made or at any time thereafter, waive its right to repurchase shares of Common Stock (or waive the forfeiture thereof) or remove or modify any part or all of the restrictions applicable to the Other Stock Based Award, provided that the Board may only exercise such rights in extraordinary circumstances which shall include, without limitation, death or disability of the Participant; estate planning needs of the Participant; a merger, consolidation, sale, reorganization, recapitalization, or change in control of the Company; or any other nonrecurring significant event affecting the Company, a Participant or the Plan.

9.Adjustments for Changes in Common Stock and Certain Other Events.

(a)Changes in Capitalization. In the event of any stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination of shares, reclassification of shares, spin-off or other similar change in capitalization or event, or any dividend or distribution to holders of Common Stock other than an ordinary cash dividend, (i) the number and class of securities available under

-8-

the Plan, (ii) the share counting rules and sublimits set forth in Sections 4(a) and 4(b) and the minimum vesting rules in Section 7(d), (iii) the number and class of securities and exercise price per share of each outstanding Option, (iv) the share and per-share provisions and the measurement price of each outstanding SAR, (v) the number of shares subject to and the repurchase price per share subject to each outstanding Restricted Stock Award and (vi) the share and per-share-related provisions and the purchase price, if any, of each outstanding Other Stock-Based Award, shall be equitably adjusted by the Company (or substituted Awards may be made, if applicable) in the manner determined by the Board. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in the event the Company effects a split of the Common Stock by means of a stock dividend and the exercise price of and the number of shares subject to an outstanding Option are adjusted as of the date of the distribution of the dividend (rather than as of the record date for such dividend), then an optionee who exercises an Option between the record date and the distribution date for such stock dividend shall be entitled to receive, on the distribution date, the stock dividend with respect to the shares of Common Stock acquired upon such Option exercise, notwithstanding the fact that such shares were not outstanding as of the close of business on the record date for such stock dividend.

(b)Reorganization Events.

(11)Definition. A “Reorganization Event” shall mean: (a) any merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity as a result of which all of the Common Stock of the Company is converted into or exchanged for the right to receive cash, securities or other property or is cancelled, (b) any transfer or disposition of all of the Common Stock of the Company for cash, securities or other property pursuant to a share exchange or other transaction or (c) any liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

(12)Consequences of a Reorganization Event on Awards Other than Restricted Stock.

(a)In connection with a Reorganization Event, the Board may take any one or more of the following actions as to all or any (or any portion of) outstanding Awards other than Restricted Stock on such terms as the Board determines (except to the extent specifically provided otherwise in an applicable Award agreement or another agreement between the Company and the Participant): (i) provide that such Awards shall be assumed, or substantially equivalent Awards shall be substituted, by the acquiring or succeeding corporation (or an affiliate thereof), (ii) upon written notice to a Participant, provide that all of the Participant’s unexercised Awards will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such Reorganization Event unless exercised by the Participant (to the extent then exercisable) within a specified period following the date of such notice, (iii) provide that outstanding Awards shall become exercisable, realizable, or deliverable, or restrictions applicable to an Award shall lapse, in whole or in part prior to or upon such Reorganization Event, (iv) in the event of a Reorganization Event under the terms of which holders of Common Stock will receive upon consummation thereof a cash payment for each share surrendered in the Reorganization Event (the “Acquisition Price”), make or provide for a cash payment to Participants with respect to each Award held by a Participant equal to (A) the number of shares of Common Stock subject to

-9-

the vested portion of the Award (after giving effect to any acceleration of vesting that occurs upon or immediately prior to such Reorganization Event) multiplied by (B) the excess, if any, of (I) the Acquisition Price over (II) the exercise, measurement or purchase price of such Award and any applicable tax withholdings, in exchange for the termination of such Award, (v) provide that, in connection with a liquidation or dissolution of the Company, Awards shall convert into the right to receive liquidation proceeds (if applicable, net of the exercise, measurement or purchase price thereof and any applicable tax withholdings) and (vi) any combination of the foregoing. In taking any of the actions permitted under this Section 9(b)(2), the Board shall not be obligated by the Plan to treat all Awards, all Awards held by a Participant, or all Awards of the same type, identically.

(b)Notwithstanding the terms of Section 9(b)(2)(A), in the case of outstanding Restricted Stock Units that are subject to Section 409A of the Code: (i) if the applicable Restricted Stock Unit agreement provides that the Restricted Stock Units shall be settled upon a “change in control event” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(i), and the Reorganization Event constitutes such a “change in control event”, then no assumption or substitution shall be permitted pursuant to Section 9(b)(2)(A)(i) and the Restricted Stock Units shall instead be settled in accordance with the terms of the applicable Restricted Stock Unit agreement; and (ii) the Board may only undertake the actions set forth in clauses (iii), (iv) or (v) of Section 9(b)(2)(A) if the Reorganization Event constitutes a “change in control event” as defined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(i) and such action is permitted or required by Section 409A of the Code; if the Reorganization Event is not a “change in control event” as so defined or such action is not permitted or required by Section 409A of the Code, and the acquiring or succeeding corporation does not assume or substitute the Restricted Stock Units pursuant to clause (i) of Section 9(b)(2)(A), then the unvested Restricted Stock Units shall terminate immediately prior to the consummation of the Reorganization Event without any payment in exchange therefor.

(c)For purposes of Section 9(b)(2)(A)(i), an Award (other than Restricted Stock) shall be considered assumed if, following consummation of the Reorganization Event, such Award confers the right to purchase or receive pursuant to the terms of such Award, for each share of Common Stock subject to the Award immediately prior to the consummation of the Reorganization Event, the consideration (whether cash, securities or other property) received as a result of the Reorganization Event by holders of Common Stock for each share of Common Stock held immediately prior to the consummation of the Reorganization Event (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock); provided, however, that if the consideration received as a result of the Reorganization Event is not solely common stock of the acquiring or succeeding corporation (or an affiliate thereof), the Company may, with the consent of the acquiring or succeeding corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise or settlement of the Award to consist solely of such number of shares of common stock of the acquiring or succeeding corporation (or an affiliate thereof) that the Board determined to be equivalent in value (as of the date of such determination or another date specified by the Board) to the per share consideration received by holders of outstanding shares of Common Stock as a result of the Reorganization Event.

-10-

(13)Consequences of a Reorganization Event on Restricted Stock. Upon the occurrence of a Reorganization Event other than a liquidation or dissolution of the Company, the repurchase and other rights of the Company with respect to outstanding Restricted Stock shall inure to the benefit of the Company’s successor and shall, unless the Board determines otherwise, apply to the cash, securities or other property which the Common Stock was converted into or exchanged for pursuant to such Reorganization Event in the same manner and to the same extent as they applied to such Restricted Stock; provided, however, that the Board may provide for termination or deemed satisfaction of such repurchase or other rights under the instrument evidencing any Restricted Stock or any other agreement between a Participant and the Company, either initially or by amendment. Upon the occurrence of a Reorganization Event involving the liquidation or dissolution of the Company, except to the extent specifically provided to the contrary in the instrument evidencing any Restricted Stock or any other agreement between a Participant and the Company, all restrictions and conditions on all Restricted Stock then outstanding shall automatically be deemed terminated or satisfied.

10.General Provisions Applicable to Awards

(a)Transferability of Awards. Awards shall not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered by the person to whom they are granted, either voluntarily or by operation of law, except by will or the laws of descent and distribution or, other than in the case of an Incentive Stock Option and Awards that are subject to Section 409A of the Code, pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order, and, during the life of the Participant, shall be exercisable only by the Participant; provided, however, that, except with respect to Awards that are subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Board may permit or provide in an Award for the gratuitous transfer of the Award by the Participant to or for the benefit of any immediate family member, family trust or other entity established for the benefit of the Participant and/or an immediate family member thereof if the Company would be eligible to use a Form S-8 under the Securities Act for the registration of the sale of the Common Stock subject to such Award to such proposed transferee; provided further, that the Company shall not be required to recognize any such permitted transfer until such time as such permitted transferee shall, as a condition to such transfer, deliver to the Company a written instrument in form and substance satisfactory to the Company confirming that such transferee shall be bound by all of the terms and conditions of the Award. References to a Participant, to the extent relevant in the context, shall include references to authorized transferees. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing contained in this Section 10(a) shall be deemed to restrict a transfer to the Company.

(b)Documentation. Each Award shall be evidenced in such form (written, electronic or otherwise) as the Board shall determine. Each Award may contain terms and conditions in addition to those set forth in the Plan.

(c)Board Discretion. Except as otherwise provided by the Plan, each Award may be made alone or in addition or in relation to any other Award. The terms of each Award need not be identical, and the Board need not treat Participants uniformly.

(d)Termination of Status. The Board shall determine the effect on an Award of the disability, death, termination or other cessation of employment or service, authorized leave of

-11-

absence or other change in the employment or other status of a Participant and the extent to which, and the period during which, the Participant, or the Participant’s legal representative, conservator, guardian or Designated Beneficiary, may exercise rights under the Award.

(e)Withholding. The Participant must satisfy all applicable federal, state, and local or other income and employment tax withholding obligations before the Company will deliver stock certificates or otherwise recognize ownership of Common Stock under an Award. The Company may decide to satisfy the withholding obligations through additional withholding on salary or wages. If the Company elects not to or cannot withhold from other compensation, the Participant must pay the Company the full amount, if any, required for withholding or have a broker tender to the Company cash equal to the withholding obligations. Payment of withholding obligations is due before the Company will issue any shares on exercise, vesting or release from forfeiture of an Award or at the same time as payment of the exercise or purchase price, unless the Company determines otherwise. If provided for in an Award or approved by the Board in its sole discretion, a Participant may satisfy such tax obligations in whole or in part by delivery (either by actual delivery or attestation) of shares of Common Stock, including shares retained from the Award creating the tax obligation, valued at their Fair Market Value; provided, however, except as otherwise provided by the Board, that the total tax withholding where stock is being used to satisfy such tax obligations cannot exceed the Company’s minimum statutory withholding obligations (based on minimum statutory withholding rates for federal and state tax purposes, including payroll taxes, that are applicable to such supplemental taxable income). Shares used to satisfy tax withholding requirements cannot be subject to any repurchase, forfeiture, unfulfilled vesting or other similar requirements.

(f)Amendment of Award. Except as otherwise provided in Sections 5(g), 6(e), 7(d), 8(c) and 10(h), the Board may amend, modify or terminate any outstanding Award, including but not limited to, substituting therefor another Award of the same or a different type, changing the date of exercise or realization, and converting an Incentive Stock Option to a Nonstatutory Stock Option, provided that the Participant’s consent to such action shall be required unless (i) the Board determines that the action, taking into account any related action, does not materially and adversely affect the Participant or (ii) the change is permitted under Section 9.

(g)Conditions on Delivery of Stock. The Company will not be obligated to deliver any shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Plan or to remove restrictions from shares previously delivered under the Plan until (i) all conditions of the Award have been met or removed to the satisfaction of the Company, (ii) in the opinion of the Company’s counsel, all other legal matters in connection with the issuance and delivery of such shares have been satisfied, including any applicable securities laws and any applicable stock exchange or stock market rules and regulations, and (iii) the Participant has executed and delivered to the Company such representations or agreements as the Company may consider appropriate to satisfy the requirements of any applicable laws, rules or regulations.

(h)Acceleration.

(1)Restricted Stock Awards and Other Stock Based Awards. The Board may, at any time, provide that a Restricted Stock Award or Other Stock-Based Award shall become

-12-

immediately exercisable in full or in part, free of some or all restrictions or conditions, or otherwise realizable in full or in part, as the case may be, subject to the limitations provided in Sections 7(d) and 8(c).

(2)Options and Stock Appreciation Rights. With respect to any Option or SAR, the Board may, in its discretion, either at the time an Option or an SAR is granted or at any time thereafter, provide that such Option or SAR shall become immediately exercisable in full or in part, free of some or all restrictions or conditions, or otherwise realizable in full or in part, as the case may be (collectively, “accelerated”), (A) as a result of the death or disability of a Participant; the estate planning needs of a Participant; a merger, consolidation, sale, reorganization, recapitalization, or change in control of the Company; or any other nonrecurring significant event affecting the Company, a Participant or the Plan or (B) in any other circumstance, provided that the number of Options and SARs that may be accelerated, together with any Restricted Stock Awards that do not satisfy the minimum vesting provisions in Sections 7(d) and 8(c), may not in the aggregate exceed 200,000 shares of Common Stock

(i)Performance Conditions.

(1)This Section 10(i) shall be administered by a Committee (the “Section 162(m) Committee”) approved by the Board, all of the members of which are “outside directors” as defined by Section 162(m).

(2)Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, if the Section 162(m) Committee determines, at the time a Restricted Stock Award or Other Stock Based Award is granted to a Participant, that such Participant is, or may be as of the end of the tax year in which the Company would claim a tax deduction in connection with such Award, a Covered Employee (as defined in Section 162(m)), then the Section 162(m) Committee may provide that this Section 10(i) is applicable to such Award.

(3)If a Restricted Stock Award or Other Stock Based Award is subject to this Section 10(i), then the lapsing of restrictions thereon and the distribution of cash or Shares pursuant thereto, as applicable, shall be subject to the achievement of one or more objective performance goals established by the Section 162(m) Committee, which shall be based on the relative or absolute attainment of specified levels of one or any combination of the following, which may be determined pursuant to generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) or on a non-GAAP basis, as determined by the Section 162(m) Committee: (a) earnings, (b) revenues, (c) expenses, (d) stock price, (e) achievement of balance sheet or income statement objectives, (f) total shareholder return, (g) cash flow, or (h) backlog, and may be absolute in their terms or measured against or in relationship to other companies comparably, similarly or otherwise situated. Such performance goals may be adjusted to exclude any one or more of (i) extraordinary items, (ii) gains or losses on the dispositions of discontinued operations, (iii) the cumulative effects of changes in accounting principles, (iv) the writedown of any asset, and (v) charges for restructuring and rationalization programs. Such performance goals: (i) may vary by Participant and may be different for different Awards; (ii) may be particular to a Participant or the department, branch, line of business, subsidiary or other unit in which the Participant works and may cover such period as may be specified by the Section 162(m) Committee; and (iii) shall

-13-

be set by the Section 162(m) Committee within the time period prescribed by, and shall otherwise comply with the requirements of, Section 162(m).

(4)Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan, with respect to any Restricted Stock Award or Other Stock Based Award that is subject to this Section 10(i), the Section 162(m) Committee may adjust downwards, but not upwards, the cash or number of Shares payable pursuant to such Award, and the Section 162(m) Committee may not waive the achievement of the applicable performance goals except in the case of the death or disability of the Participant or a change in control of the Company.

(5)The Section 162(m) Committee shall have the power to impose such other restrictions on Awards subject to this Section 10(i) as it may deem necessary or appropriate to ensure that such Awards satisfy all requirements for “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code, or any successor provision thereto.

11.Miscellaneous

(a)No Right To Employment or Other Status. No person shall have any claim or right to be granted an Award, and the grant of an Award shall not be construed as giving a Participant the right to continued employment or any other relationship with the Company. The Company expressly reserves the right at any time to dismiss or otherwise terminate its relationship with a Participant free from any liability or claim under the Plan, except as expressly provided in the applicable Award.

(b)No Rights As Stockholder. Subject to the provisions of the applicable Award, no Participant or Designated Beneficiary shall have any rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares of Common Stock to be distributed with respect to an Award until becoming the record holder of such shares.

(c)Effective Date and Term of Plan. The Plan shall become effective on the date on which it is adopted by the Board, but no Award may be granted unless and until the Plan has been approved by the Company's stockholders. No Awards shall be granted under the Plan after the completion of 10 years from the earlier of (i) the date on which the Plan was adopted by the Board or (ii) the date the Plan was approved by the Company’s stockholders, but Awards previously granted may extend beyond that date.

(d)Amendment of Plan. The Board may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan or any portion thereof at any time provided that (i) to the extent required by Section 162(m), no Award granted to a Participant that is intended to comply with Section 162(m) after the date of such amendment shall become exercisable, realizable or vested, as applicable to such Award, unless and until the Company’s stockholders approve such amendment in the manner required by Section 162(m); (ii) no amendment that would require stockholder approval under the rules of NASDAQ may be made effective unless and until the Company’s stockholders approve such amendment; and (iii) if NASDAQ amends its corporate governance rules so that such rules no longer require stockholder approval of “material amendments” to equity compensation plans, then, from and after the effective date of such amendment to the NASDAQ rules, no amendment

-14-

to the Plan (A) materially increasing the number of shares authorized under the Plan (other than pursuant to Section 4(c) or 9), (B) expanding the types of Awards that may be granted under the Plan, or (C) materially expanding the class of participants eligible to participate in the Plan shall be effective unless and until the Company’s stockholders approve such amendment. In addition, if at any time the approval of the Company’s stockholders is required as to any other modification or amendment under Section 422 of the Code or any successor provision with respect to Incentive Stock Options, the Board may not effect such modification or amendment without such approval. Unless otherwise specified in the amendment, any amendment to the Plan adopted in accordance with this Section 11(d) shall apply to, and be binding on the holders of, all Awards outstanding under the Plan at the time the amendment is adopted, provided the Board determines that such amendment, taking into account any related action, does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Participants under the Plan. No Award shall be made that is conditioned upon stockholder approval of any amendment to the Plan unless the Award provides that (i) it will terminate or be forfeited if stockholder approval of such amendment is not obtained within no more than 12 months from the date of grant and (2) it may not be exercised or settled (or otherwise result in the issuance of Common Stock) prior to such stockholder approval.

(e)Authorization of Sub-Plans (including for Grants to non-U.S. Employees). The Board may from time to time establish one or more sub-plans under the Plan for purposes of satisfying applicable securities, tax or other laws of various jurisdictions. The Board shall establish such sub-plans by adopting supplements to the Plan containing (i) such limitations on the Board’s discretion under the Plan as the Board deems necessary or desirable or (ii) such additional terms and conditions not otherwise inconsistent with the Plan as the Board shall deem necessary or desirable. All supplements adopted by the Board shall be deemed to be part of the Plan, but each supplement shall apply only to Participants within the affected jurisdiction and the Company shall not be required to provide copies of any supplement to Participants in any jurisdiction which is not the subject of such supplement.

(f)Compliance with Section 409A of the Code. Except as provided in individual Award agreements initially or by amendment, if and to the extent (i) any portion of any payment, compensation or other benefit provided to a Participant pursuant to the Plan in connection with his or her employment termination constitutes “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and (ii) the Participant is a specified employee as defined in Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, in each case as determined by the Company in accordance with its procedures, by which determinations the Participant (through accepting the Award) agrees thathe or she is bound, such portion of the payment, compensation or other benefit shall not be paid before the day that is six months plus one day after the date of “separation from service” (as determined under Section 409A of the Code) (the “New Payment Date”), except as Section 409A of the Code may then permit. The aggregate of any payments that otherwise would have been paid to the Participant during the period between the date of separation from service and the New Payment Date shall be paid to the Participant in a lump sum on such New Payment Date, and any remaining payments will be paid on their original schedule.

-15-

(g)Limitations on Liability.Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, no individualacting as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company will be liable to any Participant, former Participant, spouse, beneficiary, or any other person for any claim, loss, liability, or expense incurred in connection with the Plan, nor will such individual be personally liable with respect to the Plan because of any contract or other instrument he or she executes in his or her capacity as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company. The Company will indemnify and hold harmless each director, officer, employee or agent of the Company to whom any duty or power relating to the administration or interpretation of the Plan has been or will be delegated, against any cost or expense (including attorneys’ fees) or liability (including any sum paid in settlement of a claim with the Board’s approval) arising out of any act or omission to act concerning the Plan unless arising out of such person’s own fraud or bad faith.

(h)Governing Law. The provisions of the Plan and all Awards made hereunder shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, excluding choice-of-law principles of the law of such state that would require the application of the laws of a jurisdiction other than such state.

-16-

EX-10.44

EXHIBIT 10.44

June 6, 2013

Dear Ingo:

We are pleased to extend this offer of employment to you. This offer is contingent upon the following: (1) the appointment of you to the position of Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer by the full Board of Directors of PAREXEL International Corporation; (2) your signing the enclosed Key Employee Agreement; and (3) satisfactory completion by PAREXEL of all reference and background checks.

You will be employed by PAREXEL’s US entity and will be subject to US terms and conditions of employment. Your title will be Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, and you will report to Josef H. von Rickenbach, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. You will initially be hired into the position of Senior Vice President of Finance and the Board of Directors’ appointment of you to the position of Chief Financial Officer will be effective upon September 1, 2013. Your first day of employment at PAREXEL will be July 8, 2013. Upon hire, you will be a member of the Company’s Business Review Committee (BRC). Your primary work location will be the Company’s Waltham, Massachusetts office, and you will be required to travel to other Company locations in your role. Your annualized base salary of $450,000 will be paid on a semi-monthly basis in the amount of $18,750. Generally, the Company reviews each employee's performance on an annual basis. Your first review date will be in November 2014.  Such reviews do not guarantee any increase in compensation or benefits. You will receive a Change of Control/Severance Agreement, which is enclosed with this letter.

You will receive a sign-on bonus in the total gross amount of $500,000, payable in two installments, each in the total gross amount of $250,000. The first installment will be payable in the first payroll period following your completion of ninety (90) days of employment. The second installment will be payable in the first payroll period following July 1, 2014. Each installment payment will be subject to the usual Federal and state tax withholdings, as well as to the Federal supplemental tax rate in effect at that time. You must be employed at the time of each installment payment to be eligible to receive each payment. Should you resign your employment with PAREXEL within twelve (12) months of either payment, you will be required to repay the applicable installment payment(s) in full.

You will be eligible to participate in the Company’s Management Incentive Plan (MIP) subject to the terms and conditions of MIP. Your target percentage under MIP will be 55% of your base salary. The actual amount may be higher or lower based on actual performance against metrics and prorated for partial years. Generally, payment is based on a combination of corporate and strategic business unit metrics (80%) as well as individual objectives (20%). A copy of the FY2013 MIP document is enclosed with this letter.

195 West Street | Waltham, MA 02451 USA | + 1 781 487 9900 t | + 1 781 434 5040 f

www. PAREXEL.com

EXHIBIT 10.44

A recommendation will be made to the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors (Compensation Committee) of PAREXEL International Corporation that you be awarded 17,320 restrictedshares of PAREXEL’s Common Stock which will vest in accordance with, and otherwise be subject to, the provisions set forth in the applicable restricted stock agreement, which you must execute in order to accept any such award. A recommendation also will be made to the Compensation Committee that you be awarded an option to purchase 34,640 shares of PAREXEL’s Common Stock, at an exercise price equal to the fair market value per share of PAREXEL’s Common Stock on the date of grant.  The option will vest and become exercisable in accordance with the provisions set forth in the applicable stock option agreement, which you must execute in order to accept any such award.  The Company is quoted on the NASDAQ National Market under the symbol “PRXL.”

You will be eligible for four (4) weeks of vacation in your first year, with additional time added based on completed years of employment (capped at five (5) weeks). We offer seven (7) paid holidays with four (4) additional paid personal days. Your vacation will accrue at a rate of 6.67 hours per pay period.

You will be entitled to participate in the benefit plans offered generally to U.S. employees, as well as benefits that may be offered from time to time to employees at your level. PAREXEL presently offers a benefits package including health, dental, vision, life and disability insurance designed to meet your personal and family needs. You may go to: www.USBenefits-PAREXEL.com for details on the benefits offered. The complete benefits program will be explained to you upon hire. Additionally, we offer the opportunity to participate in a 401(K) Savings Plan managed by Fidelity Investments. Company contributions are vested at a rate of 20% per year with full vesting at the completion of five (5) years of service. In your position, you will be entitled to participate in the PAREXEL International Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan currently in place for certain senior executives. Eligibility for Company-sponsored benefits is governed by the applicable plan documents.

PAREXEL also offers an Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP) to all regular employees working more than 20 hours/week enabling them to purchase shares of PAREXEL Common Stock at a discount through payroll deductions. Employees are eligible to enroll prior to the ESPP payment periods beginning in June and December. Eligibility for Company-sponsored benefits is governed by the applicable plan documents.

As a condition of employment with PAREXEL, you are required to sign a Key Employee Agreement, a copy of which is enclosed with this letter. You will not be allowed to begin employment with the Company until PAREXEL has received a signed copy of the Key Employment Agreement.

Any offer of employment is contingent upon your eligibility to work in the United States. PAREXEL will provide you with financial and legal assistance for appropriate visa applications for you and your immediate family members through immigration attorneys

195 West Street | Waltham, MA 02451 USA | + 1 781 487 9900 t | + 1 781 434 5040 f

www. PAREXEL.com

EXHIBIT 10.44

retained by PAREXEL. If you obtain an appropriate visa and begin working for PAREXEL, PAREXEL will also provide financial and legal assistance to you and your immediate family members for permanent resident status (“Green Card”) applications through immigration attorneys retained by PAREXEL.

The foregoing describes the compensation and benefits being offered to you by PAREXEL, but is not a contract or guarantee of continued employment or employment for any particular period of time. At all times you will be an at-will employee, meaning that both you and PAREXEL are free to terminate your employment at any time, for any reason, with or without notice or cause.

Once again, Ingo, we are pleased to extend this offer of employment and look forward to working with you as part of the PAREXEL Team. Please confirm your acceptance by signing where indicated below and returning as soon as possible. Your signature indicates your acceptance of this offer of employment and that you understand the terms of the employment relationship. This letter sets forth PAREXEL’s entire offer of employment and supersedes any other written or verbal discussions concerning terms of employment with PAREXEL.

Sincerely,

/s/ Josef H. von Rickenbach

Josef H. von Rickenbach

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

PAREXEL International Corporation

I accept PAREXEL’s offer of employment based on the terms and conditions described in this offer letter.

/s/ Ingo Bank	6/7/2013
Signature	Date

195 West Street | Waltham, MA 02451 USA | + 1 781 487 9900 t | + 1 781 434 5040 f

www. PAREXEL.com

EX-10.45

EXHIBIT 10.45

CHANGE OF CONTROL/SEVERANCE AGREEMENT

This CHANGE OF CONTROL/SEVERANCE AGREEMENT, dated as of July 8, 2013 by and between PAREXEL International Corporation (together with all subsidiaries or affiliates hereinafter referred to as the “Company”) and Ingo Bank (the “Executive”).

WHEREAS, the Executive has been hired as a senior executive of the Company and is expected to make major contributions to the Company;

WHEREAS, the Company desires continuity of management; and

WHEREAS, the Executive is willing to render services to the Company subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Company and the Executive agree as follows:

1.    Termination without Cause.

In the event the Company terminates the Executive’s employment with the Company without Cause (as such term is defined in Section 5(c) below), the Company shall pay to the Executive lump sum amounts (net of any required withholding) equal to (i) twelve (12) months of monthly base salary (at the highest monthly base salary rate in effect for the Executive in the twelve month period prior to the termination of his employment)(“Base Salary”), plus (ii) the pro rata share of the bonus that would otherwise have been payable to the Executive pursuant to the Company's Performance Bonus Plan (the “PBP”) during the year in which the termination occurs had his employment not been terminated by the Company, based on bonus arrangements in effect at any time during the twelve month period immediately prior to the termination of his employment, such pro rata share to be calculated from the beginning of the fiscal year in which the termination occurs through the date of termination (which shall be paid within ten business days after the payment of bonuses, if any, to the Company’s executive officers pursuant to the PBP for the year in which the termination occurred); provided, however, that such pro rata bonus shall only be payable to the extent of, and in accordance with, (i) the Company’s determination that the Company’s and the Executive’s PBP performance goals have been satisfied, and (ii) the Company’s determination to pay bonuses to its executive officers, for the year in which the termination occurs.

2.    Termination Prior to a Change of Control.

(a)    Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 1 above, if, within nine months prior to a Change of Control (as such term is defined in Section 5(b) below) and subsequent to the commencement of substantive discussions that ultimately result in the Change of Control, the

- 1 -

Company terminates the Executive’s employment with the Company without Cause (as such term is defined in Section 5(c) below), the Company shall:

(1)    Pay to the Executive a lump sum amount (net of any required withholding) equal to: (i) twelve (12) months of Base Salary, plus (ii) the target bonus that could have been payable to the Executive (assuming continued employment) during the year in which the termination of employment occurs based on bonus arrangementsin effect at any time during the twelve month periodimmediately prior to the termination of his employment; and

(2)    Provide the Executive and his dependents with life, accident, health and dental insurance substantially similar to that which the Executive was receiving immediately prior to the termination of his employment until the earlier of: (i)  the date which is twelve (12) months following the Change of Control; or (ii) the date the Executive commences subsequent employment; and

(3)    On the Change of Control, cause any unexercisable installments of any stock options of the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company held by the Executive on the Executive’s last date of employment with the Company that have not expired to become exercisable on the Change of Control; provided, however, that: (i)  such acceleration of exercisability shall not occur as to any option if the Change of Control does not occur within the period within which the Executive may exercise such option after a termination of employment in accordance with the provisions of the relevant option agreement and option plan; and (ii) any such acceleration of exercisability shall not extend the period after a termination of employment within which any option may be exercised by the Executive in accordance with the provisions of the relevant option agreement and option plan; and

(4)    On the Change of Control, cause any unvested portion of any qualified or non­qualified capital accumulation benefits, and any unvested portion of any qualified or non­qualified awards made pursuant to any stock incentive plans, including, but not limited to, restricted stock units, restricted stock, stock appreciation rights and all other equity based awards (but excluding stock options), to become immediately vested (subject to applicable law);

provided, however, that any amounts and benefits set forth in this Section 2 shall be reduced by any and all other severance or other amounts or benefits paid or payable to the Executive as a result of the termination of his or her employment.

- 2 -

3.    Termination Following a Change of Control.

(a)    Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 1 above, if, at any time during a period commencing with a Change of Control and ending eighteen months after such Change of Control the Company terminates the Executive’s employment without Cause (as such term is defined in Section 5(c) below) or the Executive terminates his employment with the Company for Good Reason (as such term is defined in Section 3(b) below) (provided, however, that a termination for Good Reason by the Executive can only occur if (i) the Executive has given the Company a Notice of Termination indicating the existence of a condition giving rise to Good Reason and the Company has not cured the condition giving rise to Good Reason within thirty (30) days after receipt of such Notice of Termination, and (ii) such Notice of Termination is given within ninety (90) days after the initial occurrence of the condition giving rise to Good Reason and further provided that a termination for Good Reason shall occur no later than two years after the initial existence of the condition constituting “Good Reason”), the Company shall:

(1)    Pay to the Executive a lump sum amount (net of any required withholding) equal to: (i)twelve (12) months of Base Salary, plus (ii) the target bonus that could have been payable to such Executive (assuming continued employment) during the year in which the termination of employment occurs based on bonus arrangements in effect immediately prior to the termination of his or her employment (all payments under Sections 1, 2 and this Section 3(a) being referred to collectively, as the “Severance Payments”); and

(2)    Provide the Executive and his dependents with life, accident, health and dental insurance substantially similar to that which the Executive was receiving immediately prior to the termination of his employment until the earlier of: (i) the date which is twelve (12) months following the Executive’s last day of employment; or (ii) the date the Executive commences subsequent employment; and

(3)    Cause any unexercisable installments of any stock options of the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company held by the Executive on the Executive’s last date of employment with the Company that have not expired to become exercisable on such last date of employment; provided, however, that: (i)  such acceleration of exercisability shall not occur as to any option if the Change of Control does not occur within the period within which the Executive may exercise such option after a termination of employment in accordance with the provisions of the relevant option agreement and option plan; and (ii) any such acceleration of exercisability shall not extend the period after a termination of employment within which any option may be exercised by the Executive in accordance with the provisions of the relevant option agreement and option plan; and

- 3 -

(4)    Cause any unvested portion of any qualified or non­qualified capital accumulation benefits, and any portion of any qualified or non­qualified awards made pursuant to any stock incentive plans, including, but not limited to, restricted stock units, restricted stock, stock appreciation rights and all other equity based awards (but excluding stock options), to become immediately vested (subject to applicable law);

provided, however, that any amounts and benefits set forth in this Section 3 shall be reduced by any and all other severance or other amounts or benefits paid or payable to the Executive as a result of the termination of his or her employment.

(b)    For purposes of Section 3 above, “Good Reason” shall mean the occurrence of one or more of the following events following a Change of Control, as the case may be: (i) the assignment to the Executive of any duties inconsistent in any adverse, material respect with his position, authority, duties or responsibilities immediately prior to the Change of Control or any other action by the Company which results in a material diminution in such position, authority, duties or responsibilities; (ii) a material reduction in the aggregate of the Executive’s base compensation or the termination of the Executive’s rights to any employee benefits immediately prior to the Change of Control, except to the extent any such benefit is replaced with a comparable benefit, or a reduction in scope or value thereof; or (iii) a change by the Company in the location at which the Executive performs the Executive’s principal duties for the Company to a new location that is both (X) outside a radius of 40 miles from the Executive’s principal residence immediately prior to the Change of Control and (Y) more than 30 miles from the location at which the Executive performed the Executive’s principal duties for the Company immediately prior to the Change of Control; or a requirement by the Company that the Executive travel on Company business to a substantially greater extent than required immediately prior to the Change of Control or (iv) a failure by the Company to obtain the agreement referenced in Section 5(e).

4.     Distributions.

The following rules shall apply with respect to distribution of the payments and benefits, if any, to be provided to the Executive under this Agreement:

(i)    All payments under Sections 1(i) and 3(a)(1) shall be made within 60 days following Executive’s termination, and any payment under Section 2(a)(1) shall be made within 60 days following the Change of Control, provided that in all cases the Executive has executed and submitted the Agreement/Waiver subject to Section 5(h) and the statutory period during which Executive is entitled to revoke the release of claims pursuant to applicable law has expired prior to payment during the 60-day period, and further provided that payment shall be made in the second taxable year of the Executive if such 60-day period begins in one taxable year and ends in a subsequent taxable year of Executive.

(ii)    It is intended that each installment of the payments and benefits provided under this Agreement shall be treated as a separate “payment” for purposes of

- 4 -

Section 409A of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and the guidance issued thereunder (“Section 409A”). Neither the Company nor the Executive shall have the right to accelerate or defer the delivery of any such payments or benefits, or designate the taxable year of payment, except to the extent specifically permitted or required by Section 409A;

(iii)    If, as of the date of the “separation from service” of the Executive from the Company, the Executive is not a “specified employee” (each within the meaning of Section 409A), then each installment of the payments and benefits shall be made on the dates and terms set forth in this Agreement; and

(iv)    If, as of the date of the “separation from service” of the Executive from the Company, the Executive is a “specified employee” (each, for purposes of this Agreement, within the meaning of Section 409A), then:

(A) Each installment of the payments and benefits that, in accordance with the dates and terms set forth herein, will in all circumstances, regardless of when the separation from service occurs, be paid within the Short-Term Deferral Period (as hereinafter defined) shall be treated as a short-term deferral within the meaning of Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-1(b)(4) to the maximum extent permissible under Section 409A. For purposes of this Agreement, the “Short-Term Deferral Period” means the period ending on the later of the 15th day of the third month following the end of the Executive’s tax year in which the Executive’s separation from service occurs and the 15th day of the third month following the end of the Company’s tax year in which the Executive’s separation from service occurs; and

(B) Each installment of the payments and benefits that is not paid within the Short-Term Deferral Period and that would, absent this subsection, be paid within the six-month period following the “separation from service” of the Executive of the Company shall not be paid until the date that is six months and one day after such separation from service (or, if earlier, the death of the Executive), with any such installments that are required to be delayed being accumulated during the six-month period and paid in a lump sum on the date that is six months and one day following the Executive’s separation from service and any subsequent installments, if any, being paid in accordance with the dates and terms set forth herein; provided, however, that the preceding provisions of this sentence shall not apply to any installment of payments and benefits if and to the maximum extent that that such installment is deemed to be paid under a separation pay plan that does not provide for a deferral of compensation by reason of the application of Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii) (relating to separation pay upon an involuntary separation from service) or Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iv) (relating to reimbursements and certain

- 5 -

other separation payments). Such payments shall bear interest at an annual rate equal to the prime rate as set forth in the Eastern edition of the Wall Street Journal on the Date of Termination, from the Date of Termination to the date of payment. Any installments that qualify for the exception under Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii) must be paid no later than the last day of the second taxable year of the Executive following the taxable year of the Executive in which the separation from service occurs.

5.    General.

(a)    In the event the Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated(i) by the Company at any time for Cause (as such term is defined in Section 5(c) below), or (ii) the Executive terminates his employment with the Company other than during the specific time periods set forth in Section 3 or for any reason other than Good Reason (as such term is defined in Section 3(b) above), the Executive shall not be entitled to the severance benefits or other considerations described herein by virtue of this Agreement.

(b)    For purposes of this Agreement, “Change of Control” shall mean the closing of: (i) a merger, consolidation, liquidation or reorganization of the Company into or with another Company or other legal person, after which merger, consolidation, liquidation or reorganization the capital stock of the Company outstanding prior to consummation of the transaction is not converted into or exchanged for or does not represent more than 50% of the aggregate voting power of the surviving or resulting entity; (ii) the direct or indirect acquisition by any person (as the term “person” is used in Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) of more than 50% of the voting capital stock of the Company, in a single or series of related transactions; or (iii) the sale, exchange, or transfer of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets (other than a sale, exchange or transfer to one or more entities where the stockholders of the Company immediately before such sale, exchange or transfer retain, directly or indirectly, at least a majority of the beneficial interest in the voting stock of the entities to which the assets were transferred); provided that the event described in (i), (ii) or (iii) is also described in Code section 409A(2)(A)(v) and the regulations thereunder.

(c)    For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” shall mean: (i) the commission by the Executive of a felony, either in connection with the performance of his obligations to the Company or which adversely affects the Executive’s ability to perform such obligations; (ii) gross negligence, breach of fiduciary duty or breach of any confidentiality, non-competition or developments agreement in favor of the Company; or (iii) the commission by the Executive of an act of fraud or embezzlement or other acts in intentional disregard of the Company which result in loss, damage or injury to the Company, whether directly or indirectly.

(d)     The parties hereto expressly agree that the payments by the Company to the Executive in accordance with the terms of this Agreement will be liquidated damages, and that the Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment provided for in this

- 6 -

Agreement by seeking other employment or otherwise, nor shall any profits, income, earnings or other benefits from any source whatsoever create any mitigation, offset, reduction or any other obligation on the part of the Executive.

(e)    Except as otherwise provided herein, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company and any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation, reorganization or otherwise) of the Company; provided, however, that as a condition of closing any transaction which results in a Change of Control, the Company shall obtain the written agreement of any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation, reorganization or otherwise) of the Company to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement as if such successor were the Company and for purposes of this Agreement, any such successor of the Company shall be deemed to be the “Company” for all purposes.

(f)    Nothing in this Agreement shall create any obligation on the part of the Company or any other person to continue the employment of the Executive. If the Executive elects to receive the severance and benefits set forth in Sections 1, 2 or 3, the Executive shall not be entitled to any other salary continuation or severance benefits in the event of his cessation of employment with the Company.

(g)    Nothing herein shall affect the Executive’s obligations under any key employee, non-competition, confidentiality, option or similar agreement between the Company and the Executive currently in effect or which may be entered into in the future.

(h)    The Executive agrees that it will execute and deliver to the Company a copy of the Agreement/Waiver substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A in consideration of, and prior to the Company’s payment of, any amounts payable hereunder.

(i)    This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. This Agreementconstitutes the entire Agreement between the Executive and the Company concerning the subject matter hereof and supersedes any prior negotiations, understandings or agreements concerning the subject matter hereof, whether oral or written, and may be amended or rescinded only upon the written consent of the Company and the Executive. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the other provisions of this Agreement and this Agreement shall be construed and reformed to the fullest extent possible. The Executive may not assign any of his rights or obligations under this Agreement; the rights and obligations of the Company under this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and shall be binding upon, the successors and assigns of the Company. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

(j)     This Agreement is intended to comply with the provisions of Section 409A and shall, to the extent practicable, be construed in accordance therewith. Terms defined in the Agreement shall have the meanings given such terms under Section 409A if and to the extent required in order to comply with Section 409A. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the Agreement or any payment or benefit hereunder shall be deemed not to comply with Section 409A, then neither the Company, the Board of Directors nor its or their designees or agents shall

- 7 -

be liable to the Executive or any other person for any actions, decisions or determinations made in good faith.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first written above.

The Company:

PAREXEL INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION

By: /s/ Josef H. von Rickenbach    

Name: Josef H. von Rickenbach    

Title: Chairman and Chief Executive Officer    

The Executive:

Signature: /s/ Ingo Bank    

Printed Name: Ingo Bank    

Exhibit A

AGREEMENT/WAIVER

It is hereby agreed by and between ____________ (the “Executive”) and PAREXEL International Corporation (together with all subsidiaries and affiliates hereinafter referred to as the “Company”), for good and sufficient consideration more fully described below, that:

1.     Consideration. The Company will provide the Executive with the amounts and benefits described in Sections 1, 2 and 3 of the Change of Control/Severance Agreement entered into by the Company and the Executive, dated July 1, 2013, (the “Agreement”), subject to the terms and conditions of such Agreement. The Executive understands that payment of any and all such amounts and benefits are conditioned upon the Executive signing this agreement and returning it to the Company no later than the Return Date (as defined in Section 4(c) below).

2.    Settlement of Amounts Due the Executive. The Executive agrees that the amounts set forth above in Section 1, together with any amounts previously provided to the Executive by the Company, shall be complete and unconditional payment, settlement, satisfaction and accord with respect to all obligations and liabilities of the Company and any of its affiliated companies (including their respective successors, assigns, shareholders, officers, directors, employees and/or agents) to the Executive, and all claims, causes of action and damages by the Executive against the Company and/or any such other parties regarding the Executive's employment with and termination from employment with the Company, including, without limitation, all claims for back wages, salary, draws, commissions, bonuses, vacation pay, equity compensation, expenses, compensation, severance pay, attorney's fees, compensatory damages, exemplary damages, or other costs or sums.

3.    Release.

(a)    In exchange for the amounts and benefits described in Section 1 above and other good and valuable consideration, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Executive and his representatives, agents, estate, successors and assigns, absolutely and unconditionally hereby release and forever discharge the Company, its affiliated companies and/or their successors, assigns, directors, shareholders, officers, employees and/or agents, both individually and in their official capacities, (the “Releasees”), from any and all actions or causes of action, suits, claims, complaints, contracts, liabilities, agreements, promises, debts and damages, controversies, judgments, rights and demands, whether existing or contingent, known or unknown, which arise under the Agreement. This release is intended by the Executive to be all encompassing and to act as a full and total release of any claims that the Executive may have or has had against the Releasees under the Agreement, including, but not limited to, any federal, state or local law or regulation dealing with either employment or employment discrimination such as those laws or regulations concerning discrimination on the basis of age, race, color, religion, creed, sex, sexual- orientation, national origin, ancestry, marital status, physical or mental disability, any veteran status or any military service or application for any military service; any claims under the Massachusetts Minimum Fair Wages Act (Mass. Gen. Laws. Ch. 151) and the Massachusetts Payment of Wages Act (Mass. Gen. Laws Ch. 149), including without limitation any claim claims regarding entitlement to or timely payment of any wages, unpaid wages, unpaid accrued vacation or other paid time off, expenses, overtime, penalties and/or other compensation, and all corresponding and/or applicable state and federal laws; any contract, whether oral or written, express or implied; or common law.

(b)    The Executive agrees not only to release and discharge the Releasees from any and all claims as stated above that the Executive could make on his/her own behalf or on behalf of others, but also those claims which might be made by any other person or organization on behalf of the Executive, and the Executive specifically waives any right to become, and promises not to become, a member of any class in a case in which a claim or claims against the Releasees are made involving any matters which arise out of, or in connection with, the Agreement. Nothing in this agreement is to be construed as an admission by the Releasees of any liability or unlawful conduct whatsoever.

4.    Waiver of Rights and Claims Under the Age Discrimination and Employment Act of 1967.

(a)    The Executive is informed that since he is 40 years of age or older, he has or might have specific rights and/or claims under the Age Discrimination and Employment Act of 1967. In consideration for the amounts described in Section 1 hereof, the Executive specifically waives such rights and/or claims to the extent that such rights and/or claims arose prior to the date this Agreement was executed.

(b)    The Executive is advised by the Company of his right to consult with an attorney prior to executing this Agreement.

(c)    The Executive is further advised when he was presented by the Company with the original draft of this Agreement on _______, 20__, that he has at least 21 days within which to consider its terms and to consult with or seek advice from an attorney or any other person of his/her choosing, until the close of business on __________, 20__ (the “Return Date”).

5.    Confidentiality. The Executive agrees he shall not divulge or publish, directly or indirectly, any information whatsoever regarding the substance, terms or existence of the Agreement or this agreement and/or any discussions or negotiations relating to the Agreement or this agreement to any person or organization, except to his immediate family members, counsel or accountant, and unless required under law or court order.

6.    Representations and Governing Law.

(a)    This agreement represents the complete and sole understanding between the parties regarding the subject matter hereto. This agreement may not be modified, altered or rescinded except upon written consent of the Company and Executive. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not affect the other provisions of this agreement, but this agreement shall be revised, construed and reformed to the fullest extent possible to effectuate the purposes of this agreement. This agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company and the Executive and their respective heirs, successors and assigns. The parties agree that the Company will not have an adequate remedy if the Executive fails to comply with Sections 3, 4, and 5 hereof and that damages will not be readily ascertainable, and that in the event of such failure, the Executive shall not oppose any application by the Company requiring a decree of specific performance or an injunction enjoining a breach of this agreement. If the Executive breaches any of his/her obligations hereunder, he shall forfeit all right to payments pursuant to Section 1.

(b)    This agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of law thereof.

(c)    The Executive represents that he has read this agreement, fully understands the terms and conditions of such agreement, and is voluntarily executing the same. In entering into this agreement, the Executive does not rely on any representation, promise or inducement made by the Releasees, with the exception of the consideration described in this document.

7.    Effective Date. The Executive may revoke this agreement during the period of seven (7) days following its execution by the Executive, and this agreement shall not become effective or enforceable until this revocation period has expired.

The Company:

PAREXEL INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION

By:

Name:

Title:

Date:

The Executive:

Signature:

Printed Name:

Date:

- 8 -

EX-21.1

EXHIBIT 21.1

PAREXEL INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION

LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES OF THE COMPANY

(As of June 30, 2013)

Subsidiary Name	Location	Ownership %
PAREXEL International S.A.	Argentina	100%
PAREXEL Argentina S.A.	Argentina	100%
PAREXEL International Pty Ltd	Australia	100%
PAREXEL Belgium SPRL	Belgium	100%
PAREXEL International Pesquisas Clinicas Ltda.	Brazil	100%
·   PAREXEL International Pesquisas Clinicas Ltda. City of Embu das Artes Branch Office
PAREXEL International (BVI) Corp.	British Virgin Islands	100%
PAREXEL International (Canada), Ltd.	Canada, New Brunswick	100%
PAREXEL International (Cayman) Corp.	Cayman Islands	100%
PAREXEL International y Compania Limitada	Chile	100%
PAREXEL China Co. Ltd.	China, Peoples Republic of	100%
·    PAREXEL China Co. Ltd. Beijing Branch Office
·    PAREXEL China Co. Ltd. Chengdu Branch Office
·    PAREXEL China Co. Ltd. Guangzhou Branch Office
·    PAREXEL China Co. Ltd. Shenyang Branch Office
PAREXEL International Co. Ltd.	China, Republic of (Taiwan)	100%
PAREXEL International Colombia SAS	Colombia	100%
PAREXEL International d.o.o. (Croatia)	Croatia	100%
PAREXEL International Czech Republic S.R.O.	Czech Republic	100%
PAREXEL Denmark A/S	Denmark	100%
PAREXEL Finland OY	Finland	100%
PAREXEL International SARL	France	100%
PAREXEL International GmbH	Germany	100%
PAREXEL International Holding Germany GmbH	Germany	100%
PAREXEL International (Hong Kong) Company Limited	Hong Kong	100%
PAREXEL Hungary Limited	Hungary	100%
BVUD Research (India) Private Limited	India	100%
PAREXEL International (India) Private Limited	India	100%
PAREXEL International Clinical Research Private Limited	India	100%
HERON Health Pvt. Ltd	India	100%
Synchron Research Services Pvt. Ltd.	India	Approx. 31.1%
Liquent Software India Private Limited	India	100%
PT PAREXEL International Indonesia	Indonesia	100%
PAREXEL International Clinical Research (Israel) Ltd.	Israel	100%
PAREXEL International SRL	Italy	100%
PAREXEL International Inc.	Japan	100%
PAREXEL Korea Co., Ltd.	Korea, Republic of	100%
PAREXEL International UAB	Lithuania	100%
PAREXEL International (Malaysia) SDN BHD	Malaysia	100%
PAREXEL International Mexico S.A. DE C.V.	Mexico	100%
PAREXEL International Mexico Services S.A. DE C.V.	Mexico	100%
Mirai Placebo B.V.	Netherlands	100%
PAREXEL Dutch Holding C.V.	Netherlands	100%
PAREXEL International Holding B.V.	Netherlands	100%
PAREXEL Nederland B.V.	Netherlands	100%
·    The Representative Office of PAREXEL Nederland B.V. in Ho Chi Minh City
PAREXEL Norway AS	Norway	100%
PAREXEL Russia AS	Norway	100%

Subsidiary Name (cont.)	Location	Ownership %
PAREXEL International (Peru) S.A.	Peru	100%
PAREXEL Clinical Research (Philippines) Ltd. Corp.	Philippines	100%
PAREXEL Polska SP ZOO	Poland	100%
PAREXEL International Romania SRL	Romania	100%
PAREXEL International (RUS) LLC	Russian Federation	100%
PAREXEL International d.o.o. (Serbia)	Serbia	100%
PAREXEL International (Singapore) Pte. Ltd.	Singapore	100%
FARMOVS PAREXEL (Proprietary) Limited	South Africa	70%
PAREXEL International (South Africa) Pty Ltd	South Africa	100%
PAREXEL International, S.L.	Spain	100%
PAREXEL Sweden AB	Sweden	100%
HERON Evidence Development AB	Sweden	100%
PAREXEL IP AG	Switzerland	100%
PAREXEL International (Thailand) Co., Ltd.	Thailand	100%
PAREXEL Ukraine LLC	Ukraine	100%
ClinPhone Development Ltd.	United Kingdom	100%
Perceptive eClinical Limited	United Kingdom	100%
ClinPhone Limited	United Kingdom	100%
Castlegate 211 Limited	United Kingdom	100%
Castlegate 252 Limited	United Kingdom	100%
Castlegate 283 Limited	United Kingdom	100%
Castlegate 284 Limited	United Kingdom	100%
Random Access Services Ltd.	United Kingdom	100%
‘Allo Language Services Ltd.	United Kingdom	100%
FWPS Group Ltd.	United Kingdom	100%
PAREXEL International (UK) Limited	United Kingdom	100%
PAREXEL International Holding UK Limited	United Kingdom	100%
PAREXEL International Limited	United Kingdom	100%
PAREXEL MMS Europe Limited	United Kingdom	100%
Perceptive Informatics UK Limited	United Kingdom	100%
Liquent Holdings Limited	United Kingdom	100%
Liquent Limited	United Kingdom	100%
·   Liquent Limited French Branch
·   Liquent Limited German Branch
Datafarm UK Limited	United Kingdom	100%
HERON Group Limited	United Kingdom	100%
HERON Evidence Development Ltd.	United Kingdom	100%
ClinPhone California Inc.	US, California	100%
PPSI, Inc.	US, Connecticut	100%
Perceptive Services, Inc.	US, Delaware	100%
DataLabs Inc.	US, Delaware	100%
PAREXEL International Dutch Holding LLC	US, Delaware	100%
PAREXEL International Holding Corporation	US, Delaware	100%
PAREXEL International, LLC	US, Delaware	100%
PAREXEL Medical Marketing Services (NJ), LLC	US, Delaware	100%
Perceptive Informatics, Inc.	US, Delaware	100%
Liquent Inc.	US, Delaware	100%
Datafarm Acquisition LLC	US, Delaware	100%
HERON Evidence Development LLC	US, Delaware	100%
PAREXEL International Trust	US, Massachusetts	100%
The Center for Bio-Medical Communication, Inc.	US, New Jersey	100%
PAREXEL (IMC), Inc.	US, Pennsylvania	100%
PAREXEL International Medical Marketing Services, Inc.	US, Virginia	100%

EX-23.1

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements (Form S-8 Nos. 333-172239, 333-154911, 333-131796, 333-109317, 333-104968, 333-82752, 333-40276, 333-37138, 333-71151, 333-47033 and 333-16205) of PAREXEL International Corporation of our reports dated August 21, 2013, with respect to the consolidated financial statements and schedule of PAREXEL International Corporation, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of PAREXEL International Corporation, included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended June 30, 2013.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Boston, Massachusetts

August 21, 2013

EX-31.1

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION

I, Josef H. von Rickenbach, certify that:

1.    I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of PAREXEL International Corporation;

2.    Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.    Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.    The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c)Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d)Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.    The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a)All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b)Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date:	August 21, 2013	By: /s/ Josef H. von Rickenbach
		Josef H. von Rickenbach
		(principal executive officer)

EX-31.2

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION

I,  James F. Winschel, certify that:

1.    I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of PAREXEL International Corporation;

2.    Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.    Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.    The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c)Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d)Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.    The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a)All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b)Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date:	August 21, 2013	By: /s/ James F. Winschel, Jr.
		James F. Winschel, Jr.
		(principal financial officer)

EX-32.1

Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of PAREXEL International Corporation (the “Company”) for the period ended June 30, 2013 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), the undersigned, Josef H. von Rickenbach, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, hereby certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, that, to his knowledge:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date:	August 21, 2013	By: /s/ Josef H. von Rickenbach
		Josef H. von Rickenbach
		Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to PAREXEL International Corporation and will be retained by PAREXEL International Corporation and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

EX-32.2

Exhibit 32.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of PAREXEL International Corporation (the “Company”) for the period ended June 30, 2013 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), the undersigned, James F. Winschel, Jr., Chief Financial Officer of the Company, hereby certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, that, to his knowledge:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date:	August 21, 2013	By: /s/ James F. Winschel, Jr.
		James F. Winschel, Jr.
		Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to PAREXEL International Corporation and will be retained by PAREXEL International Corporation and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

XML

Debt, Commitments, Contingencies And Guarantees (Future Minimum Debt Obligations, Lease Payments Under Non-Cancelable Leases, And Purchase Commitments) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Jun. 30, 2013
Debt, Commitments, Contingencies And Guarantees [Abstract]
Debt obligations (principal), FY 2013	$ 20,399
Debt obligations (principal), FY 2014	12,500
Debt obligations (principal), FY 2015	25,000
Debt obligations (principal), FY 2016	45,000
Debt obligations (principal), FY 2017	345,000
Debt obligations (principal), Thereafter	0
Debt obligations (principal), Total	447,899
Operating leases, FY 2013	61,251
Operating leases, FY 2014	50,552
Operating leases, FY 2015	39,501
Operating leases, FY 2016	30,093
Operating leases, FY 2017	22,560
Operating leases, Thereafter	95,825
Operating leases, Total	299,782
Purchase commitments, FY 2013	44,469
Purchase commitments, FY 2014	23,588
Purchase commitments, FY 2015	6,631
Purchase commitments, FY 2016	548
Purchase commitments, FY 2017	195
Purchase commitments, Thereafter	0
Purchase commitments, Total	75,431
Debt, commitments, contingencies and guarantees, FY 2013	126,119
Debt, commitments, contingencies and guarantees, FY 2014	86,640
Debt, commitments, contingencies and guarantees, FY 2015	71,132
Debt, commitments, contingencies and guarantees, FY 2016	75,641
Debt, commitments, contingencies and guarantees, FY 2017	367,755
Debt, commitments, contingencies and guarantees, Thereafter	95,825
Debt, commitments, contingencies and guarantees, Total	$ 823,112

XML

Fair Value Measurements (Fair Value Hierarchy By Level) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified									12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2012	Jun. 30, 2013 Fair Value, Inputs, Level 3 [Member]	Jun. 30, 2012 Fair Value, Inputs, Level 3 [Member]	Jun. 30, 2013 Fair Value, Inputs, Level 1 [Member]	Jun. 30, 2012 Fair Value, Inputs, Level 1 [Member]	Jun. 30, 2013 Fair Value, Inputs, Level 2 [Member]	Jun. 30, 2012 Fair Value, Inputs, Level 2 [Member]	Jun. 30, 2013 Minimum [Member]	Jun. 30, 2013 Maximum [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Marketable Securities Maturity Period									90 days	one year
Marketable Securities, Current	$ 130,137	$ 0
Cash and Cash Equivalents, Fair Value Disclosure		81,123		0	0	81,123	0	0
Contingent Consideration Classified as Equity, Fair Value Disclosure	(5,934)		(5,934)
Interest Rate Derivative Instruments	(849)	(6,959)	0	0	0	0	(849)	(6,959)
Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts	(3,425)	(2,910)	0	0	0	0	(3,425)	(2,910)
Assets, Fair Value Disclosure	$ (10,208)	$ 71,254	$ (5,934)	$ 0	$ 0	$ 81,123	$ (4,274)	$ (9,869)

XML

Income Taxes (Narrative) (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2012	Jun. 30, 2011	Jun. 30, 2010
Undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries that have been indefinitely reinvested	$ 368,000,000	$ 327,000,000
Non-U.S. loss carryforwards subject to expiration	8,200,000
U.S. foreign tax credit carryforwards	29,100,000
U.S. foreign tax credit carryforwards attributable to deductions from the exercise of equity awards	15,400,000
Gross unrecognized tax benefits	46,591,000	53,813,000	62,211,000	56,345,000
Gross unrecognized tax benefits that would impact the effective tax rate if recognized	31,000,000	10,000,000
Unrecognized Tax Benefits, Decreases Resulting from Settlements with Taxing Authorities	0	(477,000)	(23,000)
Decrease resulting from the expiration of statutes of limitations	(4,662,000)	(6,789,000)	(901,000)
Change in liability for unrecognized tax benefits for uncertain tax positions	5,800,000
Interest and penalties included in liability for unrecognized tax benefits	5,000,000	6,100,000
Interest and penalties included in income tax expense	900,000	2,100,000	800,000
Unrecognized Tax Benefits, Decreases Resulting from Prior Period Tax Positions	(2,869,000)	(1,898,000)	(127,000)
Unrecognized Tax Benefits, Increases Resulting from Prior Period Tax Positions	0	4,433,000	1,784,000
United States [Member]
Operating loss carryforwards	1,700,000
State [Member]
Operating loss carryforwards	35,400,000
Deductions from the exercise of equity awards	8,700,000
DateTaxMattersConcluded	2004
Federal [Member]
DateTaxMattersConcluded	2004
Foreign [Member]
Operating loss carryforwards	$ 23,700,000
DateTaxMattersConcluded	2000
Minimum [Member]
U.S. foreign tax credit carryforwards expiration date	Jan. 01, 2018
Minimum [Member] | United States [Member]
Net operating losses expiration date	2023
Minimum [Member] | State [Member]
Net operating losses expiration date	2014
Minimum [Member] | Foreign [Member]
Net operating losses expiration date	2015
Maximum [Member]
U.S. foreign tax credit carryforwards expiration date	Jan. 01, 2022
Maximum [Member] | United States [Member]
Net operating losses expiration date	2030
Maximum [Member] | State [Member]
Net operating losses expiration date	2033
Maximum [Member] | Foreign [Member]
Net operating losses expiration date	2023

XML

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2013

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), Net of Tax [Abstract]

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

Comprehensive income (loss) has been calculated by PAREXEL in accordance with ASC 220, “Comprehensive Income.” The reconciliation of the components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) was as follows:

(in thousands)	Foreign  currency translation adjustments			Unrealized gain (loss) on derivative instruments			Total
Balance as of June 30, 2010	$	(34,414	)	$	(7,020	)	$	(41,434	)
Changes during Fiscal Year 2011	53,133			7,156			60,289
Balance as of June 30, 2011	$	18,719		$	136		$	18,855
Changes during Fiscal Year 2012	(46,334		)	(1,660		)	(47,994		)
Balance as of June 30, 2012	$	(27,615	)	$	(1,524	)	$	(29,139	)
Changes during Fiscal Year 2013	(1,523		)	624			(899		)
Balance as of June 30, 2013	$	(29,138	)	$	(900	)	$	(30,038	)

The unrealized gain (loss) on derivative instruments is net of taxes of $0.4 million in Fiscal Year 2013, $(0.8) million in Fiscal Year 2012, and $0.5 million in Fiscal Year 2011.

XML

Derivatives (Schedule Of Change In Fair Value Derivatives Not Designated As Hedging Instruments) (Details) (Derivatives Not Designated As Hedging Instruments [Member], USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2012
Fair value of derivative not designated as hedging instruments	$ 1,946	$ (6,302)
Foreign Exchange Contracts [Member]
Fair value of derivative not designated as hedging instruments	(688)	(1,339)
Currency Swap [Member]
Fair value of derivative not designated as hedging instruments	$ 2,634	$ (4,963)

XML

Consolidated Balance Sheets (Parenthetical) (USD $)	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2012
Statement of Financial Position [Abstract]
Par value	$ 0.01	$ 0.01
Shares authorized	5,000,000	5,000,000
Shares issued and outstanding	0	0
Par value	$ 0.01	$ 0.01
Shares authorized	150,000,000	75,000,000
Balance, shares	56,310,582	60,147,007

XML

Derivatives

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2013

Summary of Derivative Instruments by Hedge Designation [Abstract]

Derivatives

DERIVATIVES

We are exposed to certain risks relating to our ongoing business operations. The primary risks that we seek to manage by using derivative instruments are interest rate risk and foreign currency exchange rate risk. Accordingly, we have instituted interest rate and foreign currency hedging programs that are accounted for in accordance with ASC 815, “Derivatives and Hedging.”

• Our interest rate hedging program is a cash flow hedge program designed to minimize interest rate volatility. We swap the difference between fixed and variable interest amounts calculated by reference to an agreed-upon notional principal amount, at specified intervals. We also employ an interest rate cap that compensates us if variable interest rates rise above a pre-determined rate. Our interest rate contracts are designated as hedging instruments.

• Our foreign currency hedging program is a cash flow hedge program designed to minimize foreign currency exchange rate volatility due to the foreign currency exchange exposure related to intercompany transactions. This program was expanded in the first quarter of our fiscal year ended June 30, 2013 in order to reduce the impact of foreign exchange rate risk on our gross margin. We primarily utilize forward currency exchange contracts and cross-currency swaps with maturities of no more than 12 months. These contracts are designated as hedging instruments.

We also enter into other economic hedges to mitigate foreign currency exchange risk and interest rate risk related to intercompany and significant external transactions. These contracts are not designated as hedges in accordance with ASC 815.

The following table presents the notional amounts and fair values of our derivatives as of June 30, 2013 and June 30, 2012. All asset and liability amounts are reported in other current assets and other current and non-current liabilities.

(in thousands)	June 30, 2013					June 30, 2012
	Notional Amount		Asset (Liability)			Notional Amount		Asset (Liability)
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815
Derivatives in an asset position:
Interest rate contracts	$	125,000	$	3,269		$	50,000	$	2
Foreign exchange contracts	20,245		333			—		—
Cross-currency swap contracts	27,312		1,032			—		—
Derivatives in a liability position:
Interest rate contracts	100,000		(2,208		)	100,000		(2,417		)
Foreign exchange contracts	129,254		(3,889		)	—		—
Cross-currency swap contracts	—		—			25,106		(2,697		)
Total designated derivatives	$	401,811	$	(1,463	)	$	175,106	$	(5,112	)
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815
Derivatives in an asset position:
Foreign exchange contracts	$	20,756	$	91		$	—	$	—
Derivatives in a liability position:
Foreign exchange contracts	42,800		(992		)	100,815		(213		)
Cross-currency interest rate swap contracts	44,580		(1,910		)	43,405		(4,544		)
Total non-designated derivatives	$	108,136	$	(2,811	)	$	144,220	$	(4,757	)
Total derivatives	$	509,947	$	(4,274	)	$	319,326	$	(9,869	)

We record the effective portion of any change in the fair value of derivatives designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815 to other accumulated comprehensive income (loss) in our consolidated balance sheet, net of deferred taxes, and any ineffective portion to miscellaneous income (expense) in our consolidated statements of income. The amounts recognized for Fiscal Year 2013 and Fiscal Year 2012 in other comprehensive income (loss) are presented below:

	Years Ended
(in thousands)	June 30, 2013			June 30, 2012
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815
Interest rate contracts, net of taxes	$	2,818		$	(964	)
Foreign exchange contracts, net of taxes	(2,129		)	—
Cross-currency swap contracts, net of taxes	(65		)	(696		)
Total designated derivative unrealized gain (loss), net	$	624		$	(1,660	)

Under certain circumstances, such as the occurrence of significant differences between actual cash receipts and forecasted cash receipts, the ASC 815 programs could be deemed ineffective. During Fiscal Year 2013 and 2012, the amounts recorded to reflect ineffective portions of any hedges were not material. The estimated net amount of the existing losses that are expected to be reclassified into earnings within the next twelve months is $4.1 million.

The change in the fair value of derivatives not designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815 is recorded to miscellaneous expense, net in the income statement. The amounts recognized for Fiscal Year 2013 and Fiscal Year 2012 are presented below:

	Years Ended
(in thousands)	June 30, 2013			June 30, 2012
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815
Cross-currency interest rate swap contracts	$	2,634		$	(4,963	)
Foreign exchange contracts	(688		)	(1,339		)
Total non-designated derivative unrealized gain (loss), net	$	1,946		$	(6,302	)

XML

Quarterly Operating Results

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2013

Selected Quarterly Financial Information [Abstract]

Quarterly Operating Results

QUARTERLY OPERATING RESULTS (UNAUDITED)

The following is a summary of unaudited quarterly results of operations for the years ended June 30, 2013 and June 30, 2012:

	Fiscal Year 2013
(in thousands, except per share data)	First Quarter		Second Quarter		Third Quarter		Fourth Quarter		Total Year
Service revenue	$	394,753	$	422,068	$	454,493	$	463,128	$	1,734,442
Gross profit	115,349		120,743		142,576		148,238		526,906
Income from operations	29,752		31,437		36,606		38,328		136,123
Net income	15,064		21,343		29,524		30,041		95,972
Diluted earnings per share	$	0.25	$	0.36	$	0.50	$	0.52	$	1.61
	Fiscal Year 2012
(in thousands, except per share data)	First Quarter		Second Quarter		Third Quarter		Fourth Quarter		Total Year
Service revenue	$	314,735	$	333,170	$	355,992	$	392,611	$	1,396,508
Gross profit	92,561		105,071		114,547		112,500		424,679
Income from operations	12,450		22,596		28,217		25,539		88,802
Net income	9,561		12,940		22,869		17,788		63,158
Diluted earnings per share	$	0.16	$	0.21	$	0.38	$	0.29	$	1.05

XML

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2012	Jun. 30, 2011	Jun. 30, 2010
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), Net of Tax [Abstract]
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), foreign currency translation adjustments	$ (29,138,000)	$ (27,615,000)	$ 18,719,000	$ (34,414,000)
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), unrealized gain (loss) on derivative instruments	(900,000)	(1,524,000)	136,000	(7,020,000)
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)	(30,038,000)	(29,139,000)	18,855,000	(41,434,000)
Other comprehensive income (loss), foreign currency translation adjustments	(1,523,000)	(46,334,000)	53,133,000
Other comprehensive income (loss), unrealized gain (loss) on derivative instruments	624,000	(1,660,000)	7,156,000
Other comprehensive income (loss)	(899,000)	(47,994,000)	60,289,000
Unrealized gain (loss) on derivative instruments, tax	$ 400,000	$ (800,000)	$ 500,000

XML

Restructuring Charges (Narrative) (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2013
2011 Restructuring Plan [Member]
Number managerial and staff positions eliminated	150
Restructuring charges	$ 14.6
2010 Restructuring Plan [Member]
Number managerial and staff positions eliminated	240
Restructuring charges	$ 16.8

XML

Stock And Employee Benefit Plans

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2013

Share-based Compensation, Allocation and Classification in Financial Statements [Abstract]

Stock And Employee Benefit Plans

STOCK AND EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

Stock-Based Compensation

We account for stock-based compensation under ASC 718, “Compensation-Stock Compensation.” The stock option compensation cost calculated under the fair value approach is recognized over the vesting period of the stock options (generally over four years). All stock option grants are subject to graded vesting as services are rendered. The fair value for granted options is estimated at the time of the grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Expected volatilities are based on historical volatilities and PAREXEL uses historical data to estimate option exercise behavior. The expected term represents an estimate of the period of time we expect the options to remain outstanding based on historical exercise and post-vesting termination data. The dividend yield equals the most recent dividend payment over the market price of the stock at the beginning of the period. The risk-free interest rate is the rate at the date of grant for a zero-coupon U.S. Treasury bond with a term that approximates the expected term of the option. The following weighted average assumptions were used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model for awards issued during the respective periods:

	Years ended June 30,
	2013		2012		2011
Dividend yield	0.0	%	0.0	%	0.0	%
Expected volatility	56.4	%	56.9	%	55.9	%
Risk-free interest rate	0.9	%	0.9	%	1.6	%
Expected term (in years)	5.2		5.1		5.1

For the last three fiscal years, we recognized the following stock-based compensation expense:

	Years ended June 30,
(in thousands)	2013		2012		2011
Direct costs related	$	1,918	$	1,815	$	1,582
Selling, general and administrative related	9,250		9,316		8,580
Total stock-based compensation	$	11,168	$	11,131	$	10,162

For Fiscal Years 2013, 2012, and 2011, the tax benefit related to stock compensation expense that we recognized was $3.1 million, $3.8 million, and $3.5 million, respectively. As of June 30, 2013, unearned stock-based compensation expense related to unvested awards (stock options and restricted stock) was approximately $25.7 million, which will be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.0 years.

Stock Options

The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors is responsible for the administration of PAREXEL’s stock option plans and determines the term of each option, the option exercise price, the number of option shares granted, and the rate at which options become exercisable.

We adopted stock incentive plans in December 2010, December 2007, and September 2005, each of which provides for the grant of incentive stock options, non-statutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units and other stock-based award grants of up to 9,000,000 shares in aggregate to employees, officers, directors, consultants, and advisors. The granting of awards under these plans is discretionary and the individuals who may become participants and receive awards under these plans, and the number of shares they may acquire, are not determinable.

In September 2001, we adopted the 2001 Stock Incentive Plan (“2001 Plan”), which provides for the grant of incentive and non-qualified stock options for the purchase of up to an aggregate of 2,000,000 shares of common stock to employees, officers, directors, consultants, and advisors (and any individuals who have accepted an offer for employment) of PAREXEL. Options under the 2001 Plan expire no more than ten years from the date of grant and the expiration date and vesting period may vary at the Board of Directors’ discretion.

The following table summarizes information related to stock option activity for the respective periods:

	Years ended June 30,
(in thousands, except per share data)	2013	2012	2011
Weighted-average fair value of options granted per share	$16.20	$10.07	$10.81
Intrinsic value of options exercised	$24,872	$11,170	$5,246

Stock option activity for the year ended June 30, 2013 was:

	Number of Options		Weighted-Average Exercise Price
Balance at June 30, 2012	3,758,284		$	18.55
Granted	926,801		$	32.95
Exercised	(1,337,289	)	$	16.29
Canceled	(122,899	)	$	21.84
Balance at June 30, 2013	3,224,897		$	23.51

Options that were outstanding, exercisable, and expected to vest as of June 30, 2013 are as follows:

	Number of Options	Weighted-Average Exercise Price		Weighted- Average Remaining Contractual Life In Years	Aggregate Intrinsic Value (In Thousands)
Outstanding	3,224,897	$	23.51	5.48	$	72,450
Exercisable	1,233,942	$	19.67	3.68	$	32,458
Expected to vest	1,830,157	$	25.69	6.56	$	37,128

Restricted Stock

PAREXEL uses restricted stock awards (“RSAs”) and restricted stock units (“RSUs”), granted under the plans described above, as a component of compensation for executive officers, non-employee members of the Board of Directors, and other employees. In Fiscal Year 2013, we granted RSAs and RSUs that will vest at the end of a three-year service period for employees or one-year service period for non-employee members of the Board. The fair values of the Fiscal Year 2013 restricted stock awards and restricted stock units were based upon the closing stock prices on the day of the grants. Restricted stock activity for the year ended June 30, 2013 was:

	Shares		Weighted-Average Grant- Date Fair Value
Unvested Balance at June 30, 2012	634,472		$	17.36
Granted	186,066		$	31.17
Vested	(320,772	)	$	14.33
Forfeited	(30,500	)	$	22.65
Unvested Balance at June 30, 2013	469,266		$	24.56

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

PAREXEL sponsors an employee stock purchase plan (the “Purchase Plan”). The Purchase Plan allows eligible employees to purchase common stock at 95% of the fair market value of the stock on the last day of each purchase period (as defined by the Purchase Plan). The Purchase Plan also includes the automatic enrollment of contributions whereby an eligible employee’s compensation would be reduced and automatic enrollment contributions made on his/her behalf unless an affirmative election not to do so was made. The Purchase Plan is non-compensatory, and as such, no stock based compensation is recorded. An aggregate of approximately 1,800,000 shares may be issued under the Purchase Plan.

The following table summarizes the purchases under the Purchase Plan for the last three fiscal years:

	Shares Purchased	Average Purchase Price
Fiscal Year 2013	62,777	$	35.54
Fiscal Year 2012	86,735	$	21.81
Fiscal Year 2011	102,551	$	19.65

Savings Plan

PAREXEL sponsors an employee savings plan (“the Plan”) as defined by Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. The Plan covers substantially all employees in the U.S. who elect to participate. Participants have the opportunity to invest on a pre-tax basis in a variety of mutual fund options and PAREXEL stock. We match 100% of each participant’s voluntary contributions up to 3% of gross salary per payroll period subject to an annual cap of $3,000. PAREXEL contributions vest to the participants in 20% increments for each year of employment and become fully vested after five years of continuous employment. Our contributions to the Plan were approximately $8.6 million, $6.1 million, and $5.2 million for the Fiscal Years 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

XML

Geographic Information (Schedule Of Financial Information By Geographic Area) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Sep. 30, 2012	Jun. 30, 2012	Mar. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Sep. 30, 2011	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2012	Jun. 30, 2011
Sales Revenue, Services, Net	$ 463,128	$ 454,493	$ 422,068	$ 394,753	$ 392,611	$ 355,992	$ 333,170	$ 314,735	$ 1,734,442	$ 1,396,508	$ 1,212,099
Income from operations	38,328	36,606	31,437	29,752	25,539	28,217	22,596	12,450	136,123	88,802	81,630
Tangible long-lived assets	224,225				207,778				224,225	207,778	201,342
The Americas [Member]
Sales Revenue, Services, Net									866,998	635,290	484,657
Income from operations									44,743	27,493	(3,976)
Tangible long-lived assets	146,137				133,050				146,137	133,050	121,251
Europe, Middle East & Africa [Member]
Sales Revenue, Services, Net									624,010	555,467	553,801
Income from operations									59,466	34,044	66,719
Tangible long-lived assets	55,853				57,032				55,853	57,032	66,147
Asia/Pacific [Member]
Sales Revenue, Services, Net									243,434	205,751	173,641
Income from operations									31,914	27,265	18,887
Tangible long-lived assets	$ 22,235				$ 17,696				$ 22,235	$ 17,696	$ 13,944

XML

Acquisitions, Additional Information (Detail) (USD $)	12 Months Ended			12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2013 Liquent Acquisition [Member]	Dec. 21, 2012 Liquent Acquisition [Member]	Jun. 30, 2013 Heron Acquisition [Member]	May 01, 2013 Heron Acquisition [Member]	Dec. 20, 2012 2012 Term Loan [Member]
Goodwill, Acquired During Period		$ 51,244,000		$ 16,631,000
Business Combination, Acquisition Related Costs	1,200,000
Business Acquisition, Cost of Acquired Entity, Cash Paid					22,750,000
Business Acquisition, Cost of Acquired Entity, Purchase Price			74,349,000		28,684,000
Business Acquisition, Contingent Consideration, Potential Cash Payment					14,200,000
Business Acquisition, Contingent Consideration, at Fair Value	(5,934,000)				5,934,000
Short-term Debt						$ 100,000,000

XML

Income Taxes (Provisions For Income Taxes) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2012	Jun. 30, 2011
Income Tax Expense (Benefit) [Abstract]
Current, Federal	$ 6,279	$ 8,054	$ 3,618
Current, State	2,565	1,010	(702)
Current, Foreign	26,651	9,608	26,072
Current, Total	35,495	18,672	28,988
Deferred, Federal	7,650	2,447	(17,307)
Deferred, State	(2,113)	(869)	(128)
Deferred, Foreign	(3,854)	(3,702)	(1,705)
Deferred, Total	1,683	(2,124)	(19,140)
Provision for income taxes	$ 37,178	$ 16,548	$ 9,848

XML

Restructuring Charges (Schedule Of Changes In Restructuring Accrual) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2012	Jun. 30, 2011
Restructuring Reserve, Beginning Balance	$ 7,774	$ 9,398	$ 10,078
Provisions/Adjustments	(1,209)	6,243	8,106
Payments/Foreign Currency Exchange	(4,006)	(7,867)	(5,697)
Restructuring Reserve, Ending Balance	2,559	7,774	9,398
2011 Restructuring Plan [Member] | Employee Severance Costs [Member]
Restructuring Reserve, Beginning Balance	1,884	1,622	0
Provisions/Adjustments	(182)	5,307	1,790
Payments/Foreign Currency Exchange	(1,702)	(5,045)	(168)
Restructuring Reserve, Ending Balance	0	1,884	1,622
2011 Restructuring Plan [Member] | Facilities-Related Charges [Member]
Restructuring Reserve, Beginning Balance	3,663	3,720	0
Provisions/Adjustments	(1,027)	2,004	3,663
Payments/Foreign Currency Exchange	(1,661)	(2,061)	57
Restructuring Reserve, Ending Balance	975	3,663	3,720
2010 Restructuring Plan [Member] | Employee Severance Costs [Member]
Restructuring Reserve, Beginning Balance		1,160	5,221
Provisions/Adjustments		(984)	(832)
Payments/Foreign Currency Exchange		(176)	(3,229)
Restructuring Reserve, Ending Balance		0	1,160
2010 Restructuring Plan [Member] | Facilities-Related Charges [Member]
Restructuring Reserve, Beginning Balance	642	855	3,337
Provisions/Adjustments	0	(84)	(513)
Payments/Foreign Currency Exchange	(174)	(129)	(1,969)
Restructuring Reserve, Ending Balance	468	642	855
2010 Restructuring Plan [Member] | Other Charges [Member]
Restructuring Reserve, Beginning Balance			54
Provisions/Adjustments			(31)
Payments/Foreign Currency Exchange			(23)
Restructuring Reserve, Ending Balance			0
Pre-2010 Plans [Member] | Facilities-Related Charges [Member]
Restructuring Reserve, Beginning Balance	1,585	2,041	1,466
Provisions/Adjustments	0	0	940
Payments/Foreign Currency Exchange	(469)	(456)	(365)
Restructuring Reserve, Ending Balance	1,116	1,585	2,041
without_abandonmentcharge [Member]
Provisions/Adjustments			$ 5,017

XML

Income Taxes (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2013

Income Tax Expense (Benefit) [Abstract]

Domestic And Foreign Income (Loss) Before Income Taxes

(in thousands)	2013		2012		2011
Domestic	$	35,792	$	18,347	$	(18,712	)
Foreign	97,358		61,359		77,346
	$	133,150	$	79,706	$	58,634

Provisions For Income Taxes

(in thousands)	2013			2012			2011
Current:
Federal	$	6,279		$	8,054		$	3,618
State	2,565			1,010			(702		)
Foreign	26,651			9,608			26,072
	35,495			18,672			28,988
Deferred:
Federal	7,650			2,447			(17,307		)
State	(2,113		)	(869		)	(128		)
Foreign	(3,854		)	(3,702		)	(1,705		)
	1,683			(2,124		)	(19,140		)
	$	37,178		$	16,548		$	9,848

Consolidated Effective Income Tax Rate Differed From The U.S Federal Statutory Income Tax Rate

(in thousands)	2013			%		2012			%		2011			%
Income tax expense computed at the federal statutory rate	$	46,602		35.0	%	$	27,897		35.0	%	$	20,522		35.0	%
State income taxes, net of federal benefit	1,914			1.4	%	(232		)	(0.3	)%	61			0.1	%
Foreign rate differential	(7,960		)	(6.0	)%	(6,539		)	(8.2	)%	(3,151		)	(5.4	)%
Change in valuation allowances	(4,708		)	(3.5	)%	1,630			2.0	%	(8,174		)	(13.9	)%
Change in reserves	394			0.3	%	(7,655		)	(9.6	)%	47			0.1	%
Research and development	(2,986		)	(2.2	)%	(2,734		)	(3.4	)%	(2,196		)	(3.7	)%
Non-deductible losses	440			0.3	%	678			0.9	%	—			—	%
Other non-deductible expenses	2,074			1.6	%	393			0.5	%	1,004			1.7	%
Adjustment of net operating losses	608			0.5	%	2,243			2.8	%	—			—
Statutory tax rate changes	798			0.5	%	(1,047		)	(1.3	)%	436			0.7	%
Other, net	2			—	%	1,914			2.4	%	1,299			2.2	%
	$	37,178		27.9	%	$	16,548		20.8	%	$	9,848		16.8	%

Components Of Net Deferred Tax Assets

(in thousands)	2013			2012
Deferred tax assets:
U.S. loss carryforwards	$	1,981		$	3,431
Foreign loss carryforwards	6,240			6,885
Accrued expenses	35,340			26,528
Tax credit carryforwards	14,559			20,394
Provision for losses on receivables	1,161			1,239
Deferred compensation	7,517			9,120
Deferred revenue	8,949			11,666
Intercompany loans	2,765			2,774
Other	1,168			663
Gross deferred tax assets	79,680			82,700
Deferred tax asset valuation allowance	(6,023		)	(11,392		)
Total deferred tax assets	73,657			71,308
Deferred tax liabilities:
Property and equipment	(5,606		)	(2,328		)
Revenue recognition	(26,537		)	(24,660		)
Intangible assets	(38,186		)	(30,817		)
Other	(2,491		)	(2,135		)
Total deferred tax liabilities	(72,820		)	(59,940		)
Net deferred tax assets	$	837		$	11,368

Net Deferred Tax Assets And Liabilities Included In The Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in thousands)	2013			2012
Current deferred tax assets	$	44,236		$	37,159
Non-current deferred tax assets	8,556			13,885
Current deferred tax liabilities	(16,512		)	(14,998		)
Non-current deferred tax liabilities	(35,443		)	(24,678		)
	$	837		$	11,368

Unrecognized Income Tax Benefits, Excluding Accrued Interest And Penalties

(in thousands)	2013			2012			2011
Balance at beginning of year	$	53,813		$	62,211		$	56,345
Additions related to tax positions in prior years	—			4,433			1,784
Reductions related to tax positions in prior years	(2,869		)	(1,898		)	(127		)
Reductions related to settlements with tax authorities	—			(477		)	(23		)
Reductions related to the expiration of statutes	(4,662		)	(6,789		)	(901		)
Currency translation adjustments	309			(3,667		)	5,133
Balance at end of year	$	46,591		$	53,813		$	62,211

XML

Acquisitions (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2013

Liquent Acquisition [Member]

Business Acquisition [Line Items]

Schedule of Purchase Price Allocation [Table Text Block]

Total consideration transferred:
Cash paid, net of cash acquired	$	74,349
Preliminary allocation of consideration transferred:
Accounts receivable	$	8,470
Other current and non-current assets	547
Property and equipment	1,349
Definite-lived intangible assets	32,600
Goodwill	51,244
Total assets acquired	94,210
Current liabilities	5,330
Deferred revenue, current	2,830
Deferred tax liabilities	11,701
Total liabilities assumed	19,861
Net assets acquired	$	74,349

Schedule of Finite-Lived Intangible Assets Acquired as Part of Business Combination [Table Text Block]

	Amount		Estimated Useful Life (Years)
Customer relationships	$	21,500	11
Technology	7,800		8
Trade name	2,800		8
Backlog	500		1
Total	$	32,600

Heron Acquisition [Member]

Business Acquisition [Line Items]

Schedule of Purchase Price Allocation [Table Text Block]

Total consideration:
Cash paid, net of cash acquired	$	22,750
Fair value of contingent consideration	5,934
Net purchase price	28,684
Preliminary allocation of net purchase price:
Accounts receivable	$	1,927
Other current and non-current assets	544
Property and equipment	322
Definite-lived intangible assets	15,500
Goodwill	16,631
Total assets acquired	34,924
Current liabilities	1,539
Deferred revenue, current	1,164
Deferred tax liabilities	3,537
Total liabilities assumed	6,240
Net assets acquired	$	28,684

Schedule of Finite-Lived Intangible Assets Acquired as Part of Business Combination [Table Text Block]

	Amount		Estimated Useful Life (Years)
Customer relationships	$	12,600	10
Technology	1,000		5
Trade name	1,000		7
Backlog	900		1
Total	$	15,500

XML

Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2013

Jun. 30, 2012

Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Changes In Carrying Amount Of Goodwill

(in thousands)
Goodwill	Fiscal Year 2013			Fiscal Year 2012
Beginning Balance	$	255,455		$	262,313
Goodwill arising from LIQUENT acquisition	51,244			—
Goodwill arising from HERON acquisition	16,631			—
Effect of changes in exchange rates used for translation	(3,852		)	(6,858		)
Ending Balance	$	319,478		$	255,455

Intangible Assets

(in thousands)	Weighted Average Useful Life (years)	Cost		Accumulated Amortization/ Effect of Exchange Rate Changes			Net
Intangible Asset
Customer relationships and backlog	12.1	$	112,274	$	(44,706	)	$	67,568
Technology and other intangibles	7.9	35,647		(20,582		)	15,065
Definite-life tradename	7.7	3,800		(235		)	3,565
Indefinite-life tradename *	indefinite	22,158		(4,842		)	17,316
Total intangible assets		$	173,879	$	(70,365	)	$	103,514
* The tradename acquired in the ClinPhone acquisition has an indefinite useful life.

(in thousands)	Weighted Average Useful Life (years)	Cost		Accumulated Amortization/ Effect of Exchange Rate Changes			Net
Intangible Asset
Customer relationships and backlog	13.0	$	76,774	$	(35,811	)	$	40,963
Technology and other intangibles	7.0	26,330		(15,963		)	10,367
Tradename*	indefinite	22,158		(3,484		)	18,674
Total intangible assets		$	125,262	$	(55,258	)	$	70,004
* The tradename acquired in the ClinPhone acquisition has an indefinite useful life.

Changes In Carrying Amounts Of Intangible Assets

(in thousands)
Other Intangible Assets	Fiscal Year 2013			Fiscal Year 2012
Beginning Balance	$	70,004		$	79,958
Intangibles assets acquired from LIQUENT acquisition	32,600			—
Intangibles assets acquired from HERON acquisition	15,500			—
Amortization	(9,999		)	(8,753		)
Effect of changes in exchange rates used for translation	(4,591		)	(1,201		)
Ending Balance	$	103,514		$	70,004

Estimated Amortization Expense

(in thousands)
FY 2014	FY 2015	FY 2016	FY 2017	FY 2018
$14,724	$13,371	$12,530	$9,991	$8,619

XML

Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies (Changes In Carrying Amount Of Intangible Assets) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2012
Carrying amount	$ 70,004	$ 79,958
Amortization	(9,999)	(8,753)
Effect of changes in rates used for translation	(4,591)	(1,201)
Carrying amount	103,514	70,004
Liquent Acquisition [Member]
Finite-lived Intangible Assets Acquired	32,600	0
Heron Acquisition [Member]
Finite-lived Intangible Assets Acquired	$ 15,500	$ 0

XML

Stock And Employee Benefit Plans (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2013

Share-based Compensation, Allocation and Classification in Financial Statements [Abstract]

Schedule Of Weighted Average Assumptions

	Years ended June 30,
	2013		2012		2011
Dividend yield	0.0	%	0.0	%	0.0	%
Expected volatility	56.4	%	56.9	%	55.9	%
Risk-free interest rate	0.9	%	0.9	%	1.6	%
Expected term (in years)	5.2		5.1		5.1

Schedule Of Recognized Stock-Based Compensation Expense

	Years ended June 30,
(in thousands)	2013		2012		2011
Direct costs related	$	1,918	$	1,815	$	1,582
Selling, general and administrative related	9,250		9,316		8,580
Total stock-based compensation	$	11,168	$	11,131	$	10,162

Schedule Of Information Related To Stock Option Activity

	Years ended June 30,
(in thousands, except per share data)	2013	2012	2011
Weighted-average fair value of options granted per share	$16.20	$10.07	$10.81
Intrinsic value of options exercised	$24,872	$11,170	$5,246

Schedule Of Stock Option Activity

	Number of Options		Weighted-Average Exercise Price
Balance at June 30, 2012	3,758,284		$	18.55
Granted	926,801		$	32.95
Exercised	(1,337,289	)	$	16.29
Canceled	(122,899	)	$	21.84
Balance at June 30, 2013	3,224,897		$	23.51

Schedule Of Stock Options Outstanding, Exercisable, And Expected To Vest

	Number of Options	Weighted-Average Exercise Price		Weighted- Average Remaining Contractual Life In Years	Aggregate Intrinsic Value (In Thousands)
Outstanding	3,224,897	$	23.51	5.48	$	72,450
Exercisable	1,233,942	$	19.67	3.68	$	32,458
Expected to vest	1,830,157	$	25.69	6.56	$	37,128

Schedule of Share-based Compensation, Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units Activity [Table Text Block]

	Shares		Weighted-Average Grant- Date Fair Value
Unvested Balance at June 30, 2012	634,472		$	17.36
Granted	186,066		$	31.17
Vested	(320,772	)	$	14.33
Forfeited	(30,500	)	$	22.65
Unvested Balance at June 30, 2013	469,266		$	24.56

Schedule Of Purchases Under The 2000 Purchase Plan

	Shares Purchased	Average Purchase Price
Fiscal Year 2013	62,777	$	35.54
Fiscal Year 2012	86,735	$	21.81
Fiscal Year 2011	102,551	$	19.65

XML

Geographic Information (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2013

Geographic Information [Abstract]

Schedule Of Financial Information By Geographic Area

(in thousands)	2013		2012		2011
Service revenue:
The Americas	$	866,998	$	635,290	$	484,657
Europe, Middle East & Africa	624,010		555,467		553,801
Asia/Pacific	243,434		205,751		173,641
Total	$	1,734,442	$	1,396,508	$	1,212,099
Income from operations:
The Americas	$	44,743	$	27,493	$	(3,976	)
Europe, Middle East & Africa	59,466		34,044		66,719
Asia/Pacific	31,914		27,265		18,887
Total	$	136,123	$	88,802	$	81,630
Tangible long-lived assets:
The Americas	$	146,137	$	133,050	$	121,251
Europe, Middle East & Africa	55,853		57,032		66,147
Asia/Pacific	22,235		17,696		13,944
Total	$	224,225	$	207,778	$	201,342

Schedule Of Service Revenue From Countries

(in thousands)	2013		2012		2011
Service revenue:
United States	$	797,380	$	580,340	$	441,546
United Kingdom	$	227,964	$	181,386	$	168,460
Germany	$	187,099	$	194,528	$	209,144

XML

Acquisitions Net Purchase Price and Preliminary Allocation for Acquisition (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified		12 Months Ended			12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2013 Liquent Acquisition [Member]	Jun. 30, 2012 Liquent Acquisition [Member]	Dec. 21, 2012 Liquent Acquisition [Member]	Jun. 30, 2013 Heron Acquisition [Member]	Jun. 30, 2012 Heron Acquisition [Member]	May 01, 2013 Heron Acquisition [Member]
Total consideration transferred:
Business Acquisition, Cost of Acquired Entity, Cash Paid							$ 22,750
Business Acquisition, Contingent Consideration, at Fair Value	(5,934)						5,934
Business Acquisition, Cost of Acquired Entity, Purchase Price				74,349			28,684
Preliminary allocation of consideration transferred:
Accounts receivable				8,470			1,927
Other current and non-current assets				547			544
Property and equipment				1,349			322
Finite-lived Intangible Assets Acquired		32,600	0		15,500	0
Goodwill, Acquired During Period		51,244			16,631
Total assets acquired				94,210			34,924
Current liabilities				5,330			1,539
Deferred revenue, current				2,830			1,164
Deferred tax liabilities				11,701			3,537
Total liabilities assumed				$ 19,861			$ 6,240

XML

Restructuring Charges (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2013

Restructuring Charges [Abstract]

Schedule Of Changes In Restructuring Accrual

	Balance at		Provisions/ Adjustments			Payments/Foreign Currency Exchange			Balance at
(in thousands)	June 30, 2012								June 30, 2013
2011 Restructuring Plan
Employee severance	$	1,884	$	(182	)	$	(1,702	)	$	—
Facilities-related	3,663		(1,027		)	(1,661		)	975
2010 Restructuring Plan
Facilities-related	642		—			(174		)	468
Pre-2010 Plans
Facilities-related	1,585		—			(469		)	1,116
Total	$	7,774	$	(1,209	)	$	(4,006	)	$	2,559
	Balance at		Provisions/ Adjustments			Payments/Foreign Currency Exchange			Balance at
(in thousands)	June 30, 2011								June 30, 2012
2011 Restructuring Plan
Employee severance	$	1,622	$	5,307		$	(5,045	)	$	1,884
Facilities-related	3,720		2,004			(2,061		)	3,663
2010 Restructuring Plan
Employee severance	1,160		(984		)	(176		)	—
Facilities-related	855		(84		)	(129		)	642
Pre-2010 Plans
Facilities-related	2,041		—			(456		)	1,585
Total	$	9,398	$	6,243		$	(7,867	)	$	7,774
	Balance at		Provisions/ Adjustments			Payments/Foreign Currency Exchange			Balance at
(in thousands)	June 30, 2010								June 30, 2011
2011 Restructuring Plan
Employee severance	$	—	$	1,790		$	(168	)	$	1,622
Facilities-related	—		3,663			57			3,720
2010 Restructuring Plan
Employee severance	5,221		(832		)	(3,229		)	1,160
Facilities-related	3,337		(513		)	(1,969		)	855
Other	54		(31		)	(23		)	—
Pre-2010 Plans
Facilities-related	1,466		940			(365		)	2,041
Total	$	10,078	$	5,017		$	(5,697	)	$	9,398

XML

Stockholders' Equity (Details) (USD $) In Millions, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended	1 Months Ended	3 Months Ended	12 Months Ended	1 Months Ended	3 Months Ended	12 Months Ended	13 Months Ended	12 Months Ended		3 Months Ended	12 Months Ended	13 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2013	Sep. 30, 2012 September 2012 Accelerated Share Repurchase [Member]	Mar. 31, 2013 September 2012 Accelerated Share Repurchase [Member]	Jun. 30, 2013 September 2012 Accelerated Share Repurchase [Member]	Mar. 31, 2013 March 2013 Accelerated Share Repurchase [Member]	Sep. 30, 2013 March 2013 Accelerated Share Repurchase [Member]	Jun. 30, 2013 March 2013 Accelerated Share Repurchase [Member]	Jul. 31, 2013 March 2013 Accelerated Share Repurchase [Member]	Jun. 30, 2013 2012StockRepurchasePlan [Member]	Jun. 30, 2013 September Open Market Repurchases [Member]	Sep. 30, 2013 Open Market Repurchases [Member]	Jun. 30, 2013 Open Market Repurchases [Member]	Jul. 31, 2013 Open Market Repurchases [Member]	Jun. 30, 2013 March Open Market Repurchases [Member]
Class of Stock [Line Items]
Shares Paid for Tax Withholding for Share Based Compensation	251,296
Stock Repurchase Program, Remaining Authorized Repurchase Amount									$ 2.4
Stock repurchase program, authorized value									200
Treasury Stock, Value, Acquired, Cost Method	$ 197.6			$ 50.0			$ 50.0			$ 50.0		$ 97.6	$ 100.0	$ 50.0
Treasury Stock, Shares, Acquired		1,328,462	234,898	1,563,360	1,044,932	101,247		1,146,179			51,071	2,697,675	2,748,746
Percent of advance payment under accelerated share repurchase agreement							80.00%
Treasury Stock Acquired, Average Cost Per Share				$ 31.98			$ 38.28	$ 43.62				$ 36.17	$ 36.38

XML

Stock And Employee Benefit Plans (Schedule Of Stock Option Activity) (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2013
Share-based Compensation, Allocation and Classification in Financial Statements [Abstract]
Beginning Balance, Number of Options	3,758,284
Beginning Balance, Weighted-Average Exercise Price	$ 18.55
Granted, Number of Options	926,801
Granted, Weighted-Average Exercise Price	$ 32.95
Exercised, Number of Options	(1,337,289)
Exercised, Weighted-Average Exercise Price	$ 16.29
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Options, Forfeitures and Expirations in Period	(122,899)
Canceled, Weighted-Average Exercise Price	$ 21.84
Ending Balance, Number of Options	3,224,897
Ending Balance, Weighted-Average Exercise Price	$ 23.51

XML

Credit Arrangements - Note Purchase Agreement (Details) (USD $)	3 Months Ended			0 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2012	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2012	Jul. 25, 2013 Subsequent Event [Member] Senior Notes [Member] 3.11% Senior Notes due in 2020 [Member]	Jul. 25, 2013 Revolving Credit Facility [Member] Subsequent Event [Member] 2013 Credit Agreement [Member]	May 31, 2013 Treasury Lock [Member] agreement	May 31, 2013 Treasury Lock 1 [Member] Treasury Lock [Member]	May 31, 2013 Treasury Lock 2 [Member] Treasury Lock [Member]	May 31, 2013 Treasury Lock 3 [Member] Treasury Lock [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Principal amount of debt				$ 100,000,000.0
Interest rate				3.11%
Proceeds from Issuance of Long-term Debt	107,500,000			100,000,000
Repayments of Long-term Lines of Credit					100,000,000
Prepayment of aggregate principal amount, minimum percent				10.00%
Number of treasury lock agreements						3
Notional Amount		$ 509,947,000	$ 319,326,000				$ 25,000,000	$ 25,000,000	$ 25,000,000

XML

Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies (Narrative) (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2012	Jun. 30, 2011	Jun. 30, 2010
Cash and Cash Equivalents, Fair Value Disclosure		$ 81,123,000
Marketable Securities, Current	130,137,000	0
Cash and Cash Equivalents, at Carrying Value	144,027,000	213,579,000	89,056,000	95,170,000
Investigator fees	421,200,000	250,800,000	185,500,000
Number of counterparties in derivative contracts	10
Research and development expense	23,800,000	21,000,000	23,000,000
Transaction (losses) gains	4,100,000	300,000	(10,400,000)
Goodwill	319,478,000	255,455,000	262,313,000
Prepaid Expense and Other Assets, Current		10,400,000
Deferred financing costs reclassified to long-term debt		3,200,000
Office Furniture, Fixtures And Equipment [Member]
Estimated useful lives, years	P5Y
CRS [Member]
Goodwill	124,600,000
PCMS [Member]
Goodwill	20,800,000
Perceptive [Member]
Goodwill	174,100,000
Minimum [Member]
Marketable Securities Maturity Period	90 days
Minimum [Member] | Computer Software And Hardware [Member]
Estimated useful lives, minimum, years	3 years
Maximum [Member]
Marketable Securities Maturity Period	one year
Maximum [Member] | Computer Software And Hardware [Member]
Estimated useful lives, years	P8Y
Sales Revenue, Services, Net [Member]
Concentration Risk, Customer	Two	0
Accounts Receivable [Member]
Concentration Risk, Customer	two	0
Customer A [Member] | Sales Revenue, Services, Net [Member]
Percentage of consolidated service revenue attributable to largest client		17.00%
Customer A [Member] | Accounts Receivable [Member]
Percentage of consolidated service revenue attributable to largest client	18.00%
Customer B [Member] | Sales Revenue, Services, Net [Member]
Percentage of consolidated service revenue attributable to largest client		12.00%
Customer B [Member] | Accounts Receivable [Member]
Percentage of consolidated service revenue attributable to largest client	12.00%
Fair Value, Inputs, Level 1 [Member]
Cash and Cash Equivalents, Fair Value Disclosure	$ 0	$ 81,123,000

XML

Stock And Employee Benefit Plans (Schedule Of Weighted Average Assumptions) (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2012	Jun. 30, 2011
Share-based Compensation, Allocation and Classification in Financial Statements [Abstract]
Dividend yield	0.00%	0.00%	0.00%
Expected volatility	56.40%	56.90%	55.90%
Risk-free interest rate	0.90%	0.90%	1.60%
Expected term (in years)	5 years 2 months 12 days	5 years 1 month 6 days	5 years 1 month 6 days

XML

Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies (Policy)

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2013

Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Basis Of Presentation And Principles Of Consolidation

Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of PAREXEL International Corporation, our wholly-owned and majority-owned subsidiaries. All inter-company accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

Reclassifications

Reclassification

We reclassified $10.4 million of non-current deferred tax assets to current deferred tax assets for the period ended June 30, 2012. This change had no impact on total deferred tax assets. We also reclassified $3.2 million of deferred financing costs from other assets to long-term debt, net of current portion for the period ended June 30, 2012 as a contra-debt balance. We evaluated the quantitative and qualitative aspects of these adjustments and determined the corrections were not material. These reclassifications had no impact on our results of operations or statement of cash flow for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2012.

Use Of Estimates

Use of Estimates

We prepare our financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles which require us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements. Estimates are used in accounting for, among other items, revenue recognition, allowance for credit losses on receivables, valuation of derivative instruments, periodic impairment reviews of goodwill and intangible assets, contingent consideration, income taxes, and the valuation of long-term assets. Our estimates are based on the facts and circumstances available at the time estimates are made, historical experience, risk of loss, general economic conditions, trends, and assessments of the probable future outcomes of these matters. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Estimates and assumptions are reviewed periodically, and the effects of changes, if any, are reflected in the statement of operations in the period in which they are determined.

Fair Values Of Financial Instruments

Fair Values of Financial Instruments

The fair value of our cash and cash equivalents, marketable securities, accounts receivable, and accounts payable approximates the carrying value of these financial instruments because of the short-term nature of any maturities. The carrying value of our short-term and long-term debt approximates fair value because all of the debt bears variable rate interest. We determine the estimated fair values of other financial instruments, including equity and risk management instruments, using available market information and valuation methodologies, primarily discounted cash flow analysis or input from independent investment bankers.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue Recognition

We derive revenue from the delivery of service or software solutions to clients in the worldwide pharmaceutical, biotechnology, and medical device industries. In general, we recognize revenue when all of the following conditions are satisfied: (1) there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement; (2) the service offering has been delivered to the client; (3) the collection of fees is probable; and (4) the amount of fees to be paid by the client is fixed or determinable. Revenue recognition treatment of each business segment is described below.

Clinical Research Services (“CRS”) and PAREXEL Consulting and MedCom Services (“PCMS”) Service Revenue

Service revenues in our CRS and PCMS businesses are derived principally from fee-for-service or fixed-price executory contracts, which typically involve competitive bid awards and multi-year terms. Client billing schedules and payment arrangements are prescribed under negotiated contract terms. Contract provisions do not provide for rights of return or refund, but normally include rights of cancellation with notice, in which case services delivered through the cancellation date are due and payable by the client, including certain costs to conclude the trial or study.

Our client arrangements generally involve multiple service deliverables, where bundled service deliverables are accounted for in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 605-25, “Multiple-Element Arrangements.” We determined that each of our service deliverables have standalone value. ASC 605-25 requires the allocation of contract (arrangement) value to each separate unit of accounting based on the relative selling price of the various separate units of accounting in the arrangement. ASC 605-25 requires a hierarchy of evidence be followed when determining if evidence of the selling price of an item exists such that the best evidence of selling price of a unit of accounting is vendor-specific objective evidence (VSOE), or the price charged when a deliverable is sold separately. When VSOE is not available to determine selling price, relevant third-party evidence (TPE) of selling price should be used, if available. Lastly, when neither VSOE nor TPE of selling price for similar deliverables exists, management must use its best estimate of selling price considering all relevant information that is available without undue cost and effort.

We generally are not able to establish VSOE as our deliverables are seldom sold separately. We have established TPE of selling price for each of our arrangement deliverables based on the price we charge for equivalent services when sold to other similar customers as well as our knowledge of market-pricing from the competitive bidding process for customer contracts offering similar services to comparably situated customers. Consequently, we allocate arrangement consideration at the inception of the arrangement using the relative selling prices of the deliverables within the contract based on TPE.

We recognize revenues for the separate elements of our contracts upon delivery of actual units of output and when all other revenue recognition criteria are met. Revenue from fee-for-service contracts generally is recognized as units of output are delivered. Revenue on fixed-price contracts generally is measured by applying a proportional performance model using output units, such as site or investigator recruitment, patient enrollment, data management, or other deliverables common to our CRS business. Performance-based output units are pre-defined in contracts and revenue is recognized based upon actual units of completion. Revenue related to changes in contract scope, which are subject to client approval, is recognized when realization is assured and amounts are fixed or determinable.

Perceptive Informatics, Inc. (“Perceptive”) Service Revenue

Service revenue is derived principally from the delivery of software solutions through our Perceptive business segment. Software solutions include ClinPhone^®RTSM, CTMS, EDC and RIM.

Within Perceptive’s Clinphone^® RTSM business, we offer selected software solutions through a hosted application delivered through a standard web-browser. We recognize revenue from application hosting services in accordance with ASC 985-605, “Revenue Recognition in the Software Industry” and ASC 605-25 as our customers do not have the right to take possession of the software. Revenue resulting from these hosting services consists of three stages: set-up (client specification and workflow), hosting and support services, and closeout reporting.

Fees charged and costs incurred in the set-up stage are deferred until the start of the hosting period and are amortized and recognized ratably over the estimated hosting period, including customary and expected extensions. Deferred costs are direct costs associated with the trial and application setup. These costs include salary and benefits associated with direct labor costs incurred during trial setup, as well as third-party subcontract fees and other contract labor costs. In the event of a contract cancellation by a client, all deferred revenue is recognized and all deferred setup costs are expensed. To the extent that termination-related fees are payable under the contract, such fees are recognized in the period of termination.

Perceptive's Medical Imaging business provides a service allowing customers to manage the image acquisitions and the analysis and quality of data obtained during a clinical trial. Service revenue is derived from executory contracts that are tailored to meet individual client requirements.  Client billing schedules and payment arrangements are prescribed under negotiated contract terms. We recognize service revenue related to our Medical Imaging business based upon a proportional performance method utilizing a unitized output method. The defined units used for revenue recognition are used to track output measures that are specific to the services being provided in the contract, and may include site survey reports, project management tasks, number of reviews completed, and image receipt and processing

Reimbursement Revenue & Investigator Fees

Reimbursement Revenue & Investigator Fees

Reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses are reflected in our Consolidated Statements of Income under “Reimbursement revenue” and “Reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses,” as we are the primary obligor for these expenses despite being reimbursed by our clients. In addition, as is customary in our industry, we routinely subcontract on behalf of our clients with independent physician investigators in connection with clinical trials. The related investigator fees are not reflected in our Service revenue, Reimbursement revenue, Reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses, or Direct costs, because these fees are reimbursed by clients on a “pass through basis,” without risk or reward to us. The amounts of these investigator fees were $421.2 million, $250.8 million, and $185.5 million for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

Business Combinations Policy

Business Combinations

We account for acquisitions as business combinations in accordance with ASC Topic 805, “Business Combinations.” We allocate the amounts that we pay for each acquisition to the assets we acquire and liabilities we assume based on their fair values at the dates of acquisition, including identifiable intangible assets. We base the fair value of identifiable intangible assets acquired in a business combination on detailed valuations that use information and assumptions determined by management and which consider management's best estimates of inputs and assumptions that a market participant would use. We allocate any excess purchase price over the fair value of the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired to goodwill.

Cash And Cash Equivalents

Cash and Cash Equivalents

We consider all highly liquid investments purchased with original maturities of 90 days or less to be cash equivalents. We had no cash equivalents balance as of June 30, 2013. As of June 30, 2012, we had $81.1 million in money-market accounts or other short-term securities that are considered to be cash equivalents.

Marketable Securities

Marketable Securities

We account for investments in debt and equity securities in accordance with ASC 320, “Investments - Debt and Equity Securities.” As of June 30, 2013, we held $130.1 million marketable securities and we had no marketable securities as of June 30, 2012.

Concentration Risk, Credit Risk, Policy [Policy Text Block]

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that subject us to credit risk primarily consist of cash and cash equivalents, marketable securities, derivative financial instrument contracts, and accounts receivable. We maintain our cash and cash equivalent balances with high-quality financial institutions and, consequently, we believe that such funds are subject to minimal credit risk. Our marketable securities primarily consist of foreign government treasury certificates. We require all investments held by us be at least AAA+ rated and government treasury certificates, thereby reducing credit risk exposure.

We have approximately ten different counterparties in our derivative contracts, which include interest rate swaps, an interest rate cap and foreign currency hedges. Each of these counterparties is in the financial services industry and is subject to the credit risks inherent to that industry. We perform ongoing credit evaluations of these counterparties.

We perform ongoing credit evaluations related to the financial condition of our clients and, generally, do not require collateral. As of June 30, 2013, two clients individually accounted for 18% and 12% of our total billed and unbilled accounts receivables. As of June 30, 2012, no single client accounted for 10% or more of our billed and unbilled accounts receivables. Two clients individually accounted for 17% and 12% of our consolidated service revenue in Fiscal Year 2013. No single client accounted for 10% or more of our consolidated service revenue in Fiscal Year 2012 or Fiscal Year 2011.

Billed Accounts Receivable, Unbilled Accounts Receivable And Deferred Revenue

Billed Accounts Receivable, Unbilled Accounts Receivable and Deferred Revenue

Billed accounts receivable represent amounts for which invoices have been sent to clients based on contract terms. Unbilled accounts receivable represent amounts recognized as revenue for which invoices have not yet been sent to clients due to contract terms. Deferred revenue represents amounts billed based on contractual provisions or payments received for which revenue has not yet been earned. We maintain a provision for losses on receivables based on historical collectability and specific identification of potential problem accounts. Uncollectible invoices are written off when collection efforts have been exhausted.

Property And Equipment

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment is stated at cost. Depreciation is provided using the straight-line method based on estimated useful lives of 3 to 8 years for computer software and hardware, and 5 years for office furniture, fixtures and equipment. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of the estimated useful lives of the improvements or the remaining lease term, which include lease extensions when reasonably assured. Repair and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred.

Development Of Software For Internal Use

Development of Software for Internal Use

PAREXEL accounts for the costs of software developed or obtained for internal use in accordance with ASC 350-40, “Internal-Use Software.” We capitalize costs of materials, consultants, payroll, and payroll-related costs for employees incurred in developing internal-use software. These costs are included in computer software in Note 6 below. Costs incurred during the preliminary project and post-implementation stages are charged to expense.

Research And Development Costs

Research and Development Costs

We incur ongoing research and development costs related to core technologies used internally as well as software and technology sold externally. Unless eligible for capitalization, these costs are expensed as incurred. Research and development expense was $23.8 million, $21.0 million, and $23.0 million in Fiscal Years 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively, and is included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of income.

Goodwill

Goodwill

PAREXEL follows the provisions of ASC 350, “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other.” Under this statement, goodwill as well as certain other intangible assets, determined to have an indefinite life, are not amortized. Instead, these assets are evaluated for impairment at least annually or more frequently if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of the reporting unit below its carrying value. For Fiscal Years 2013 and 2012, we performed the intangibles impairment testing in accordance with the guidance of Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2011-08, “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Goodwill for Impairment,” and conducted an assessment of qualitative factors. We concluded that it was not more likely than not the fair value of a reporting unit was less than its carrying amount, including goodwill as of June 30, 2013 and 2012. There was no evidence of impairment of our goodwill balances as of June 30, 2013 or 2012.

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for Fiscal Years 2013 and 2012 were as follows:

(in thousands)
Goodwill	Fiscal Year 2013			Fiscal Year 2012
Beginning Balance	$	255,455		$	262,313
Goodwill arising from LIQUENT acquisition	51,244			—
Goodwill arising from HERON acquisition	16,631			—
Effect of changes in exchange rates used for translation	(3,852		)	(6,858		)
Ending Balance	$	319,478		$	255,455

As of June 30, 2013, the carrying value of our goodwill by reportable segment was $124.6 million in CRS, $20.8 million in PCMS, and $174.1 million in Perceptive.

Long-lived Assets and Other Intangible Assets

Long-lived Assets and Other Intangible Assets

Long-lived assets, including fixed assets and intangible assets which have a definitive life, are reviewed for impairment when circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of assets might not be recoverable.

Indefinite-lived assets are reviewed annually or more frequently if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value below the carrying value of the asset. In July 2012, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU No. 2012-02, “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets for Impairment.” ASU 2012-02 amends Topic 350 to allow a company to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset is less than its carrying value. A company is not required to determine the fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible asset unless the entity determines, based on the qualitative assessment, that it is more likely than not that its fair value is less than the carrying value. ASU 2012-02 is effective for annual and interim impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2012 and early adoption is permitted. For Fiscal 2013, we adopted the guidance of ASU 2012-02, conducted an assessment of qualitative factors and concluded that it was not more likely than not that the fair value of our indefinite-lived intangible assets was less than its carrying amount. For Fiscal 2012, we performed a quantitative impairment test, which involves various analyses, including undiscounted cash flow projections and a royalty-relief methodology. In the event undiscounted cash flow projections indicate impairment, we would record an impairment based on the fair value of the assets at the date of the impairment. There was no evidence of impairment of our indefinite-lived intangible asset balances as of June 30, 2013 or 2012.

As of June 30, 2013, intangible assets consisted of the following:

(in thousands)	Weighted Average Useful Life (years)	Cost		Accumulated Amortization/ Effect of Exchange Rate Changes			Net
Intangible Asset
Customer relationships and backlog	12.1	$	112,274	$	(44,706	)	$	67,568
Technology and other intangibles	7.9	35,647		(20,582		)	15,065
Definite-life tradename	7.7	3,800		(235		)	3,565
Indefinite-life tradename *	indefinite	22,158		(4,842		)	17,316
Total intangible assets		$	173,879	$	(70,365	)	$	103,514
* The tradename acquired in the ClinPhone acquisition has an indefinite useful life.

As of June 30, 2012, intangible assets consisted of the following:

(in thousands)	Weighted Average Useful Life (years)	Cost		Accumulated Amortization/ Effect of Exchange Rate Changes			Net
Intangible Asset
Customer relationships and backlog	13.0	$	76,774	$	(35,811	)	$	40,963
Technology and other intangibles	7.0	26,330		(15,963		)	10,367
Tradename*	indefinite	22,158		(3,484		)	18,674
Total intangible assets		$	125,262	$	(55,258	)	$	70,004
* The tradename acquired in the ClinPhone acquisition has an indefinite useful life.

The changes in the carrying amounts of other intangible assets for Fiscal Years 2013 and 2012 were as follows:

(in thousands)
Other Intangible Assets	Fiscal Year 2013			Fiscal Year 2012
Beginning Balance	$	70,004		$	79,958
Intangibles assets acquired from LIQUENT acquisition	32,600			—
Intangibles assets acquired from HERON acquisition	15,500			—
Amortization	(9,999		)	(8,753		)
Effect of changes in exchange rates used for translation	(4,591		)	(1,201		)
Ending Balance	$	103,514		$	70,004

Estimated amortization expense for the next five years is as follows:

(in thousands)
FY 2014	FY 2015	FY 2016	FY 2017	FY 2018
$14,724	$13,371	$12,530	$9,991	$8,619

Income Taxes

Income Taxes

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the carrying amounts and the tax bases of assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets are recognized for the estimated future tax benefits of deductible temporary differences and tax operating loss and credit carryforwards and are presented net of valuation allowances. Valuation allowances are established in jurisdictions where it is more likely than not that the benefits of the associated deferred tax assets will not be realized. Deferred income tax expense represents the change in the net deferred tax asset and liability balances. Interest and penalties are recognized as a component of income tax expense

Foreign Currency

Foreign Currency

Assets and liabilities of PAREXEL’s international operations are translated into U.S. dollars at exchange rates that are in effect on the balance sheet date and equity accounts are translated at historical exchange rates. Income and expense items are translated at average exchange rates in effect during the year. Translation adjustments are accumulated in other comprehensive income (loss) as a separate component of stockholders’ equity in the consolidated balance sheet. Transaction gains and losses are included in miscellaneous expense, net in the consolidated statements of operations. Transaction gains (losses) were $4.1 million, $0.3 million, and $(10.4) million in Fiscal Years 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

Earnings Per Share

Earnings Per Share

Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing net income for the period by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares plus the dilutive effect of outstanding stock options. We do not have any participating securities outstanding nor do we have more than one class of common stock.

New Accounting Pronouncements, Policy

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-11, “Balance Sheet (Topic 210): Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities.” ASU 2011-11 requires a company to disclose information about offsetting and related arrangements to enable readers of its financial statements to understand the effects of those arrangements on its financial position. ASU 2011-11 is effective for fiscal years beginning after January 1, 2013. In January 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-01, “Clarifying the Scope of Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities.” ASU 2013-01 was issued to limit the scope of ASU 2011-11 to derivatives (including bifurcated embedded derivatives), repurchase and reverse repurchase arrangements, and securities borrowing and lending transactions. The disclosures are effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013 and interim periods within those annual periods. Entities should provide the disclosures required by this ASU retrospectively for all comparative periods presented. We do not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-02, “Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income.” ASU 2013-02 requires reporting and disclosure about changes in accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI) balances and reclassifications out of AOCI. ASU 2013-02 is effective prospectively for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2012 and early adoption is permitted. We do not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In March 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-05, “Parent's Accounting for the Cumulative Translation Adjustment upon Derecognition of Certain Subsidiaries or Groups of Assets within a Foreign Entity or of an Investment in a Foreign Entity.” ASU 2013-05 addresses the accounting for the cumulative translation adjustment when a parent either sells a part or all of its investment in a foreign entity or no longer holds a controlling financial interest in a subsidiary or group of assets that is a nonprofit activity or a business within a foreign entity. ASU 2013-05 is effective prospectively for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2013 and early adoption is permitted. We do not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

XML

Consolidated Statements Of Cash Flows (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2012	Jun. 30, 2011
Cash flow from operating activities:
Net income	$ 95,972	$ 63,158	$ 48,786
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation, Depletion and Amortization	73,186	66,172	65,480
Stock-based compensation	11,168	11,131	10,162
Loss (gain) on disposal of assets	(884)	1,119	289
Deferred income taxes	2,830	(9,754)	(14,462)
Asset Impairment Charges	1,071	1,150	4,245
Provision for losses on receivables, net	(346)	818	1,783
Excess Tax Benefit (Tax Deficiency) from Share-based Compensation, Operating Activities	5,624	5,256	0
Other Noncash (Income) Expense	1,005	0	0
Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effects from acquisitions:
Billed and unbilled accounts receivable	(51,292)	(20,083)	(142,051)
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	(6,751)	(1,593)	(1,719)
Other assets	(6,693)	(5,460)	(8,564)
Accounts payable	3,955	20,202	(4,786)
Deferred revenue	47,531	35,940	55,792
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities	18,659	63,303	(37,741)
Long-term income taxes payable, net of long-term income taxes receivable	(1,440)	11,958	16,169
Other liabilities	1,468	1,652	5,162
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities	183,815	234,457	(1,455)
Cash flow from investing activities:
Purchases of marketable securities	(312,403)	(53,647)	0
Proceeds from sale of marketable securities	182,800	51,529	13,058
Proceeds from Collection of Notes Receivable	659	0	0
Payments for (Proceeds from) Other Investing Activities	0	0	0
Purchases of property and equipment	(81,089)	(74,403)	(60,153)
Acquisition of businesses	(97,099)	0	0
Proceeds from Sale of Property, Plant, and Equipment	1,677	0	1,394
Net cash used in investing activities	(305,455)	(76,521)	(45,701)
Cash flow from financing activities:
Proceeds from issuance of common stock	15,271	12,120	7,686
Payments for Repurchase of Common Stock	(195,149)	0	0
Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation	5,624	5,256	0
Borrowings under lines of credit	795,000	268,000	440,000
Repayments under lines of credit	(577,500)	(293,000)	(407,500)
Proceees under factoring agreement	10,394	0	0
Payments for deferred financing costs	(1,231)	0	0
(Repayments) borrowings under long-term debt	0	(943)	(2,071)
Purchase of non-controlling interests	0	0	(1,550)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities	52,409	(8,567)	36,565
Effect of Exchange Rate on Cash and Cash Equivalents	(321)	(24,846)	4,477
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents	(69,552)	124,523	(6,114)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year	213,579	89,056	95,170
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year	144,027	213,579	89,056
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information
Interest paid	9,962	10,802	17,535
Income taxes, net of refunds	$ 37,764	$ 9,709	$ 31,947

XML

Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2013

Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of PAREXEL International Corporation, our wholly-owned and majority-owned subsidiaries. All inter-company accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

Reclassification

We reclassified $10.4 million of non-current deferred tax assets to current deferred tax assets for the period ended June 30, 2012. This change had no impact on total deferred tax assets. We also reclassified $3.2 million of deferred financing costs from other assets to long-term debt, net of current portion for the period ended June 30, 2012 as a contra-debt balance. We evaluated the quantitative and qualitative aspects of these adjustments and determined the corrections were not material. These reclassifications had no impact on our results of operations or statement of cash flow for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2012.

Use of Estimates

We prepare our financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles which require us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements. Estimates are used in accounting for, among other items, revenue recognition, allowance for credit losses on receivables, valuation of derivative instruments, periodic impairment reviews of goodwill and intangible assets, contingent consideration, income taxes, and the valuation of long-term assets. Our estimates are based on the facts and circumstances available at the time estimates are made, historical experience, risk of loss, general economic conditions, trends, and assessments of the probable future outcomes of these matters. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Estimates and assumptions are reviewed periodically, and the effects of changes, if any, are reflected in the statement of operations in the period in which they are determined.

Fair Values of Financial Instruments

The fair value of our cash and cash equivalents, marketable securities, accounts receivable, and accounts payable approximates the carrying value of these financial instruments because of the short-term nature of any maturities. The carrying value of our short-term and long-term debt approximates fair value because all of the debt bears variable rate interest. We determine the estimated fair values of other financial instruments, including equity and risk management instruments, using available market information and valuation methodologies, primarily discounted cash flow analysis or input from independent investment bankers.

Revenue Recognition

We derive revenue from the delivery of service or software solutions to clients in the worldwide pharmaceutical, biotechnology, and medical device industries. In general, we recognize revenue when all of the following conditions are satisfied: (1) there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement; (2) the service offering has been delivered to the client; (3) the collection of fees is probable; and (4) the amount of fees to be paid by the client is fixed or determinable. Revenue recognition treatment of each business segment is described below.

Clinical Research Services (“CRS”) and PAREXEL Consulting and MedCom Services (“PCMS”) Service Revenue

Service revenues in our CRS and PCMS businesses are derived principally from fee-for-service or fixed-price executory contracts, which typically involve competitive bid awards and multi-year terms. Client billing schedules and payment arrangements are prescribed under negotiated contract terms. Contract provisions do not provide for rights of return or refund, but normally include rights of cancellation with notice, in which case services delivered through the cancellation date are due and payable by the client, including certain costs to conclude the trial or study.

Our client arrangements generally involve multiple service deliverables, where bundled service deliverables are accounted for in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 605-25, “Multiple-Element Arrangements.” We determined that each of our service deliverables have standalone value. ASC 605-25 requires the allocation of contract (arrangement) value to each separate unit of accounting based on the relative selling price of the various separate units of accounting in the arrangement. ASC 605-25 requires a hierarchy of evidence be followed when determining if evidence of the selling price of an item exists such that the best evidence of selling price of a unit of accounting is vendor-specific objective evidence (VSOE), or the price charged when a deliverable is sold separately. When VSOE is not available to determine selling price, relevant third-party evidence (TPE) of selling price should be used, if available. Lastly, when neither VSOE nor TPE of selling price for similar deliverables exists, management must use its best estimate of selling price considering all relevant information that is available without undue cost and effort.

We generally are not able to establish VSOE as our deliverables are seldom sold separately. We have established TPE of selling price for each of our arrangement deliverables based on the price we charge for equivalent services when sold to other similar customers as well as our knowledge of market-pricing from the competitive bidding process for customer contracts offering similar services to comparably situated customers. Consequently, we allocate arrangement consideration at the inception of the arrangement using the relative selling prices of the deliverables within the contract based on TPE.

We recognize revenues for the separate elements of our contracts upon delivery of actual units of output and when all other revenue recognition criteria are met. Revenue from fee-for-service contracts generally is recognized as units of output are delivered. Revenue on fixed-price contracts generally is measured by applying a proportional performance model using output units, such as site or investigator recruitment, patient enrollment, data management, or other deliverables common to our CRS business. Performance-based output units are pre-defined in contracts and revenue is recognized based upon actual units of completion. Revenue related to changes in contract scope, which are subject to client approval, is recognized when realization is assured and amounts are fixed or determinable.

Perceptive Informatics, Inc. (“Perceptive”) Service Revenue

Service revenue is derived principally from the delivery of software solutions through our Perceptive business segment. Software solutions include ClinPhone^®RTSM, CTMS, EDC and RIM.

Within Perceptive’s Clinphone^® RTSM business, we offer selected software solutions through a hosted application delivered through a standard web-browser. We recognize revenue from application hosting services in accordance with ASC 985-605, “Revenue Recognition in the Software Industry” and ASC 605-25 as our customers do not have the right to take possession of the software. Revenue resulting from these hosting services consists of three stages: set-up (client specification and workflow), hosting and support services, and closeout reporting.

Fees charged and costs incurred in the set-up stage are deferred until the start of the hosting period and are amortized and recognized ratably over the estimated hosting period, including customary and expected extensions. Deferred costs are direct costs associated with the trial and application setup. These costs include salary and benefits associated with direct labor costs incurred during trial setup, as well as third-party subcontract fees and other contract labor costs. In the event of a contract cancellation by a client, all deferred revenue is recognized and all deferred setup costs are expensed. To the extent that termination-related fees are payable under the contract, such fees are recognized in the period of termination.

Perceptive's Medical Imaging business provides a service allowing customers to manage the image acquisitions and the analysis and quality of data obtained during a clinical trial. Service revenue is derived from executory contracts that are tailored to meet individual client requirements.  Client billing schedules and payment arrangements are prescribed under negotiated contract terms. We recognize service revenue related to our Medical Imaging business based upon a proportional performance method utilizing a unitized output method. The defined units used for revenue recognition are used to track output measures that are specific to the services being provided in the contract, and may include site survey reports, project management tasks, number of reviews completed, and image receipt and processing.

Reimbursement Revenue & Investigator Fees

Reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses are reflected in our Consolidated Statements of Income under “Reimbursement revenue” and “Reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses,” as we are the primary obligor for these expenses despite being reimbursed by our clients. In addition, as is customary in our industry, we routinely subcontract on behalf of our clients with independent physician investigators in connection with clinical trials. The related investigator fees are not reflected in our Service revenue, Reimbursement revenue, Reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses, or Direct costs, because these fees are reimbursed by clients on a “pass through basis,” without risk or reward to us. The amounts of these investigator fees were $421.2 million, $250.8 million, and $185.5 million for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

Business Combinations

We account for acquisitions as business combinations in accordance with ASC Topic 805, “Business Combinations.” We allocate the amounts that we pay for each acquisition to the assets we acquire and liabilities we assume based on their fair values at the dates of acquisition, including identifiable intangible assets. We base the fair value of identifiable intangible assets acquired in a business combination on detailed valuations that use information and assumptions determined by management and which consider management's best estimates of inputs and assumptions that a market participant would use. We allocate any excess purchase price over the fair value of the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired to goodwill.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

We consider all highly liquid investments purchased with original maturities of 90 days or less to be cash equivalents. We had no cash equivalents balance as of June 30, 2013. As of June 30, 2012, we had $81.1 million in money-market accounts or other short-term securities that are considered to be cash equivalents.

Marketable Securities

We account for investments in debt and equity securities in accordance with ASC 320, “Investments - Debt and Equity Securities.” As of June 30, 2013, we held $130.1 million marketable securities and we had no marketable securities as of June 30, 2012.

Marketable securities are held in foreign government treasury certificates that are actively traded and have original maturities over 90 days but less than one year. Our foreign government treasury certificates securities of $130.1 million are classified as held-to-maturity based on our intent and ability to hold the securities to maturity and are recorded at amortized cost, which is not materially different than fair value. Interest and dividends related to these securities are reported as a component of interest income in our consolidated statements of income.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that subject us to credit risk primarily consist of cash and cash equivalents, marketable securities, derivative financial instrument contracts, and accounts receivable. We maintain our cash and cash equivalent balances with high-quality financial institutions and, consequently, we believe that such funds are subject to minimal credit risk. Our marketable securities primarily consist of foreign government treasury certificates. We require all investments held by us be at least AAA+ rated and government treasury certificates, thereby reducing credit risk exposure.

We have approximately ten different counterparties in our derivative contracts, which include interest rate swaps, an interest rate cap and foreign currency hedges. Each of these counterparties is in the financial services industry and is subject to the credit risks inherent to that industry. We perform ongoing credit evaluations of these counterparties.

We perform ongoing credit evaluations related to the financial condition of our clients and, generally, do not require collateral. As of June 30, 2013, two clients individually accounted for 18% and 12% of our total billed and unbilled accounts receivables. As of June 30, 2012, no single client accounted for 10% or more of our billed and unbilled accounts receivables. Two clients individually accounted for 17% and 12% of our consolidated service revenue in Fiscal Year 2013. No single client accounted for 10% or more of our consolidated service revenue in Fiscal Year 2012 or Fiscal Year 2011.

Billed Accounts Receivable, Unbilled Accounts Receivable and Deferred Revenue

Billed accounts receivable represent amounts for which invoices have been sent to clients based on contract terms. Unbilled accounts receivable represent amounts recognized as revenue for which invoices have not yet been sent to clients due to contract terms. Deferred revenue represents amounts billed based on contractual provisions or payments received for which revenue has not yet been earned. We maintain a provision for losses on receivables based on historical collectability and specific identification of potential problem accounts. Uncollectible invoices are written off when collection efforts have been exhausted.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment is stated at cost. Depreciation is provided using the straight-line method based on estimated useful lives of 3 to 8 years for computer software and hardware, and 5 years for office furniture, fixtures and equipment. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of the estimated useful lives of the improvements or the remaining lease term, which include lease extensions when reasonably assured. Repair and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred.

Development of Software for Internal Use

PAREXEL accounts for the costs of software developed or obtained for internal use in accordance with ASC 350-40, “Internal-Use Software.” We capitalize costs of materials, consultants, payroll, and payroll-related costs for employees incurred in developing internal-use software. These costs are included in computer software in Note 6 below. Costs incurred during the preliminary project and post-implementation stages are charged to expense.

Research and Development Costs

We incur ongoing research and development costs related to core technologies used internally as well as software and technology sold externally. Unless eligible for capitalization, these costs are expensed as incurred. Research and development expense was $23.8 million, $21.0 million, and $23.0 million in Fiscal Years 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively, and is included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of income.

Goodwill

PAREXEL follows the provisions of ASC 350, “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other.” Under this statement, goodwill as well as certain other intangible assets, determined to have an indefinite life, are not amortized. Instead, these assets are evaluated for impairment at least annually or more frequently if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of the reporting unit below its carrying value. For Fiscal Years 2013 and 2012, we performed the intangibles impairment testing in accordance with the guidance of Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2011-08, “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Goodwill for Impairment,” and conducted an assessment of qualitative factors. We concluded that it was not more likely than not the fair value of a reporting unit was less than its carrying amount, including goodwill as of June 30, 2013 and 2012. There was no evidence of impairment of our goodwill balances as of June 30, 2013 or 2012.

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for Fiscal Years 2013 and 2012 were as follows:

(in thousands)
Goodwill	Fiscal Year 2013			Fiscal Year 2012
Beginning Balance	$	255,455		$	262,313
Goodwill arising from LIQUENT acquisition	51,244			—
Goodwill arising from HERON acquisition	16,631			—
Effect of changes in exchange rates used for translation	(3,852		)	(6,858		)
Ending Balance	$	319,478		$	255,455

As of June 30, 2013, the carrying value of our goodwill by reportable segment was $124.6 million in CRS, $20.8 million in PCMS, and $174.1 million in Perceptive.

Long-lived Assets and Other Intangible Assets

Long-lived assets, including fixed assets and intangible assets which have a definitive life, are reviewed for impairment when circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of assets might not be recoverable.

Indefinite-lived assets are reviewed annually or more frequently if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value below the carrying value of the asset. In July 2012, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU No. 2012-02, “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets for Impairment.” ASU 2012-02 amends Topic 350 to allow a company to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset is less than its carrying value. A company is not required to determine the fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible asset unless the entity determines, based on the qualitative assessment, that it is more likely than not that its fair value is less than the carrying value. ASU 2012-02 is effective for annual and interim impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2012 and early adoption is permitted. For Fiscal 2013, we adopted the guidance of ASU 2012-02, conducted an assessment of qualitative factors and concluded that it was not more likely than not that the fair value of our indefinite-lived intangible assets was less than its carrying amount. For Fiscal 2012, we performed a quantitative impairment test, which involves various analyses, including undiscounted cash flow projections and a royalty-relief methodology. In the event undiscounted cash flow projections indicate impairment, we would record an impairment based on the fair value of the assets at the date of the impairment. There was no evidence of impairment of our indefinite-lived intangible asset balances as of June 30, 2013 or 2012.

As of June 30, 2013, intangible assets consisted of the following:

(in thousands)	Weighted Average Useful Life (years)	Cost		Accumulated Amortization/ Effect of Exchange Rate Changes			Net
Intangible Asset
Customer relationships and backlog	12.1	$	112,274	$	(44,706	)	$	67,568
Technology and other intangibles	7.9	35,647		(20,582		)	15,065
Definite-life tradename	7.7	3,800		(235		)	3,565
Indefinite-life tradename *	indefinite	22,158		(4,842		)	17,316
Total intangible assets		$	173,879	$	(70,365	)	$	103,514
* The tradename acquired in the ClinPhone acquisition has an indefinite useful life.

As of June 30, 2012, intangible assets consisted of the following:

(in thousands)	Weighted Average Useful Life (years)	Cost		Accumulated Amortization/ Effect of Exchange Rate Changes			Net
Intangible Asset
Customer relationships and backlog	13.0	$	76,774	$	(35,811	)	$	40,963
Technology and other intangibles	7.0	26,330		(15,963		)	10,367
Tradename*	indefinite	22,158		(3,484		)	18,674
Total intangible assets		$	125,262	$	(55,258	)	$	70,004
* The tradename acquired in the ClinPhone acquisition has an indefinite useful life.

The changes in the carrying amounts of other intangible assets for Fiscal Years 2013 and 2012 were as follows:

(in thousands)
Other Intangible Assets	Fiscal Year 2013			Fiscal Year 2012
Beginning Balance	$	70,004		$	79,958
Intangibles assets acquired from LIQUENT acquisition	32,600			—
Intangibles assets acquired from HERON acquisition	15,500			—
Amortization	(9,999		)	(8,753		)
Effect of changes in exchange rates used for translation	(4,591		)	(1,201		)
Ending Balance	$	103,514		$	70,004

Estimated amortization expense for the next five years is as follows:

(in thousands)
FY 2014	FY 2015	FY 2016	FY 2017	FY 2018
$14,724	$13,371	$12,530	$9,991	$8,619

Income Taxes

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the carrying amounts and the tax bases of assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets are recognized for the estimated future tax benefits of deductible temporary differences and tax operating loss and credit carryforwards and are presented net of valuation allowances. Valuation allowances are established in jurisdictions where it is more likely than not that the benefits of the associated deferred tax assets will not be realized. Deferred income tax expense represents the change in the net deferred tax asset and liability balances. Interest and penalties are recognized as a component of income tax expense

Foreign Currency

Assets and liabilities of PAREXEL’s international operations are translated into U.S. dollars at exchange rates that are in effect on the balance sheet date and equity accounts are translated at historical exchange rates. Income and expense items are translated at average exchange rates in effect during the year. Translation adjustments are accumulated in other comprehensive income (loss) as a separate component of stockholders’ equity in the consolidated balance sheet. Transaction gains and losses are included in miscellaneous expense, net in the consolidated statements of operations. Transaction gains (losses) were $4.1 million, $0.3 million, and $(10.4) million in Fiscal Years 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

Earnings Per Share

Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing net income for the period by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares plus the dilutive effect of outstanding stock options. We do not have any participating securities outstanding nor do we have more than one class of common stock.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-11, “Balance Sheet (Topic 210): Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities.” ASU 2011-11 requires a company to disclose information about offsetting and related arrangements to enable readers of its financial statements to understand the effects of those arrangements on its financial position. ASU 2011-11 is effective for fiscal years beginning after January 1, 2013. In January 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-01, “Clarifying the Scope of Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities.” ASU 2013-01 was issued to limit the scope of ASU 2011-11 to derivatives (including bifurcated embedded derivatives), repurchase and reverse repurchase arrangements, and securities borrowing and lending transactions. The disclosures are effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013 and interim periods within those annual periods. Entities should provide the disclosures required by this ASU retrospectively for all comparative periods presented. We do not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-02, “Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income.” ASU 2013-02 requires reporting and disclosure about changes in accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI) balances and reclassifications out of AOCI. ASU 2013-02 is effective prospectively for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2012 and early adoption is permitted. We do not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In March 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-05, “Parent's Accounting for the Cumulative Translation Adjustment upon Derecognition of Certain Subsidiaries or Groups of Assets within a Foreign Entity or of an Investment in a Foreign Entity.” ASU 2013-05 addresses the accounting for the cumulative translation adjustment when a parent either sells a part or all of its investment in a foreign entity or no longer holds a controlling financial interest in a subsidiary or group of assets that is a nonprofit activity or a business within a foreign entity. ASU 2013-05 is effective prospectively for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2013 and early adoption is permitted. We do not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

XML

Billed And Unbilled Accounts Receivable

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2013

Accounts Receivable, Net [Abstract]

Billed And Unbilled Accounts Receivable

BILLED AND UNBILLED ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

Accounts receivable at June 30, 2013 and June 30, 2012 consisted of the following:

(in thousands)	2013			2012
Billed receivables	$	459,312		$	400,698
Unbilled receivables	250,586			257,967
Provision for losses on receivables	(4,524		)	(9,448		)
Total	$	705,374		$	649,217

XML

Stock And Employee Benefit Plans (Schedule Of Stock Options Outstanding) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2012
Share-based Compensation, Allocation and Classification in Financial Statements [Abstract]
Outstanding, Number of Options	3,224,897	3,758,284
Exercisable, Number of Options	1,233,942
Expected to vest, Number of Options	1,830,157
Outstanding, Weighted-Average Exercise Price	$ 23.51	$ 18.55
Exercisable, Weighted-Average Exercise Price	$ 19.67
Expected to vest, Weighted-Average Exercise Price	$ 25.69
Outstanding, Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Life In Years	5 years 5 months 23 days
Exercisable, Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Life In Years	3 years 8 months 5 days
Expected to vest, Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Life In Years	6 years 6 months 22 days
Outstanding, Aggregate Intrinsic Value	$ 72,450
Exercisable, Aggregate Intrinsic Value	32,458
Expected to vest, Aggregate Intrinsic Value	$ 37,128

XML

Acquisitions (Notes)

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2013

Business Combination [Abstract]

Business Combination Disclosure [Text Block]

ACQUISITIONS

Our condensed consolidated financial statements include the operating results of acquired entities from their respective dates of acquisition. Transaction costs totaling $1.2 million associated with the acquisitions of LIQUENT, Inc. (“LIQUENT”) and HERON Group LTD ("HERON") acquisitions for the year ended June 30, 2013 were recognized as incurred and included in selling, general and administrative expenses in our consolidated statements of income.

LIQUENT ACQUISITION

On December 21, 2012, we acquired all of the outstanding equity securities of LIQUENT, a leading global provider of Regulatory Information Management (“RIM”) solutions for total cash consideration of approximately $74.3 million. By combining LIQUENT with our Perceptive segment, we believe that we have strengthened our regulatory capabilities by adding a regulatory information technology platform and provide our clients access to comprehensive regulatory agency submission planning, viewing, tracking, publishing, and registration management throughout the entire product lifecycle of a life sciences entity. We expect the acquisition also will benefit our PCMS business, where we can leverage LIQUENT’s significant expertise in regulatory information management outsourcing.

The acquisition was initially funded through a new $100.0 million unsecured term loan agreement (the “2012 Term Loan”) with Bank of America, N.A. (defined as “Bank of America” in Note 8) (see Note 8).

The components of the consideration transferred in conjunction with the LIQUENT acquisition and the preliminary allocation of that consideration is as follows (in thousands):

Total consideration transferred:
Cash paid, net of cash acquired	$	74,349
Preliminary allocation of consideration transferred:
Accounts receivable	$	8,470
Other current and non-current assets	547
Property and equipment	1,349
Definite-lived intangible assets	32,600
Goodwill	51,244
Total assets acquired	94,210
Current liabilities	5,330
Deferred revenue, current	2,830
Deferred tax liabilities	11,701
Total liabilities assumed	19,861
Net assets acquired	$	74,349

The amounts above related to accounting for income taxes represent the preliminary fair value estimates as of June 30, 2013 and each is subject to subsequent adjustment as we obtain additional information during the measurement period and finalize our fair value estimates. We expect to complete our accounting for the LIQUENT acquisition in our fiscal quarter ending December 31, 2013.

The goodwill of $51.2 million arising from the LIQUENT acquisition largely reflects the expected synergies and expansion of our service offerings across products and markets complementary to our existing service offering and markets. The goodwill recorded is included in our Perceptive segment and is non-deductible for tax purposes.

The following are the identifiable intangible assets acquired and their respective estimated useful lives, as determined based on valuations (dollar amounts in thousands):

	Amount		Estimated Useful Life (Years)
Customer relationships	$	21,500	11
Technology	7,800		8
Trade name	2,800		8
Backlog	500		1
Total	$	32,600

HERON ACQUISITION

On April 30, 2013, we acquired all of the outstanding equity securities of HERON, a life sciences consultancy which provides evidence-based commercialization services to support biopharmaceutical companies throughout the lifecycle of their products. The net purchase price was approximately $22.8 million, plus the potential for us to pay up to an additional $14.2 million over a twenty-six month period if specific financial targets for HERON are achieved. We determined the fair value of the contingent consideration as part of the HERON acquisition based on the probability of HERON attaining the specified financial targets and assigned a fair value of $5.9 million to the liability. The acquisition was funded through use of existing cash. HERON's results of operations are included in our PCMS segment.

The components of the net purchase price in conjunction with the HERON acquisition and the preliminary allocation of that consideration is as follows (in thousands):

Total consideration:
Cash paid, net of cash acquired	$	22,750
Fair value of contingent consideration	5,934
Net purchase price	28,684
Preliminary allocation of net purchase price:
Accounts receivable	$	1,927
Other current and non-current assets	544
Property and equipment	322
Definite-lived intangible assets	15,500
Goodwill	16,631
Total assets acquired	34,924
Current liabilities	1,539
Deferred revenue, current	1,164
Deferred tax liabilities	3,537
Total liabilities assumed	6,240
Net assets acquired	$	28,684

The amounts above represent the preliminary fair value estimates as of June 30, 2013 and each is subject to subsequent adjustment as we obtain additional information during the measurement period to finalize our fair value estimates for assets acquired, liabilities assumed, and our accounting for income taxes. We expect to complete our accounting for the HERON acquisition in our fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2014.

The goodwill of $16.6 million arising from the HERON acquisition largely reflects the expected synergies and expansion of our service offerings across products and markets complementary to our existing service offering and markets. The goodwill recorded is included in our PCMS segment and is non-deductible for tax purposes.

The following are the preliminary identifiable intangible assets acquired and their respective estimated useful lives, as determined based on preliminary valuations (dollar amounts in thousands):

	Amount		Estimated Useful Life (Years)
Customer relationships	$	12,600	10
Technology	1,000		5
Trade name	1,000		7
Backlog	900		1
Total	$	15,500

XML

Segment Information (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2013

Segment Reporting [Abstract]

Service Revenue And Gross Profit On Service Revenue Of Reportable Segment

(in thousands)	CRS		PCMS		PERCEPTIVE		TOTAL
Service revenue:
2013	$	1,303,569	$	202,524	$	228,349	$	1,734,442
2012	1,038,705		167,125		190,678		1,396,508
2011	922,827		129,728		159,544		1,212,099
Gross profit on service revenue:
2013	$	347,056	$	81,570	$	98,280	$	526,906
2012	279,166		69,565		75,948		424,679
2011	294,200		52,049		68,066		414,315

XML

Derivatives (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2013

Derivative [Line Items]

Schedule of Notional Amounts and Fair Values of Derivatives [Table Text Block]

(in thousands)	June 30, 2013					June 30, 2012
	Notional Amount		Asset (Liability)			Notional Amount		Asset (Liability)
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815
Derivatives in an asset position:
Interest rate contracts	$	125,000	$	3,269		$	50,000	$	2
Foreign exchange contracts	20,245		333			—		—
Cross-currency swap contracts	27,312		1,032			—		—
Derivatives in a liability position:
Interest rate contracts	100,000		(2,208		)	100,000		(2,417		)
Foreign exchange contracts	129,254		(3,889		)	—		—
Cross-currency swap contracts	—		—			25,106		(2,697		)
Total designated derivatives	$	401,811	$	(1,463	)	$	175,106	$	(5,112	)
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815
Derivatives in an asset position:
Foreign exchange contracts	$	20,756	$	91		$	—	$	—
Derivatives in a liability position:
Foreign exchange contracts	42,800		(992		)	100,815		(213		)
Cross-currency interest rate swap contracts	44,580		(1,910		)	43,405		(4,544		)
Total non-designated derivatives	$	108,136	$	(2,811	)	$	144,220	$	(4,757	)
Total derivatives	$	509,947	$	(4,274	)	$	319,326	$	(9,869	)

Schedule Of Change In Fair Value Derivatives Designated As Hedging Instruments

	Years Ended
(in thousands)	June 30, 2013			June 30, 2012
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815
Interest rate contracts, net of taxes	$	2,818		$	(964	)
Foreign exchange contracts, net of taxes	(2,129		)	—
Cross-currency swap contracts, net of taxes	(65		)	(696		)
Total designated derivative unrealized gain (loss), net	$	624		$	(1,660	)

Schedule Of Change In Fair Value Derivatives Not Designated As Hedging Instruments

	Years Ended
(in thousands)	June 30, 2013			June 30, 2012
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815
Cross-currency interest rate swap contracts	$	2,634		$	(4,963	)
Foreign exchange contracts	(688		)	(1,339		)
Total non-designated derivative unrealized gain (loss), net	$	1,946		$	(6,302	)

XML

Earnings Per Share (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2013

Earnings Per Share [Abstract]

Schedule Of Basic And Diluted Earnings Per Share

	Years ended June 30,
(in thousands, except per share data)	2013		2012		2011
Net income attributable to common shares	$	95,972	$	63,158	$	48,786
Weighted average number of shares outstanding, used in computing basic earnings per share	58,388		59,464		58,634
Dilutive common stock equivalents	1,059		962		1,240
Weighted average shares used in computing diluted earnings per share	59,447		60,426		59,874
Basic earnings per share	$	1.64	$	1.06	$	0.83
Diluted earnings per share	$	1.61	$	1.05	$	0.81
Anti-dilutive options (excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share)	503		2,231		1,478

XML

Stock And Employee Benefit Plans (Schedule Of Information Related To Stock Option Activity) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2012	Jun. 30, 2011
Share-based Compensation, Allocation and Classification in Financial Statements [Abstract]
Weighted-average fair value of options granted per share	$ 16.20	$ 10.07	$ 10.81
Intrinsic value of options exercised	$ 24,872	$ 11,170	$ 5,246

XML

Fair Value Measurements Fair Value, Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2013

Fair Value, Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis, Unobservable Input Reconciliation [Line Items]

Fair Value, Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis, Unobservable Input Reconciliation [Table Text Block]

(in thousands)	Fair Value
Balance at June 30, 2012	$	—
Contingent consideration from the HERON acquisition	5,934
Balance at June 30, 2013	$	5,934

XML

Stock And Employee Benefit Plans (Schedule Of Recognized Stock-Based Compensation Expense) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2012	Jun. 30, 2011
Total stock-based compensation	$ 11,168	$ 11,131	$ 10,162
Direct Costs Related [Member]
Total stock-based compensation	1,918	1,815	1,582
Selling, General And Administrative Related [Member]
Total stock-based compensation	$ 9,250	$ 9,316	$ 8,580

XML

Property And Equipment (Schedule Of Property And Equipment) (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2012	Jun. 30, 2011
Property, Plant and Equipment [Abstract]
Computer software	$ 282,681,000	$ 235,922,000
Computer and office equipment	94,932,000	84,831,000
Leasehold improvements	87,982,000	85,928,000
Medical equipment	16,337,000	18,122,000
Furniture and fixtures	26,370,000	26,066,000
Buildings	31,000	3,585,000
Office equipment & other assets	19,193,000	17,496,000
Total	527,526,000	471,950,000
Less: accumulated depreciation	(303,301,000)	(264,172,000)
Total	224,225,000	207,778,000
Retired fully- depreciated assets	13,000,000	35,800,000	900,000
Asset Impairment Charges	1,100,000	300,000	4,300,000
Impairment loss due to change in fair value of property		1,200,000
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets Held-for-use		$ 3,100,000

XML

Acquisitions Acquired Intangible Assets (Details) (USD $)		12 Months Ended		12 Months Ended		12 Months Ended		12 Months Ended		12 Months Ended		12 Months Ended		12 Months Ended		12 Months Ended
	May 01, 2013 Heron Acquisition [Member]	Jun. 30, 2013 Customer Relationships [Member] Liquent Acquisition [Member]	Dec. 21, 2012 Customer Relationships [Member] Liquent Acquisition [Member]	Jun. 30, 2013 Customer Relationships [Member] Heron Acquisition [Member]	May 01, 2013 Customer Relationships [Member] Heron Acquisition [Member]	Jun. 30, 2013 Technology & Other Intangibles [Member] Liquent Acquisition [Member]	Dec. 21, 2012 Technology & Other Intangibles [Member] Liquent Acquisition [Member]	Jun. 30, 2013 Technology & Other Intangibles [Member] Heron Acquisition [Member]	May 01, 2013 Technology & Other Intangibles [Member] Heron Acquisition [Member]	Jun. 30, 2013 Trade Names [Member] Liquent Acquisition [Member]	Dec. 21, 2012 Trade Names [Member] Liquent Acquisition [Member]	Jun. 30, 2013 Trade Names [Member] Heron Acquisition [Member]	May 01, 2013 Trade Names [Member] Heron Acquisition [Member]	Jun. 30, 2013 Order or Production Backlog [Member] Liquent Acquisition [Member]	Dec. 21, 2012 Order or Production Backlog [Member] Liquent Acquisition [Member]	Jun. 30, 2013 Order or Production Backlog [Member] Heron Acquisition [Member]	May 01, 2013 Order or Production Backlog [Member] Heron Acquisition [Member]	Dec. 21, 2012 Assets, Total [Member] Liquent Acquisition [Member]	May 01, 2013 Assets, Total [Member] Heron Acquisition [Member]
Acquired Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Business Acquisition, Contingent Consideration, Potential Cash Payment	$ 14,200,000
Acquired Finite-lived Intangible Asset, Amount			21,500,000		12,600,000		7,800,000		1,000,000		2,800,000		1,000,000		500,000		900,000
Business Acquisition, Purchase Price Allocation, Amortizable Intangible Assets																		$ 32,600,000	$ 15,500,000
Acquired Finite-lived Intangible Assets, Weighted Average Useful Life		11 years		10 years		8 years		5 years		8 years		7 years		1 year		1 year

XML

Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies (Intangible Assets) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2012
Cost	$ 173,879	$ 125,262
Accumulated Amortization/Effect of Exchange Rate Changes	(70,365)	(55,258)
Net	103,514	70,004
Customer Relationships & Backlog [Member]
Weighted Average Useful Life (years)	12 years 1 month 6 days	13 years
Cost	112,274	76,774
Accumulated Amortization/Effect of Exchange Rate Changes	(44,706)	(35,811)
Net	67,568	40,963
Technology & Other Intangibles [Member]
Weighted Average Useful Life (years)	7 years 10 months 24 days	7 years
Cost	35,647	26,330
Accumulated Amortization/Effect of Exchange Rate Changes	(20,582)	(15,963)
Net	15,065	10,367
Trade Names [Member]
Weighted Average Useful Life (years)	7 years 8 months 12 days
Cost	3,800	22,158
Accumulated Amortization/Effect of Exchange Rate Changes	(235)	(3,484)
Net	3,565	18,674
Trade Names [Member]
Cost	22,158
Accumulated Amortization/Effect of Exchange Rate Changes	(4,842)
Net	$ 17,316

XML

Consolidated Balance Sheets (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2012
ASSETS
Cash and Cash Equivalents, at Carrying Value	$ 144,027	$ 213,579
Marketable securities	130,137	0
Accounts Receivable, Net, Current	705,374	649,217
Prepaid Expense, Current	19,358	20,657
Deferred tax assets	44,236	37,159
Income taxes receivable	4,071	0
Other current assets	30,254	22,352
Total current assets	1,077,457	942,964
Property, Plant and Equipment, Net	224,225	207,778
Goodwill	319,478	255,455
Intangible Assets, Net (Excluding Goodwill)	103,514	70,004
Non-current deferred tax assets	8,556	13,885
Long-term income taxes receivable	11,153	15,585
Other assets	35,241	26,485
Total assets	1,779,624	1,532,156
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Notes payable and current portion of long-term debt	20,399	5,003
Accounts payable	54,232	50,783
Deferred revenue	378,950	331,488
Accrued expenses	41,200	41,008
Accrued restructuring charges, current portion	1,011	3,772
Accrued employee benefits and withholdings	149,290	120,368
Current deferred tax liabilities	16,512	14,998
Income taxes payable	0	3,644
Other current liabilities	12,634	12,310
Total current liabilities	674,228	583,374
Long-term Debt, Excluding Current Maturities	424,074	211,784
Non-current deferred tax liabilities	35,443	24,678
Long-term accrued restructuring charges, less current portion	1,548	4,002
Long-term income tax liabilities	45,183	50,008
Long-term deferred revenue	29,386	28,226
Other liabilities	30,816	20,409
Total liabilities	1,240,678	922,481
Stockholders' equity:
Preferred stock - $.01 par value; shares authorized: 5,000,000; Series A junior participating preferred stock - 50,000 shares designated, none issued and outstanding	0	0
Common stock-$.01 par value; shares authorized: 150,000,000 and 75,000,000; shares issued and outstanding: 56,310,582 and 60,147,007 at June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively	563	601
Additional Paid in Capital	113,771	279,535
Retained Earnings (Accumulated Deficit)	454,650	358,678
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)	(30,038)	(29,139)
Total stockholders' equity	538,946	609,675
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity	$ 1,779,624	$ 1,532,156

XML

Credit Arrangements

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2013

Line of Credit Facility [Abstract]

Credit Arrangements

CREDIT ARRANGEMENTS

2013 Credit Agreement

On March 22, 2013, we, certain of our subsidiaries, Bank of America, N.A. (“Bank of America”), as Administrative Agent, Swingline Lender and L/C Issuer, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated (“MLPFS”), J.P. Morgan Securities LLC (“JPM Securities”), HSBC Bank USA, National Association (“HSBC”) and U.S. Bank, National Association (“US Bank”), as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Book Managers, JPMorgan Chase Bank N.A. (“JPMorgan”), HSBC and US Bank, as Joint Syndication Agents, and the other lenders party thereto entered into an amended and restated agreement (the “2013 Credit Agreement”) providing for a five-year term loan of $200 million and a revolving credit facility in the amount of up to $300 million, plus additional amounts of up to $200 million of loans to be made available upon our request subject to specified terms and conditions. A portion of the revolving credit facility is available for swingline loans of up to a sublimit of $75 million and for the issuance of standby letters of credit of up to a sublimit of $10 million.

On March 22, 2013, we drew down $107.5 million under the 2013 Credit Agreement resulting in total outstanding borrowings of $400.0 million . We used the proceeds of the borrowing (i) to repay outstanding amounts under our existing four short-term credit facilities with each of Bank of America, HSBC, TD Bank, N.A. and US Bank (collectively, the “Short Term Credit Facilities”), (ii) for stock repurchases and (iii) for other general corporate purposes.

Our obligations under the 2013 Credit Agreement are guaranteed by certain of our material domestic subsidiaries, and the obligations, if any, of any of our foreign designated borrower are guaranteed by us and certain of our material domestic subsidiaries.

Borrowings (other than swingline loans) under the 2013 Credit Agreement bear interest, at our determination, at a rate based on either (a) LIBOR plus a margin (not to exceed a per annum rate of 1.750%) based on a ratio of consolidated funded debt to consolidated earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) (the “Leverage Ratio”) or (b) the highest of (i) prime, (ii) the federal funds rate plus 0.50%, and (iii) the one month LIBOR rate plus 1.00% (such highest rate, the “Alternate Base Rate”), plus a margin (not to exceed a per annum rate of 0.750%) based on the Leverage Ratio. Swingline loans in U.S. dollars bear interest calculated at the Alternate Base Rate plus a margin (not to exceed a per annum rate of 0.750%).

Loans outstanding under the 2013 Credit Agreement may be prepaid at any time in whole or in part without premium or penalty, other than customary breakage costs, if any, subject to the terms and conditions contained in the 2013 Credit Agreement. The 2013 Credit Agreement terminates and any outstanding loans under it mature on March 22, 2018 (the “Maturity Date”).

Repayment of the principal borrowed under the revolving credit facility (other than a swingline loan) is due on the Maturity Date. Repayment of principal borrowed under the term loan facility is as follows, with the final payment of all amounts outstanding, plus accrued interest, being due on the Maturity Date:

• 1.25% by quarterly term loan amortization payments to be made commencing in June 2013 and made prior to June 30, 2015;

• 2.50% by quarterly term loan amortization payments to be made on or after June 30, 2015, but prior to June 30, 2016;

• 5.00% by quarterly term loan amortization payments to be made on or after June 30, 2016, but prior to June 30, 2017;

• 7.50% by quarterly term loan amortization payment to be made on or after June 30, 2017, but prior to the Maturity Date; and

• 37.50% on the Maturity Date

Our obligations under the 2013 Credit Agreement may be accelerated upon the occurrence of an event of default, which includes customary events of default, including payment defaults, defaults in the performance of affirmative and negative covenants, the inaccuracy of representations or warranties, bankruptcy and insolvency related defaults, cross defaults to material indebtedness, defaults relating to such matters as ERISA and judgments, and a change of control default.

The 2013 Credit Agreement contains negative covenants applicable to us and our subsidiaries, including financial covenants requiring us to comply with maximum leverage ratios and minimum interest coverage ratios, as well as restrictions on liens, investments, indebtedness, fundamental changes, acquisitions, dispositions of property, making specified restricted payments (including stock repurchases exceeding an agreed to percentage of consolidated net income), and transactions with affiliates. As of June 30, 2013, we were in compliance with all covenants under the 2013 Credit Agreement.

In connection with the 2013 Credit Agreement, we agreed to pay a commitment fee on the revolving loan commitment calculated as a percentage of the unused amount of the revolving loan commitment at a per annum rate of up to 0.350% (based on the Leverage Ratio). To the extent there are letters of credit outstanding under the 2013 Credit Agreement, we will pay letter of credit fees plus a fronting fee and additional charges. We also paid various customary fees to secure this arrangement, which are being amortized using the effective interest method over the life of the debt.

As of June 30, 2013, we had $240 million of principal borrowed under the revolving credit facility and $197.5 million of

principal under the term loan. The outstanding amounts are presented net of debt issuance cost of approximately $3.4 million in our consolidated balance sheets. We have borrowing availability of $60 million under the revolving credit facility.

In September 2011, we entered into an interest rate swap agreement and an interest rate cap agreement. Prior to the execution of the 2013 Credit Agreement, the interest rate swap and cap agreements hedged principal under our 2011 Credit Agreement, as discussed below. The interest rate swap and cap agreements now hedge a portion of the principal under our 2013 Credit Agreement. Specifically, principal in the amount of $100.0 million under our 2013 Credit Agreement has been hedged with the interest rate swap agreement and carries a fixed interest rate of 1.30% plus an applicable margin. Principal in the amount of $25.0 million has been hedged with the interest rate cap arrangement with an interest rate cap of 2.00% plus an applicable margin. In May 2013, we entered into another interest rate swap agreement and hedged an additional principal amount of $100.0 million under our 2013 Credit Agreement with a fixed interest rate of 0.73% plus an applicable margin. As of June 30, 2013, our debt under the 2013 Credit Agreement, including the $200.0 million of principal hedged with both interest swap agreements, carried an average annualized interest rate of 1.87%. These interest rate hedges were deemed to be fully effective in accordance with ASC 815, “Derivatives and Hedging,” and, as such, unrealized gains and losses related to these derivatives are recorded as other comprehensive income.

2012 Term Loan and Facilities

On December 20, 2012, we entered into a new $100.0 million unsecured term loan agreement (the “2012 Term Loan”) with Bank of America, which was initially guaranteed by certain of our subsidiaries, but which guarantees were released in connection with the partial prepayment of the 2012 Term Loan in January 2013. The 2012 Term Loan was used to fund our acquisition of LIQUENT (see Note 3).

The 2012 Term Loan consisted of a term loan facility for $100.0 million, the full amount of which was advanced to us on December 21, 2012 and was scheduled to mature on June 30, 2013. Borrowings made under the 2012 Term Loan bore interest, at our option, at a base rate plus a margin (such margin not to exceed a per annum rate of 0.75%) based on a ratio of consolidated funded debt to EBITDA for the preceding twelve months (the “2012 Term Loan Leverage Ratio”), or at a LIBOR rate plus a margin (such margin not to exceed a per annum rate of 1.75%) based on the 2012 Term Loan Leverage Ratio. As of June 30, 2013, all outstanding amounts under the 2012 Term Loan were fully repaid with the proceeds from the 2013 Credit Agreement.

On January 22, 2013, we entered into additional short term unsecured term loan agreements with each of HSBC, TD Bank, N.A., and US Bank, each in the amount of $25.0 million (collectively, the “2013 Facilities”). The key terms of the 2013 Facilities were substantially the same as the 2012 Term Loan, including the loan maturities on June 30, 2013, except that there were no guaranties provided by any of our subsidiaries. The $75.0 million aggregate proceeds of the 2013 Facilities were used to partially pay down balances owed under the 2012 Term Loan, and in connection with such payment, Bank of America released our subsidiaries from their guaranty obligations under the 2012 Term Loan.

As of June 30, 2013, all outstanding amounts under the 2013 Facilities were fully repaid with the proceeds from the 2013 Credit Agreement.

2011 Credit Agreement

On June 30, 2011, we entered into the 2011 Credit Agreement providing for a five-year term loan of $100 million and a five-year revolving credit facility in the principal amount of up to $300 million. The borrowings all carried a variable interest rate based on LIBOR, prime, or a similar index, plus a margin (such margin not to exceed a per annum rate of 1.75%).

On March 22, 2013, the 2011 Credit Agreement was amended and restated in its entirety by the 2013 Credit Agreement. All amounts outstanding under the 2011 Credit Agreement immediately prior to the execution of the 2013 Credit Agreement were deemed to be outstanding under the terms and conditions of the 2013 Credit Agreement.

As discussed above, in September 2011, we entered into an interest rate swap and an interest rate cap agreement. Prior to the execution of the 2013 Credit Agreement, principal in the amount of $100.0 million under the 2011 Credit Agreement had been hedged with an interest rate swap agreement and carried a fixed interest rate of 1.30% plus an applicable margin. Principal in the amount of $25.0 million had been hedged with an interest rate cap arrangement with an interest rate cap of 2.00% plus an applicable margin. As of June 30, 2013, the interest rate swap and cap agreements hedge a portion of the outstanding principal under our 2013 Credit Agreement.

During the year ended June 30, 2013, we made principal payments of $2.5 million on the term loan under the 2011 Credit Agreement.

2010 Credit Facility

In September 2010, we entered into three short-term credit facilities for an aggregate of $75.0 million (the “2010 Credit Facility”). In December 2010, we amended the 2010 Credit Facility to extend the expiration date to June 30, 2011. These amounts were fully repaid with the proceeds from the 2011 Credit Agreement.

Additional Lines of Credit

We have an unsecured line of credit with JP Morgan UK in the amount of $4.5 million that bears interest at an annual rate ranging between 2.00% and 4.00%. We entered into this line of credit to facilitate business transactions. At June 30, 2013, we had $4.5 million available under this line of credit.

We have a cash pool facility with RBS Nederland, NV in the amount of 5.0 million Euros that bears interest at an annual rate ranging between 2.00% and 4.00%. We entered into this line of credit to facilitate business transactions. At June 30, 2013, we had 5.0 million Euros available under this line of credit.

We have a cash pooling arrangement with RBS Nederland, NV. Pooling occurs when debit balances are offset against credit balances and the overall net position is used as a basis by the bank for calculating the overall pool interest amount. Each legal entity owned by us and party to this arrangement remains the owner of either a credit (deposit) or a debit (overdraft) balance. Therefore, interest income is earned by legal entities with credit balances, while interest expense is charged to legal entities with debit balances. Based on the pool’s aggregate balance, the bank then (1) recalculates the overall interest to be charged or earned, (2) compares this amount with the sum of previously charged/earned interest amounts per account and (3) additionally pays/charges the difference. The gross overdraft balance related to this pooling arrangement was $40.8 million and $63.4 million at June 30, 2013 and June 30, 2012, respectively, and was included in cash and cash equivalents.

Receivable Purchase Agreement

On February 19, 2013, we entered into a receivables purchase agreement (the “Receivable Agreement”) with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (“JPMorgan”). Under the Receivable Agreement, we sell to JPMorgan or other investors on an ongoing basis certain of our trade receivables, together with ancillary rights and the proceeds thereof, which arise under contracts with a client, or its subsidiaries or affiliates. The Receivable Agreement includes customary representations and covenants on behalf of us, and may be terminated by either us or JPMorgan upon five business days advance notice. We account for the transfer of our receivables in which we have satisfied the applicable revenue recognition criteria in accordance with ASC 860, “Transfers and Servicing.” If we have not satisfied the applicable revenue recognition criteria for the underlying sales transaction, the transfer of the receivable is accounted for as a financing activity in accordance with ASC 470, “Debt.” In the fourth quarter of 2013, we began selling our trade receivables to JP Morgan. We transferred approximately $36.5 million of trade receivables during the three months ended June 30, 2013. Approximately $10.3 million and $26.2 million of the total transfers were treated as a sale of receivables and financing activity, respectively. As of June 30, 2013, approximately $10.4 million of the $26.2 million of total transfers treated as a financing activity remained outstanding and such amount is classified as debt on our consolidated balance sheets.

Note Purchase Agreement

On July 25, 2013, we issued $100.0 million principal amount of 3.11% senior notes due July 25, 2020 (the “Notes”) for aggregate gross proceeds of $100.0 million in a private placement solely to accredited investors. The Notes were issued pursuant to a Note Purchase Agreement entered into by us with certain institutional investors on June 25, 2013 (the “Note Purchase Agreement”). Proceeds from the Notes were used to pay down $100.0 million of principal borrowed under the revolving credit facility of the 2013 Credit Agreement. We will pay interest on the outstanding balance of the Notes at a rate of 3.11% per annum, payable semi-annually on January 25 and July 25 of each year until the principal on the Notes shall have become due and payable. We may, at our option, upon notice and subject to the terms of the Note Purchase Agreement, prepay at any time all or part of the Notes in an amount not less than 10% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, plus a Make-Whole Amount (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement). The Notes become due and payable on July 25, 2020, unless payment is required to be made earlier under the terms of the Note Purchase Agreement.

The Note Purchase Agreement includes operational and financial covenants, with which we are required to comply, including, among others, maintenance of certain financial ratios and restrictions on additional indebtedness, liens and dispositions.

In connection with the Note Purchase Agreement, certain subsidiaries of ours entered into a Subsidiary Guaranty, pursuant to which such subsidiaries guaranteed our obligations under the Notes and the Note Purchase Agreement.

In April and May 2013, we entered into three treasury lock agreements each with a notional amount of $25.0 million in connection with the planned issuance of our Notes that were issued in July 2013.  The three treasury locks were used to minimize our interest rate exposure prior to locking in the fixed interest rate on our Notes.  The treasury locks matured in May 2013 when the interest rate on our Notes was fixed. The treasury locks were deemed to be fully effective in accordance with ASC 815, and as such, the unrealized gains related to these derivatives are recorded as other comprehensive income and will be amortized over the life of the Notes.

XML

Consolidated Statements Of Stockholders' Equity (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended		12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2012	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2012	Jun. 30, 2011	Jun. 30, 2010
Shares issued under stock option/employee stock purchase plans, shares			1,470,000	1,143,000	570,000
Shares issued under stock option/employee stock purchase plans, value			$ 15,271	$ 12,120	$ 7,686
Stock-based compensation			11,168	11,131	10,162
Employee Service Share-based Compensation, Tax Benefit Realized from Exercise of Stock Options			5,400
Stock Repurchased During Period, Shares			(5,306,000)
Stock Repurchased and Retired During Period, Value			(197,641)
Purchase of non-controlling interests				5,256
Unrealized gain (loss) on derivative instruments, net of taxes			624	(1,660)	7,156
Foreign currency translation adjustment			(1,523)	(46,334)	53,133
Net income	30,041	17,788	95,972	63,158	48,786
Balance, shares	56,310,582	60,147,007	56,310,582	60,147,007
Balance, value	538,946	609,675	538,946	609,675	566,004	439,555
Common Stock [Member]
Shares issued under stock option/employee stock purchase plans, value			15	17	6
Stock Repurchased and Retired During Period, Value			(53)
Balance, shares	56,311,000	60,147,000	56,311,000	60,147,000	59,004,000	58,434,000
Balance, value	563	601	563	601	584	578
Additional Paid-In Capital [Member]
Shares issued under stock option/employee stock purchase plans, value			15,256	12,103	7,680
Stock Repurchased and Retired During Period, Value			(197,588)
Balance, value	113,771	279,535	113,771	279,535	251,045	233,677
Retained Earnings [Member]
Balance, value	454,650	358,678	454,650	358,678	295,520	246,734
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) [Member]
Balance, value	$ (30,038)	$ (29,139)	$ (30,038)	$ (29,139)	$ 18,855	$ (41,434)

XML

Credit Arrangements - 2013 Credit Agreement (Details) (USD $)	3 Months Ended	12 Months Ended																1 Months Ended		12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2012	Jun. 30, 2013	May 31, 2013	Mar. 22, 2013	Jun. 30, 2013 Term Loan [Member]	Mar. 22, 2013 Term Loan [Member]	Jun. 30, 2011 Term Loan [Member]	Jun. 30, 2013 Revolving Credit Facility [Member]	Mar. 22, 2013 Revolving Credit Facility [Member]	Jun. 30, 2011 Revolving Credit Facility [Member]	Mar. 22, 2013 Swingline Loan [Member]	Jun. 30, 2013 2013 Credit Agreement [Member]	Mar. 22, 2013 2013 Credit Agreement LIBOR [Member]	Mar. 22, 2013 2013 Credit Agreement Federal Funds Rate [Member]	Mar. 22, 2013 2013 Credit Agreement One Month LIBOR [Member]	Mar. 22, 2013 2013 Credit Agreement One Month LIBOR Margin [Member]	Mar. 22, 2013 2013 Credit Agreement Swingline [Member]	May 31, 2013 Interest Rate Swap [Member]	Sep. 30, 2011 Interest Rate Swap [Member]	Jun. 30, 2013 Interest Rate Swap [Member]	Jun. 30, 2013 Interest Rate Cap [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Long-term Debt		$ 447,899,000				$ 200,000,000	$ 100,000,000
Line of Credit Facility, Current Borrowing Capacity									300,000,000	300,000,000	75,000,000
Line of Credit Facility, Additional Borrowing Capacity									200,000,000
Letters of Credit Outstanding, Amount									10,000,000
Proceeds from Issuance of Long-term Debt	107,500,000
Long-term Debt, Gross				400,000,000	197,500,000
Debt Instrument, Basis Spread on Variable Rate													1.75%	0.50%	1.00%	0.75%	0.75%
Term Loan, Quarterly Principal Payment Percentage,year one and two				1.25%
Term Loan, Quarterly Principal Payment Percentage,year three				2.50%
Term Loan, Quarterly Principal Payment Percentage,year four				5.00%
Term Loan, Quarterly Principal Payment Percentage,year five				7.50%
Term Loan, Quarterly Principal Payment Percentage,maturity date				37.50%
Commitment fee on revolving loan unused amount, percentage		0.35%
Line of credit facility amount outstanding								240,000,000
Deferred Finance Costs, Net		3,400,000
Remaining borrowing capacity available								60,000,000
Principal amount of debt hedged with an interest rate swap agreement																		100,000,000	100,000,000	100,000,000	25,000,000
Derivative Interest Rate Cap Arrangement		2.00%
Derivative, Fixed Interest Rate		1.30%	0.73%
Notional Amount of Interest Rate Derivatives		$ 200,000,000
Debt, Weighted Average Interest Rate												1.87%

XML

Consolidated Statements Of Income and Comprehensive Income (USD $) In Thousands, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2012	Jun. 30, 2011
Income Statement [Abstract]
Sales Revenue, Services, Net	$ 1,734,442	$ 1,396,508	$ 1,212,099
Reimbursement revenue	261,524	221,726	210,326
Total revenue	1,995,966	1,618,234	1,422,425
Costs and expenses:
Direct Operating Costs	1,207,536	971,829	797,784
Cost of Reimbursable Expense	261,524	221,726	210,326
Selling, General and Administrative Expense	318,806	263,462	259,099
Depreciation	63,187	57,419	55,549
Amortization	9,999	8,753	9,931
Restructuring charge (benefit)	(1,209)	6,243	8,106
Total costs and expenses	1,859,843	1,529,432	1,340,795
Income from operations	136,123	88,802	81,630
Interest income	3,829	5,381	5,167
Interest expense	(11,067)	(12,384)	(17,010)
Miscellaneous expense, net	4,265	(2,093)	(11,153)
Total other expense, net	(2,973)	(9,096)	(22,996)
Income before provision for income taxes	133,150	79,706	58,634
Provision for income taxes	37,178	16,548	9,848
Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Parent	95,972	63,158	48,786
Weighted average shares:
Basic	58,388	59,464	58,634
Diluted	59,447	60,426	59,874
Earnings per share:
Basic	$ 1.64	$ 1.06	$ 0.83
Diluted	$ 1.61	$ 1.05	$ 0.81
Comprehensive Income
Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Parent	95,972	63,158	48,786
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), Unrealized Gain (Loss) on Derivatives Arising During Period, Net of Tax	624	(1,660)	7,156
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), Foreign Currency Transaction and Translation Adjustment, Net of Tax	(1,523)	(46,334)	53,133
Comprehensive Income (Loss), Net of Tax, Attributable to Parent	$ 95,073	$ 15,164	$ 109,075

XML

Derivatives (Schedule Of Notional Amounts And Fair Values Of Derivatives) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2012
Notional Amount	$ 509,947	$ 319,326
Asset (Liability)	(4,274)	(9,869)
Derivatives Not Designated As Hedging Instruments [Member]
Notional Amount	108,136	144,220
Asset (Liability)	(2,811)	(4,757)
Derivatives Designated As Hedging Instruments [Member]
Notional Amount	401,811	175,106
Asset (Liability)	(1,463)	(5,112)
Interest Rate Contract [Member] | Derivatives Designated As Hedging Instruments [Member]
Notional Amount	125,000	50,000
Derivative Asset, Fair Value, Gross Asset	3,269	2
Cross Currency Interest Rate Contract [Member] | Derivatives Not Designated As Hedging Instruments [Member]
Derivative Liability, Notional Amount	44,580	43,405
Derivative Liability, Fair Value, Gross Liability	(1,910)	(4,544)
Interest Rate Contract [Member] | Derivatives Not Designated As Hedging Instruments [Member]
Derivative Asset, Fair Value, Gross Asset		0
Interest Rate Contract [Member] | Derivatives Designated As Hedging Instruments [Member]
Derivative Asset, Fair Value, Gross Asset		0
Derivative Liability, Notional Amount	100,000	100,000
Derivative Liability, Fair Value, Gross Liability	(2,208)	(2,417)
Foreign Exchange Contract [Member] | Derivatives Not Designated As Hedging Instruments [Member]
Derivative Asset, Notional Amount	20,756	0
Derivative Asset, Fair Value, Gross Asset	91
Derivative Liability, Notional Amount	42,800	100,815
Derivative Liability, Fair Value, Gross Liability	(992)	(213)
Foreign Exchange Contract [Member] | Derivatives Designated As Hedging Instruments [Member]
Derivative Asset, Notional Amount	20,245	0
Derivative Asset, Fair Value, Gross Asset	333
Derivative Liability, Notional Amount	129,254	0
Derivative Liability, Fair Value, Gross Liability	(3,889)	0
Cross Currency Swap Contracts [Member] | Derivatives Designated As Hedging Instruments [Member]
Derivative Asset, Notional Amount	27,312	0
Derivative Asset, Fair Value, Gross Asset	1,032	0
Derivative Liability, Notional Amount	0	25,106
Derivative Liability, Fair Value, Gross Liability	$ 0	$ (2,697)

XML

Income Taxes (Domestic And Foreign Income (Loss) Before Income Taxes) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2012	Jun. 30, 2011
Income Tax Expense (Benefit) [Abstract]
Income before provision for income taxes	$ 35,792	$ 18,347	$ (18,712)
Foreign	97,358	61,359	77,346
Income before provision for income taxes	$ 133,150	$ 79,706	$ 58,634

XML

Stock And Employee Benefit Plans (Schedule Of Purchases Under The 2000 Purchase Plan) (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2012	Jun. 30, 2011
Share-based Compensation, Allocation and Classification in Financial Statements [Abstract]
Shares Purchased	62,777	86,735	102,551
Average Purchase Price	$ 35.54	$ 21.81	$ 19.65

XML

Billed And Unbilled Accounts Receivable (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2013

Accounts Receivable, Net [Abstract]

Schedule Of Accounts Receivable

(in thousands)	2013			2012
Billed receivables	$	459,312		$	400,698
Unbilled receivables	250,586			257,967
Provision for losses on receivables	(4,524		)	(9,448		)
Total	$	705,374		$	649,217

XML

Segment Information

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2013

Segment Reporting [Abstract]

Segment Information

SEGMENT INFORMATION

We have three reportable segments: CRS, PCMS and Perceptive.

• CRS constitutes our core business and includes all phases of clinical research from Early Phase (encompassing the early stages of clinical testing that range from first-in-man through proof-of-concept studies) to Phase II-III and Phase IV, which we call Peri-Approval Clinical Excellence (“PACE”). Our services include clinical trials management and biostatistics, data management and clinical pharmacology, as well as related medical advisory, patient recruitment, clinical supply and drug logistics, pharmacovigilance, and investigator site services. We aggregate Early Phase with Phase II-III/PACE due to economic similarities in these operating segments.

• PCMS provides technical expertise and advice in such areas as drug development, regulatory affairs, product pricing and reimbursement, commercialization and strategic compliance. It also provides a full spectrum of market development, product development, and targeted communications services in support of product launch. Our PCMS consultants identify alternatives and propose solutions to address client issues associated with product development, registration, and commercialization. HERON is included in our PCMS reportable segment.

• Perceptive provides information technology solutions designed to help improve clients’ product development and regulatory submission processes. Perceptive offers a portfolio of products and services that includes medical imaging services, ClinPhone^® randomization and trial supply management ("RTSM"), IMPACT^® clinical trials management systems ("CTMS"), DataLabs^® electronic data capture ("EDC"), web-based portals, systems integration, electronic patient reported outcomes ("ePRO"), and LIQUENT InSight® Regulatory Information Management (RIM) solutions. These services are often bundled together and integrated with other applications to provide eClinical solutions for our clients. LIQUENT is included in our Perceptive reportable segment.

We evaluate our segment performance and allocate resources based on service revenue and gross profit (service revenue less direct costs), while other operating costs are allocated and evaluated on a geographic basis. Accordingly, we do not include the impact of selling, general, and administrative expenses, depreciation and amortization expense, other income (expense), and income tax expense in segment profitability. We attribute revenue to individual countries based upon the revenue earned in the respective countries; however, inter-segment transactions are not included in service revenue. Furthermore, PAREXEL has a global infrastructure supporting its business segments, and therefore, assets are not identified by reportable segment.

(in thousands)	CRS		PCMS		PERCEPTIVE		TOTAL
Service revenue:
2013	$	1,303,569	$	202,524	$	228,349	$	1,734,442
2012	1,038,705		167,125		190,678		1,396,508
2011	922,827		129,728		159,544		1,212,099
Gross profit on service revenue:
2013	$	347,056	$	81,570	$	98,280	$	526,906
2012	279,166		69,565		75,948		424,679
2011	294,200		52,049		68,066		414,315

XML

Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies (Changes In Carrying Amount Of Goodwill) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2012
Goodwill [Line Items]
Carrying amount, beginning balance	$ 255,455	$ 262,313
Effect of changes in exchange rates used for translation	(3,852)	(6,858)
Carrying amount, ending balance	319,478	255,455
CRS [Member]
Goodwill [Line Items]
Carrying amount, ending balance	124,600
PCMS [Member]
Goodwill [Line Items]
Carrying amount, ending balance	20,800
Perceptive [Member]
Goodwill [Line Items]
Carrying amount, ending balance	174,100
Liquent Acquisition [Member]
Goodwill [Line Items]
Goodwill, Acquired During Period	51,244
Heron Acquisition [Member]
Goodwill [Line Items]
Goodwill, Acquired During Period	$ 16,631

XML

Fair Value Measurements Unobservable Input (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2012
Fair Value Inputs, Liabilities, Quantitative Information [Line Items]
Fair Value, Measurement with Unobservable Inputs Reconciliations, Recurring Basis, Liability Value	$ 5,934	$ 0
Fair Value, Measurement with Unobservable Inputs Reconciliation, Recurring Basis, Liability, Purchases	$ 5,934
Fair Value Inputs, Discount Rate	18.00%
Minimum [Member]
Fair Value Inputs, Liabilities, Quantitative Information [Line Items]
Fair value input, Probability of Outcome	10.00%
Fair value input, Project Years of Payment	Jan. 01, 2013
Maximum [Member]
Fair Value Inputs, Liabilities, Quantitative Information [Line Items]
Fair value input, Probability of Outcome	60.00%
Fair value input, Project Years of Payment	Jan. 01, 2015

XML

Billed And Unbilled Accounts Receivable (Schedule Of Accounts Receivable) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2012
Accounts Receivable, Net [Abstract]
Billed	$ 459,312	$ 400,698
Unbilled	250,586	257,967
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts Receivable, Current	(4,524)	(9,448)
Total	$ 705,374	$ 649,217

XML

Equity and Earnings Per Share (Computation Of Basic And Diluted Earnings Per Common Share) (Details) (USD $) In Millions, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended			12 Months Ended	1 Months Ended	3 Months Ended	12 Months Ended	13 Months Ended	1 Months Ended	3 Months Ended	12 Months Ended	3 Months Ended	12 Months Ended	13 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2013	Aug. 16, 2013	Jun. 30, 2012	Jun. 30, 2013 2012 Stock Repurchase Plan [Member]	Mar. 31, 2013 March 2013 Accelerated Share Repurchase [Member]	Sep. 30, 2013 March 2013 Accelerated Share Repurchase [Member]	Jun. 30, 2013 March 2013 Accelerated Share Repurchase [Member]	Jul. 31, 2013 March 2013 Accelerated Share Repurchase [Member]	Sep. 30, 2012 September 2012 Accelerated Share Repurchase [Member]	Mar. 31, 2013 September 2012 Accelerated Share Repurchase [Member]	Jun. 30, 2013 September 2012 Accelerated Share Repurchase [Member]	Sep. 30, 2013 Open Market Repurchases [Member]	Jun. 30, 2013 Open Market Repurchases [Member]	Jul. 31, 2013 Open Market Repurchases [Member]	Jun. 30, 2013 March Open Market Repurchases [Member]
Class of Stock [Line Items]
Stock Repurchase Program Authorized Amount				$ 200
Treasury Stock, Value, Acquired, Cost Method	197.6						50.0				50.0		97.6	100.0	50.0
Treasury Stock, Shares, Acquired					1,044,932	101,247		1,146,179	1,328,462	234,898	1,563,360	51,071	2,697,675	2,748,746
Entity Common Stock, Shares Outstanding		56,217,133
Preferred Stock, Shares Authorized	5,000,000		5,000,000
Preferred Stock, Par or Stated Value Per Share	$ 0.01		$ 0.01
Preferred Stock, Shares Outstanding	0		0
Common Stock, Shares Authorized	150,000,000		75,000,000
Common Stock, Par or Stated Value Per Share	$ 0.01		$ 0.01
Common Stock, Shares, Outstanding	56,310,582		60,147,007
Percent of advance payment under accelerated share repurchase agreement							80.00%
Treasury Stock, Value, Acquired, Average Cost Per Share							$ 38.28	$ 43.62			$ 31.98		$ 36.17	$ 36.38
Stock Repurchase Program, Remaining Authorized Repurchase Amount				$ 2.4

XML

Debt, Commitments, Contingencies And Guarantees (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2013

Debt, Commitments, Contingencies And Guarantees [Abstract]

Future Minimum Debt Obligations, Lease Payments Under Non-Cancelable Leases, And Purchase Commitments

(in thousands)	FY 2014		FY 2015		FY 2016		FY 2017		FY 2018		Thereafter		Total
Debt obligations (principal)	$	20,399	$	12,500	$	25,000	$	45,000	$	345,000	$	—	$	447,899
Operating leases	61,251		50,552		39,501		30,093		22,560		95,825		299,782
Purchase commitments*	44,469		23,588		6,631		548		195		—		75,431
Total	$	126,119	$	86,640	$	71,132	$	75,641	$	367,755	$	95,825	$	823,112
*includes commitments to purchase software, hardware and services

XML

Fair Value Measurements (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2013

Jun. 30, 2012

Fair Value Disclosures [Abstract]

Fair Value Hierarchy By Level

(in thousands)	Level 1		Level 2			Level 3			Total
Contingent Consideration	$	—	$	—		$	(5,934	)	$	(5,934	)
Interest Rate Derivative Instruments	—		(849		)	—			(849		)
Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts	—		(3,425		)	—			(3,425		)
Total	$	—	$	(4,274	)	$	(5,934	)	$	(10,208	)

(in thousands)	Level 1		Level 2			Level 3		Total
Cash Equivalents	$	81,123	$	—		$	—	$	81,123
Interest Rate Derivative Instruments	—		(6,959		)	—		(6,959		)
Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts	—		(2,910		)	—		(2,910		)
Total	$	81,123	$	(9,869	)	$	—	$	71,254

XML

Fair Value Measurements Unobservable Input (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2013

Fair Value Inputs, Liabilities, Quantitative Information [Line Items]

Fair Value Inputs, Liabilities, Quantitative Information [Table Text Block]

Unobservable Input	Range
Discount rate	18%
Probability of achieving financial targets	10% to 60%
Projected years of payment	2013 - 2015

XML

Restructuring Charges

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2013

Restructuring Charges [Abstract]

Restructuring Charges

RESTRUCTURING CHARGES

In April 2011, we adopted a plan to restructure our operations to reduce expenses, better align costs with current and future geographic sources of revenue, and improve operating efficiencies (the “2011 Restructuring Plan”). The 2011 Restructuring Plan focused primarily on the Early Phase business and corporate functions. The total cost of the 2011 Restructuring Plan was approximately $14.6 million and included the elimination of approximately 150 managerial and staff positions and abandonment of certain property leases.

In October 2009, we adopted a plan to restructure our operations to reduce expenses, better align costs with current and future geographic sources of revenue, and improve operating efficiencies (the “2010 Restructuring Plan”). The total cost of the 2010 Restructuring Plan was approximately $16.8 million, including the elimination of 240 managerial and staff positions and abandonment of certain property leases.

Various restructuring plans adopted by us since Fiscal Year 2005 are included in the Pre-2010 Plans.

Changes in the restructuring accrual during Fiscal Years 2013, 2012, and 2011 are summarized below:

	Balance at		Provisions/ Adjustments			Payments/Foreign Currency Exchange			Balance at
(in thousands)	June 30, 2012								June 30, 2013
2011 Restructuring Plan
Employee severance	$	1,884	$	(182	)	$	(1,702	)	$	—
Facilities-related	3,663		(1,027		)	(1,661		)	975
2010 Restructuring Plan
Facilities-related	642		—			(174		)	468
Pre-2010 Plans
Facilities-related	1,585		—			(469		)	1,116
Total	$	7,774	$	(1,209	)	$	(4,006	)	$	2,559
	Balance at		Provisions/ Adjustments			Payments/Foreign Currency Exchange			Balance at
(in thousands)	June 30, 2011								June 30, 2012
2011 Restructuring Plan
Employee severance	$	1,622	$	5,307		$	(5,045	)	$	1,884
Facilities-related	3,720		2,004			(2,061		)	3,663
2010 Restructuring Plan
Employee severance	1,160		(984		)	(176		)	—
Facilities-related	855		(84		)	(129		)	642
Pre-2010 Plans
Facilities-related	2,041		—			(456		)	1,585
Total	$	9,398	$	6,243		$	(7,867	)	$	7,774
	Balance at		Provisions/ Adjustments			Payments/Foreign Currency Exchange			Balance at
(in thousands)	June 30, 2010								June 30, 2011
2011 Restructuring Plan
Employee severance	$	—	$	1,790		$	(168	)	$	1,622
Facilities-related	—		3,663			57			3,720
2010 Restructuring Plan
Employee severance	5,221		(832		)	(3,229		)	1,160
Facilities-related	3,337		(513		)	(1,969		)	855
Other	54		(31		)	(23		)	—
Pre-2010 Plans
Facilities-related	1,466		940			(365		)	2,041
Total	$	10,078	$	5,017		$	(5,697	)	$	9,398

XML

Credit Arrangements - Receivable Purchase Agreement (Details) (JP Morgan [Member], USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2013
JP Morgan [Member]
Short-term Debt [Line Items]
Transfers of trade receivables including debt	$ 36.5
Cash Flows Between Transferor and Transferee, Proceeds from New Transfers	10.3
Proceeds from Other Short-term Debt	26.2
Other Short-term Borrowings	$ 10.4

XML

Segment Information (Service Revenue and Gross Profit On Service Revenue Of Reportable Segment) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Sep. 30, 2012	Jun. 30, 2012	Mar. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Sep. 30, 2011	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2012	Jun. 30, 2011
Sales Revenue, Services, Net	$ 463,128	$ 454,493	$ 422,068	$ 394,753	$ 392,611	$ 355,992	$ 333,170	$ 314,735	$ 1,734,442	$ 1,396,508	$ 1,212,099
Gross profit on service revenue	148,238	142,576	120,743	115,349	112,500	114,547	105,071	92,561	526,906	424,679	414,315
CRS [Member]
Sales Revenue, Services, Net									1,303,569	1,038,705	922,827
Gross profit on service revenue									347,056	279,166	294,200
PCMS [Member]
Sales Revenue, Services, Net									202,524	167,125	129,728
Gross profit on service revenue									81,570	69,565	52,049
Perceptive [Member]
Sales Revenue, Services, Net									228,349	190,678	159,544
Gross profit on service revenue									$ 98,280	$ 75,948	$ 68,066

XML

Property And Equipment (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2013

Property, Plant and Equipment [Abstract]

Property, Plant and Equipment Disclosure [Text Block]

(in thousands)	2013			2012
Property and equipment:
Computer software	$	282,681		$	235,922
Computer hardware and office equipment	94,932			84,831
Leasehold improvements	87,982			85,928
Medical equipment	16,337			18,122
Furniture and fixtures	26,370			26,066
Buildings	31			3,585
Office equipment and other assets	19,193			17,496
Total	527,526			471,950
Less: accumulated depreciation	(303,301		)	(264,172		)
Total	$	224,225		$	207,778

XML

Quarterly Operating Results (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2013

Selected Quarterly Financial Information [Abstract]

Schedule Of Unaudited Quarterly Results Of Operations

	Fiscal Year 2013
(in thousands, except per share data)	First Quarter		Second Quarter		Third Quarter		Fourth Quarter		Total Year
Service revenue	$	394,753	$	422,068	$	454,493	$	463,128	$	1,734,442
Gross profit	115,349		120,743		142,576		148,238		526,906
Income from operations	29,752		31,437		36,606		38,328		136,123
Net income	15,064		21,343		29,524		30,041		95,972
Diluted earnings per share	$	0.25	$	0.36	$	0.50	$	0.52	$	1.61
	Fiscal Year 2012
(in thousands, except per share data)	First Quarter		Second Quarter		Third Quarter		Fourth Quarter		Total Year
Service revenue	$	314,735	$	333,170	$	355,992	$	392,611	$	1,396,508
Gross profit	92,561		105,071		114,547		112,500		424,679
Income from operations	12,450		22,596		28,217		25,539		88,802
Net income	9,561		12,940		22,869		17,788		63,158
Diluted earnings per share	$	0.16	$	0.21	$	0.38	$	0.29	$	1.05

XML

Earnings Per Share

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2013

Earnings Per Share [Abstract]

Earnings Per Share

EARNINGS PER SHARE

The following table outlines the basic and diluted earnings per common share computations:

	Years ended June 30,
(in thousands, except per share data)	2013		2012		2011
Net income attributable to common shares	$	95,972	$	63,158	$	48,786
Weighted average number of shares outstanding, used in computing basic earnings per share	58,388		59,464		58,634
Dilutive common stock equivalents	1,059		962		1,240
Weighted average shares used in computing diluted earnings per share	59,447		60,426		59,874
Basic earnings per share	$	1.64	$	1.06	$	0.83
Diluted earnings per share	$	1.61	$	1.05	$	0.81
Anti-dilutive options (excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share)	503		2,231		1,478

XML

Stock And Employee Benefit Plans (Schedule Of Share-Based Compensation, Restricted Stock And Restricted Stock Units Activity) (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2013
Beginning Balance, Shares	634,472
RSAs Granted, Shares	186,066
Ending Balance, Shares	469,266
Beginning Balance, Weighted-Average Grant Date Fair Value	$ 17.36
RSUs Granted, Weighted-Average Grant Date Fair Value	$ 31.17
Ending Balance, Weighted-Average Grant Date Fair Value	$ 24.56
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Equity Instruments Other than Options, Vested in Period	(320,772)
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Equity Instruments Other than Options, Vested in Period, Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value	$ 14.33

XML

Property And Equipment

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2013

Property, Plant and Equipment [Abstract]

Property And Equipment

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment at June 30, 2013 and June 30, 2012 consisted of the following:

(in thousands)	2013			2012
Property and equipment:
Computer software	$	282,681		$	235,922
Computer hardware and office equipment	94,932			84,831
Leasehold improvements	87,982			85,928
Medical equipment	16,337			18,122
Furniture and fixtures	26,370			26,066
Buildings	31			3,585
Office equipment and other assets	19,193			17,496
Total	527,526			471,950
Less: accumulated depreciation	(303,301		)	(264,172		)
Total	$	224,225		$	207,778

We retired $13.0 million, $35.8 million and $0.9 million of fully-depreciated assets for Fiscal Years 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

During Fiscal Years 2013, 2012, and 2011, we recorded property and equipment impairment expense of $1.1 million, $0.3 million, and $4.3 million, respectively. The amount for Fiscal Year 2011 included a $1.2 million impairment loss on a property and a $3.1 million loss related to the impairment of exited facilities in association with the 2011 Restructuring Plan.

XML

Description Of Business

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2013

Description Of Business [Abstract]

Description Of Business

DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

PAREXEL International Corporation (“PAREXEL,” “the Company,” or “we”) is a leading biopharmaceutical outsourcing services company, providing a broad range of expertise in clinical research, clinical logistics, medical communications, consulting, commercialization and advanced technology products and services to the worldwide pharmaceutical, biotechnology, and medical device industries. Our primary objective is to provide quality solutions for managing the biopharmaceutical product lifecycle with the goal of reducing the time, risk, and cost associated with the development and commercialization of new therapies. Since our incorporation in 1983, we have developed significant expertise in processes and technologies supporting this strategy. Our product and service offerings include: clinical trials management, observational studies and patient/disease registries, data management, biostatistical analysis, epidemiology, health economics / outcomes research, pharmacovigilance, medical communications, clinical pharmacology, patient recruitment, clinical supply and drug logistics, post-marketing surveillance, regulatory and product development and commercialization consulting, health policy and reimbursement and market access consulting, medical imaging services, regulatory information management (“RIM”) solutions, randomization and trial supply management services (“RTSM”), electronic data capture systems (“EDC”), clinical trial management systems (“CTMS”), web-based portals, systems integration, patient diary applications, and other product development tools and services.

XML

Quarterly Operating Results (Schedule Of Unaudited Quarterly Results Of Operations) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Sep. 30, 2012	Jun. 30, 2012	Mar. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Sep. 30, 2011	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2012	Jun. 30, 2011
Selected Quarterly Financial Information [Abstract]
Sales Revenue, Services, Net	$ 463,128	$ 454,493	$ 422,068	$ 394,753	$ 392,611	$ 355,992	$ 333,170	$ 314,735	$ 1,734,442	$ 1,396,508	$ 1,212,099
Gross profit	148,238	142,576	120,743	115,349	112,500	114,547	105,071	92,561	526,906	424,679	414,315
Income from operations	38,328	36,606	31,437	29,752	25,539	28,217	22,596	12,450	136,123	88,802	81,630
Net income	$ 30,041	$ 29,524	$ 21,343	$ 15,064	$ 17,788	$ 22,869	$ 12,940	$ 9,561	$ 95,972	$ 63,158	$ 48,786
Diluted earnings per share	$ 0.52	$ 0.50	$ 0.36	$ 0.25	$ 0.29	$ 0.38	$ 0.21	$ 0.16	$ 1.61	$ 1.05	$ 0.81

XML

Derivatives (Schedule Of Change In Fair Value Derivatives Designated As Hedging Instruments) (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2014	Jun. 30, 2013 Derivatives Designated As Hedging Instruments [Member]	Jun. 30, 2012 Derivatives Designated As Hedging Instruments [Member]	Jun. 30, 2013 Derivatives Designated As Hedging Instruments [Member] Interest Rate Contracts [Member]	Jun. 30, 2012 Derivatives Designated As Hedging Instruments [Member] Interest Rate Contracts [Member]	Jun. 30, 2013 Derivatives Designated As Hedging Instruments [Member] Currency Swap [Member]	Jun. 30, 2012 Derivatives Designated As Hedging Instruments [Member] Currency Swap [Member]	Jun. 30, 2013 Foreign Exchange Contract [Member] Derivatives Designated As Hedging Instruments [Member]	Jun. 30, 2012 Foreign Exchange Contract [Member] Derivatives Designated As Hedging Instruments [Member]
Derivative Instruments, Gain (Loss) Recognized in Other Comprehensive Income, Effective Portion, Net		$ 624,000	$ (1,660,000)	$ 2,818,000	$ (964,000)	$ (65,000)	$ (696,000)	$ (2,129,000)	$ 0
Cash Flow Hedge Gain (Loss) to be Reclassified within Twelve Months	$ (4,100,000)

XML

Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies (Estimated Amortization Expense) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2018	Jun. 30, 2017	Jun. 30, 2016	Jun. 30, 2015	Jun. 30, 2014
Accounting Policies [Abstract]
Amortization	$ 8,619	$ 9,991	$ 12,530	$ 13,371	$ 14,724

XML

Income Taxes (Components Of Net Deferred Tax Assets) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2012
Income Tax Expense (Benefit) [Abstract]
U.S. loss carryforwards	$ 1,981	$ 3,431
Foreign loss carryforwards	6,240	6,885
Accrued expenses	35,340	26,528
Tax credit carryforwards	14,559	20,394
Provision for losses on receivables	1,161	1,239
Deferred compensation	7,517	9,120
Deferred revenue	8,949	11,666
Intercompany loans	2,765	2,774
Other	1,168	663
Gross deferred tax assets	79,680	82,700
Deferred tax asset valuation allowance	(6,023)	(11,392)
Total deferred tax assets	73,657	71,308
Property and equipment	(5,606)	(2,328)
Revenue recognition	(26,537)	(24,660)
Intangible assets	(38,186)	(30,817)
Other	(2,491)	(2,135)
Total deferred tax liabilities	(72,820)	(59,940)
Deferred tax assets (liabilities), net	$ 837	$ 11,368

XML

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2013

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), Net of Tax [Abstract]

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

(in thousands)	Foreign  currency translation adjustments			Unrealized gain (loss) on derivative instruments			Total
Balance as of June 30, 2010	$	(34,414	)	$	(7,020	)	$	(41,434	)
Changes during Fiscal Year 2011	53,133			7,156			60,289
Balance as of June 30, 2011	$	18,719		$	136		$	18,855
Changes during Fiscal Year 2012	(46,334		)	(1,660		)	(47,994		)
Balance as of June 30, 2012	$	(27,615	)	$	(1,524	)	$	(29,139	)
Changes during Fiscal Year 2013	(1,523		)	624			(899		)
Balance as of June 30, 2013	$	(29,138	)	$	(900	)	$	(30,038	)

XML

Income Taxes (Consolidated Effective Income Tax Rate Differed From The U.S. Federal Statutory Income Tax Rate) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2012	Jun. 30, 2011
Income Tax Expense (Benefit) [Abstract]
Income tax expense computed at the federal statutory rate	$ 46,602	$ 27,897	$ 20,522
Income tax expense computed at the federal statutory rate, percentage	35.00%	35.00%	35.00%
State income taxes, net of federal benefit	1,914	(232)	61
State income taxes, net of federal benefit, percentage	1.40%	(0.30%)	0.10%
Foreign rate differential	(7,960)	(6,539)	(3,151)
Foreign rate differential, percentage	(6.00%)	(8.20%)	(5.40%)
Change in valuation allowances	(4,708)	1,630	(8,174)
Change in valuation allowances, percentage	(3.50%)	2.00%	(13.90%)
Change in reserves	394	(7,655)	47
Change in reserves, percentage	0.30%	(9.60%)	0.10%
Research and development	(2,986)	(2,734)	(2,196)
Research and development, percentage	(2.20%)	(3.40%)	(3.70%)
Non-deductible losses	440	678	0
Non-deductible losses, percentage	0.30%	0.90%	0.00%
Income Tax Reconciliation, Prior Year Income Taxes	608	2,243	0
Effective Income Tax Rate Reconciliation, Prior Year Income Taxes	0.50%	2.80%	0.00%
Other non-deductible expenses	2,074	393	1,004
Other non-deductible expenses, percentage	1.60%	0.50%	1.70%
Statutory tax rate changes	798	(1,047)	436
Statutory tax rate changes, percentage	0.50%	(1.30%)	0.70%
Other, net	2	1,914	1,299
Other, net, percentage	0.00%	2.40%	2.20%
Provision for income taxes	$ 37,178	$ 16,548	$ 9,848
Consolidated effective income tax rate, percentage	27.90%	20.80%	16.80%

XML

Geographic Information (Schedule Of Service Revenue From Countries) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Sep. 30, 2012	Jun. 30, 2012	Mar. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Sep. 30, 2011	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2012	Jun. 30, 2011
Sales Revenue, Services, Net	$ 463,128	$ 454,493	$ 422,068	$ 394,753	$ 392,611	$ 355,992	$ 333,170	$ 314,735	$ 1,734,442	$ 1,396,508	$ 1,212,099
United States [Member]
Sales Revenue, Services, Net									797,380	580,340	441,546
Germany [Member]
Sales Revenue, Services, Net									187,099	194,528	209,144
United Kingdom [Member]
Sales Revenue, Services, Net									$ 227,964	$ 181,386	$ 168,460

XML

Earnings Per Share (Schedule Of Basic And Diluted Earnings Per Share) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Sep. 30, 2012	Jun. 30, 2012	Mar. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Sep. 30, 2011	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2012	Jun. 30, 2011
Earnings Per Share [Abstract]
Net income attributable to common shares	$ 30,041	$ 29,524	$ 21,343	$ 15,064	$ 17,788	$ 22,869	$ 12,940	$ 9,561	$ 95,972	$ 63,158	$ 48,786
Weighted average number of shares outstanding, used in computing basic earnings per share									58,388	59,464	58,634
Dilutive common stock equivalents									1,059	962	1,240
Weighted average shares used in computing diluted earnings per share									59,447	60,426	59,874
Basic earnings per share									$ 1.64	$ 1.06	$ 0.83
Diluted earnings per share	$ 0.52	$ 0.50	$ 0.36	$ 0.25	$ 0.29	$ 0.38	$ 0.21	$ 0.16	$ 1.61	$ 1.05	$ 0.81
Anti-dilutive options									503	2,231	1,478

XML

Credit Arrangements - 2012 Term Loan and Facilities (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified				12 Months Ended
	Dec. 20, 2012 2012 Term Loan [Member]	Dec. 20, 2012 2012 Term Loan Base Rate [Member]	Dec. 20, 2012 2012 Term Loan LIBOR [Member]	Jun. 30, 2013 HSBC TD US Banks Term Loan [Member]	Jan. 22, 2013 HSBC TD US Banks Term Loan [Member]
Short-term Debt [Line Items]
Short-term Debt	$ 100.0				$ 25.0
Debt Instrument, Basis Spread on Variable Rate		0.75%	1.75%
Proceeds from Short-term Debt				$ 75.0

XML

Income Taxes (Net Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities Included In The Consolidated Balance Sheets) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2012
Income Tax Expense (Benefit) [Abstract]
Current deferred tax assets	$ 44,236	$ 37,159
Non-current deferred tax assets	8,556	13,885
Current deferred tax liabilities	(16,512)	(14,998)
Deferred tax assets (liabilities), net	837	11,368
Non-current deferred tax liabilities	$ (35,443)	$ (24,678)

XML

Fair Value Measurements

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2013

Fair Value Disclosures [Abstract]

Fair Value Measurements

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

We apply the provisions of ASC 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures.” ASC 820 defines fair value and provides guidance for measuring fair value and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. ASC 820 enables the reader of financial statements to assess the inputs used to develop those measurements by establishing a hierarchy for ranking the quality and reliability of the information used to determine fair values. ASC 820 requires that assets and liabilities carried at fair value be classified and disclosed in one of the following three categories:

• Level 1 – Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible to the reporting entity at the measurement date for identical assets and liabilities.

• Level 2 – Inputs other than quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities that are observable either directly or indirectly for substantially the full term of the asset or liability. Level 2 inputs include the following:

◦ quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets

◦ quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active

◦ observable inputs other than quoted prices that are used in the valuation of the asset or liabilities (e.g., interest rate and yield curve quotes at commonly quoted intervals)

◦ inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means

• Level 3 – Unobservable inputs for the assets or liability (i.e., supported by little or no market activity). Level 3 inputs include management’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability (including assumptions about risk).

The following table sets forth by level, within the fair value hierarchy, our assets (liabilities) carried at fair value as of June 30, 2013:

(in thousands)	Level 1		Level 2			Level 3			Total
Contingent Consideration	$	—	$	—		$	(5,934	)	$	(5,934	)
Interest Rate Derivative Instruments	—		(849		)	—			(849		)
Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts	—		(3,425		)	—			(3,425		)
Total	$	—	$	(4,274	)	$	(5,934	)	$	(10,208	)

The following table sets forth by level, within the fair value hierarchy, our assets (liabilities) carried at fair value as of June 30, 2012:

(in thousands)	Level 1		Level 2			Level 3		Total
Cash Equivalents	$	81,123	$	—		$	—	$	81,123
Interest Rate Derivative Instruments	—		(6,959		)	—		(6,959		)
Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts	—		(2,910		)	—		(2,910		)
Total	$	81,123	$	(9,869	)	$	—	$	71,254

Cash equivalents are measured at quoted prices in active markets. These investments are considered cash equivalents due to the short original maturity (less than 90 days) of the investments.

Marketable securities are held in foreign government treasury certificates that are actively traded and have original maturities over 90 days but less than one year. As of June 30, 2013, we had marketable securities of $130.1 million. Our marketable securities were invested in foreign government treasury certificates securities and they are classified as held-to-maturity based on our intent and ability to hold the securities to maturity and are recorded at amortized cost, which is not materially different than fair value. Interest and dividends related to these securities are reported as a component of interest income in our consolidated statements of income.

Interest rate derivative instruments are measured at fair value using a market approach valuation technique. The valuation is based on an estimate of net present value of the expected cash flows using relevant mid-market observable data inputs and based on the assumption of no unusual market conditions or forced liquidation.

Foreign currency exchange contracts are measured at fair value using a market approach valuation technique. The inputs to this technique utilize current foreign currency exchange forward market rates published by leading third-party financial news and data providers. This is observable data that represent the rates that the financial institution uses for contracts entered into at that date; however, they are not based on actual transactions so they are classified as Level 2.

Contingent consideration related to the HERON acquisition is measured at fair value using an income approach valuation technique, specifically, with probability weighted and discounted cash flow methods. Increases or decreases in the fair value of our contingent consideration liability can result from changes in discount periods and rates, as well as the likelihood of achieving financial targets. The recurring Level 3 fair value measurements of our contingent consideration liability include the following significant unobservable inputs:

Unobservable Input	Range
Discount rate	18%
Probability of achieving financial targets	10% to 60%
Projected years of payment	2013 - 2015

The following table provides a rollforward of the fair value of the contingent consideration, which was determined by Level 3 inputs:

(in thousands)	Fair Value
Balance at June 30, 2012	$	—
Contingent consideration from the HERON acquisition	5,934
Balance at June 30, 2013	$	5,934

Contingent consideration liabilities are remeasured to fair value each reporting period using projected financial targets, discount rates, probabilities of payment and projected payment dates. Projected contingent payment amounts are discounted back to the current period using a discounted cash flow model. Projected financial targets are based on our most recent internal operational budgets and long-range strategic plans. Increases in projected financial targets and probabilities of payment may result in higher fair value measurements. Increases in discount rates and the time to payment may result in lower fair value measurements. Increases or decreases in any of those inputs in isolation may result in a significantly lower or higher fair value measurement.

For the fiscal years ended June 30, 2013 and June 30, 2012, there were no transfers among Level 1, Level 2, or Level 3 categories. Additionally, there were no changes in the valuation techniques used to determine the fair values of our Level 2 assets or liabilities over the same periods.

The carrying value of our short-term and long-term debt approximates fair value because all of the debt bears variable rate interest.

XML

Stockholders' Equity

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2013

Stockholders' Equity Attributable to Parent [Abstract]

Stockholders' Equity

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

During Fiscal Year 2013, 251,296 shares of common stock were surrendered as part of the cashless exercise of stock options and vesting of restricted stock to satisfy exercise costs and tax withholding payments.

Share Repurchase Plan

In August 2012, our Board of Directors approved a share repurchase program (the "Program") authorizing the repurchase of up to $200 million of our common stock to be financed with cash on hand, cash generated from operations, existing credit facilities, or new financing.  While the Program did not obligate us to acquire any particular dollar value or number of shares of common stock, we repurchased $197.6 million of our common stock from the period September 2012 to June 2013, with the remaining $2.4 million of purchases occurring early in July 2013. This was achieved by entering into two separate $50 million accelerated share repurchase ("ASR") agreements and two separate $50 million open market agreements (the "Open Market Agreements") as described below. The Fiscal Year 2013 buyback activity also resulted in a reduction of our stockholders' equity of $197.6 million for the value of shares repurchased and retired by the Company.

In September 2012, we entered into an ASR agreement (the “September Agreement”) to purchase shares of our common stock from J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, as agent for JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, London Branch (“JPMorgan”), for an aggregate purchase price of $50 million. In March 2013, we finalized the settlement of the September Agreement and received an additional 234,898 shares representing the final shares delivered by JPMorgan. These shares were in addition to the initial 1,328,462 shares of our common stock delivered to us in September 2012. The total number of shares repurchased under the September Agreement was 1,563,360 at an average price per share of $31.98.

In March 2013, we entered into a second $50.0 million ASR agreement (the “March Agreement”) with JPMorgan. Pursuant to the March Agreement, JPMorgan delivered 1,044,932 shares of our common stock, representing an estimated 80 percent of the shares to be repurchased by us under the Agreement based on a price of $38.28 per share, which was the closing price of our common stock on March 15, 2013. In July 2013, subsequent to our fiscal year end, we finalized the settlement of the March Agreement and received an additional 101,247 shares representing the final shares delivered by JPMorgan. As of June 30, 2013, we recorded the $50.0 million payment to JPMorgan as a decrease to equity in our consolidated balance sheet, consisting of decreases in common stock and additional paid-in capital. The total number of shares repurchased under the March Agreement was 1,146,179 at an average price per share of $43.62.

During Fiscal Year 2013, we also entered into two separate $50 million Open Market Agreements to buy back an additional $100 million of our common stock under the Program. For Fiscal Year 2013, we purchased 2,697,675 shares pursuant to the Open Market Agreements at an average price of $36.17 per share for a total of $97.6 million in common stock repurchases. As of June 30, 2013, approximately $2.4 million remained available under the Program for the purchase of additional shares. In July 2013, we purchased an additional 51,071 shares in the open market and completed our available purchases under the Program. Upon the completion of the purchases under our Open Market Agreements in July 2013, the total number of shares repurchased under the Open Market Agreements was 2,748,746 at an average price per share of $36.38.

In July 2013, with the completion of our Open Market Agreements and the final settlement of the March Agreement, the Program was completed. No further share repurchases have been authorized as of the date of this annual report.

XML

Stock And Employee Benefit Plans (Narrative) (Details) (USD $) In Millions, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2012	Jun. 30, 2011
Recognized tax benefit related to stock compensation expense	$ 3.1	$ 3.8	$ 3.5
Unearned stock-based compensation expense related to unvested awards	25.7
Recognition term of unearned stock-based compensation expense, in years	3 years
Employer contributions to plan	$ 8.6	$ 6.1	$ 5.2
2001 Plan [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Number of Shares Authorized	2,000,000
2010, 2007, and 2005 Plans [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Number of Shares Authorized	9,000,000
ESPP [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Number of Shares Authorized	1,800,000

XML

Geographic Information

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2013

Geographic Information [Abstract]

Geographic Information

GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION

Financial information by geographic area for the three years ended June 30 was as follows:

(in thousands)	2013		2012		2011
Service revenue:
The Americas	$	866,998	$	635,290	$	484,657
Europe, Middle East & Africa	624,010		555,467		553,801
Asia/Pacific	243,434		205,751		173,641
Total	$	1,734,442	$	1,396,508	$	1,212,099
Income from operations:
The Americas	$	44,743	$	27,493	$	(3,976	)
Europe, Middle East & Africa	59,466		34,044		66,719
Asia/Pacific	31,914		27,265		18,887
Total	$	136,123	$	88,802	$	81,630
Tangible long-lived assets:
The Americas	$	146,137	$	133,050	$	121,251
Europe, Middle East & Africa	55,853		57,032		66,147
Asia/Pacific	22,235		17,696		13,944
Total	$	224,225	$	207,778	$	201,342

The following countries represented greater than 10% of consolidated service revenue for the three years ended June 30:

(in thousands)	2013		2012		2011
Service revenue:
United States	$	797,380	$	580,340	$	441,546
United Kingdom	$	227,964	$	181,386	$	168,460
Germany	$	187,099	$	194,528	$	209,144

XML

Income Taxes

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2013

Income Tax Expense (Benefit) [Abstract]

Income Taxes

INCOME TAXES

Domestic and foreign income (loss) before income taxes for the three years ended June 30 were as follows:

(in thousands)	2013		2012		2011
Domestic	$	35,792	$	18,347	$	(18,712	)
Foreign	97,358		61,359		77,346
	$	133,150	$	79,706	$	58,634

Provisions for income taxes for the three years ended June 30 were as follows:

(in thousands)	2013			2012			2011
Current:
Federal	$	6,279		$	8,054		$	3,618
State	2,565			1,010			(702		)
Foreign	26,651			9,608			26,072
	35,495			18,672			28,988
Deferred:
Federal	7,650			2,447			(17,307		)
State	(2,113		)	(869		)	(128		)
Foreign	(3,854		)	(3,702		)	(1,705		)
	1,683			(2,124		)	(19,140		)
	$	37,178		$	16,548		$	9,848

Our consolidated effective income tax rate differed from the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate as set forth below:

(in thousands)	2013			%		2012			%		2011			%
Income tax expense computed at the federal statutory rate	$	46,602		35.0	%	$	27,897		35.0	%	$	20,522		35.0	%
State income taxes, net of federal benefit	1,914			1.4	%	(232		)	(0.3	)%	61			0.1	%
Foreign rate differential	(7,960		)	(6.0	)%	(6,539		)	(8.2	)%	(3,151		)	(5.4	)%
Change in valuation allowances	(4,708		)	(3.5	)%	1,630			2.0	%	(8,174		)	(13.9	)%
Change in reserves	394			0.3	%	(7,655		)	(9.6	)%	47			0.1	%
Research and development	(2,986		)	(2.2	)%	(2,734		)	(3.4	)%	(2,196		)	(3.7	)%
Non-deductible losses	440			0.3	%	678			0.9	%	—			—	%
Other non-deductible expenses	2,074			1.6	%	393			0.5	%	1,004			1.7	%
Adjustment of net operating losses	608			0.5	%	2,243			2.8	%	—			—
Statutory tax rate changes	798			0.5	%	(1,047		)	(1.3	)%	436			0.7	%
Other, net	2			—	%	1,914			2.4	%	1,299			2.2	%
	$	37,178		27.9	%	$	16,548		20.8	%	$	9,848		16.8	%

Provision has not been made for U.S. or additional foreign taxes on undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries as those earnings are indefinitely reinvested. Undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries that are indefinitely reinvested are approximately $368 million and $327 million at June 30, 2013 and June 30, 2012, respectively. Due to the complexities associated with this hypothetical calculation, it is not practicable to estimate the unrecognized deferred tax liability on the earnings that are indefinitely reinvested in foreign operations.

Significant components of our net deferred tax assets (liabilities) as of June 30, 2013 and June 30, 2012 were as follows:

(in thousands)	2013			2012
Deferred tax assets:
U.S. loss carryforwards	$	1,981		$	3,431
Foreign loss carryforwards	6,240			6,885
Accrued expenses	35,340			26,528
Tax credit carryforwards	14,559			20,394
Provision for losses on receivables	1,161			1,239
Deferred compensation	7,517			9,120
Deferred revenue	8,949			11,666
Intercompany loans	2,765			2,774
Other	1,168			663
Gross deferred tax assets	79,680			82,700
Deferred tax asset valuation allowance	(6,023		)	(11,392		)
Total deferred tax assets	73,657			71,308
Deferred tax liabilities:
Property and equipment	(5,606		)	(2,328		)
Revenue recognition	(26,537		)	(24,660		)
Intangible assets	(38,186		)	(30,817		)
Other	(2,491		)	(2,135		)
Total deferred tax liabilities	(72,820		)	(59,940		)
Net deferred tax assets	$	837		$	11,368

The net deferred tax assets and liabilities included in the consolidated balance sheets as of June 30, 2013 and June 30, 2012 were as follows:

(in thousands)	2013			2012
Current deferred tax assets	$	44,236		$	37,159
Non-current deferred tax assets	8,556			13,885
Current deferred tax liabilities	(16,512		)	(14,998		)
Non-current deferred tax liabilities	(35,443		)	(24,678		)
	$	837		$	11,368

At June 30, 2013, federal, state and foreign loss carryforwards of $1.7 million, $35.4 million and $23.7 million, respectively, were available to offset future liabilities for income taxes. The federal net operating losses expire in the years 2023 through 2030. Included in the state loss carryforwards is $8.7 million attributable to deductions from the exercise of equity awards. The benefit from these deductions will be recorded as a credit to additional paid-in capital if and when realized through a reduction of taxes paid in cash. Use of these loss carryforwards is limited based on the future income of certain subsidiaries. The state net operating losses expire in the years 2014 through 2033. Of the non-U.S. loss carryforwards, $8.2 million will expire between 2015 and 2023; the remainder does not expire. We also have U.S. foreign tax credit carryforwards of $29.1 million, which expire in the years 2018 through 2022. Included in the U.S. foreign tax credit carryforwards is $15.4 million attributable to deductions from the exercise of equity awards. The benefit from these credits will be recorded as a credit to additional paid-in capital if and when realized through a reduction of taxes paid in cash.

A valuation allowance has been established for certain future income tax benefits related to loss carryforwards and temporary tax adjustments based on an assessment that it is more likely than not that these benefits will not be realized. The decrease in the valuation allowance in Fiscal Year 2013 was principally due to improved profitability in several U.S. states.

As of June 30, 2013, we had $46.6 million of gross unrecognized tax benefits of which $31.0 million would impact the effective tax rate if recognized. As of June 30, 2012, we had $53.8 million of gross unrecognized tax benefits of which $10.0 million would impact the effective tax rate if recognized. This reserve primarily relates to exposures for income tax matters such as changes in the jurisdiction in which income is taxable and taxation of certain investments.

Unrecognized tax benefits represent favorable positions we have taken, or expect to take, on tax returns. These positions have reduced, or are expected to reduce, our income tax liability on our tax returns and financial statements. As a result of the uncertainty associated with these positions, we have established a liability that effectively reverses the previous recognition of the tax benefits, making them “unrecognized.” Our unrecognized income tax benefits, excluding accrued interest and penalties, are as follows:

(in thousands)	2013			2012			2011
Balance at beginning of year	$	53,813		$	62,211		$	56,345
Additions related to tax positions in prior years	—			4,433			1,784
Reductions related to tax positions in prior years	(2,869		)	(1,898		)	(127		)
Reductions related to settlements with tax authorities	—			(477		)	(23		)
Reductions related to the expiration of statutes	(4,662		)	(6,789		)	(901		)
Currency translation adjustments	309			(3,667		)	5,133
Balance at end of year	$	46,591		$	53,813		$	62,211

As of June 30, 2013, we anticipate that the liability for unrecognized tax benefits for uncertain tax positions could change by up to $5.8 million in the next twelve months as a result of the expiration of statutes. This change is composed primarily of reserves associated with the jurisdiction in which income is taxable.

We recognize interest and penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense. As of June 30, 2013 and June 30, 2012, interest and penalties of $5.0 million and $6.1 million, respectively, were included in our liability for unrecognized tax benefits. Interest and penalties included in income tax expense for Fiscal Years 2013, 2012 and 2011 amounted to benefits of $0.9 million, $2.1 million, and $0.8 million, respectively.

PAREXEL is subject to U.S. federal income tax, as well as income tax in multiple state, local and foreign jurisdictions. All material state and local income tax matters through 2004 have been concluded. All material federal income tax matters have been concluded through 2004. Substantially all material foreign income tax matters have been concluded for all years through 2000.

XML

Document And Entity Information (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2013	Aug. 16, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Document And Entity Information [Abstract]
Document Type	10-K
Amendment Flag	false
Document Period End Date	Jun. 30, 2013
Document Fiscal Year Focus	2013
Document Fiscal Period Focus	FY
Entity Registrant Name	PAREXEL INTERNATIONAL CORP
Entity Central Index Key	0000799729
Current Fiscal Year End Date	--06-30
Entity Filer Category	Large Accelerated Filer
Entity Common Stock, Shares Outstanding		56,217,133
Entity Current Reporting Status	Yes
Entity Public Float			$ 1,671,000,000
Entity Well-known Seasoned Issuer	No
Entity Voluntary Filers	No

XML

Income Taxes (Unrecognized Income Tax Benefits, Excluding Accrued Interest And Penalties) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2012	Jun. 30, 2011
Income Tax Expense (Benefit) [Abstract]
Balance at beginning of year	$ 53,813	$ 62,211	$ 56,345
Unrecognized Tax Benefits, Increases Resulting from Prior Period Tax Positions	0	4,433	1,784
Unrecognized Tax Benefits, Decreases Resulting from Prior Period Tax Positions	(2,869)	(1,898)	(127)
Unrecognized Tax Benefits, Decreases Resulting from Settlements with Taxing Authorities	0	(477)	(23)
Reductions related to the expiration of statutes	(4,662)	(6,789)	(901)
Currency translation adjustments	309	(3,667)	5,133
Balance at end of year	$ 46,591	$ 53,813	$ 62,211

XML

Debt, Commitments, Contingencies And Guarantees

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2013

Debt, Commitments, Contingencies And Guarantees [Abstract]

Debt, Commitments, Contingencies And Guarantees

DEBT, COMMITMENTS, CONTINGENCIES AND GUARANTEES

We lease facilities under operating leases that include renewal and escalation clauses. Total rent expense was $54.7 million, $52.2 million, and $50.1 million for Fiscal Years 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively. Future minimum debt obligations, lease payments under non-cancelable leases, and purchase commitments due are as follows (excluding future potential payments in connection with the HERON acquisition - see Note 3):

(in thousands)	FY 2014		FY 2015		FY 2016		FY 2017		FY 2018		Thereafter		Total
Debt obligations (principal)	$	20,399	$	12,500	$	25,000	$	45,000	$	345,000	$	—	$	447,899
Operating leases	61,251		50,552		39,501		30,093		22,560		95,825		299,782
Purchase commitments*	44,469		23,588		6,631		548		195		—		75,431
Total	$	126,119	$	86,640	$	71,132	$	75,641	$	367,755	$	95,825	$	823,112
*includes commitments to purchase software, hardware and services

We have letter-of-credit agreements with banks, totaling approximately $9.7 million, guaranteeing performance under various operating leases and vendor agreements. Additionally, the borrowings under the 2013 Credit Agreement are guaranteed by certain of our U.S. subsidiaries.

We periodically become involved in various claims and lawsuits that are incidental to our business. We believe, after consultation with counsel, that no matters currently pending would, in the event of an adverse outcome, either individually or in the aggregate, have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations, or liquidity.

XML

Credit Arrangements - 2010 Credit Facility and Additional Lines of Credit (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	1 Months Ended					12 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2010 facility	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2012	Jun. 30, 2013 JPMorganLOC [Member]	Jun. 30, 2013 RBSLOC [Member]	Jun. 30, 2013 Minimum [Member] JPMorganLOC [Member]	Jun. 30, 2013 Minimum [Member] RBSLOC [Member]	Jun. 30, 2013 Maximum [Member] JPMorganLOC [Member]	Jun. 30, 2013 Maximum [Member] RBSLOC [Member]	Sep. 30, 2010 2010 Credit Facility [Member]
Line of Credit Facility [Line Items]
Number of credit facilities	3
Credit agreement maximum borrowing capacity				$ 4.5	$ 5.0					$ 75.0
Interest rate on borrowing						2.00%	2.00%	4.00%	4.00%
Remaining borrowing capacity available				4.5	5.0
Compensating Balance, Amount		$ 40.8	$ 63.4

XML

Credit Arrangements - 2011 Credit Agreement (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended							1 Months Ended		12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2013	May 31, 2013	Mar. 22, 2013 Term Loan [Member]	Jun. 30, 2011 Term Loan [Member]	Mar. 22, 2013 Revolving Credit Facility [Member]	Jun. 30, 2011 Revolving Credit Facility [Member]	Jun. 30, 2011 2011 Credit Agreement [Member]	May 31, 2013 Interest Rate Swap [Member]	Sep. 30, 2011 Interest Rate Swap [Member]	Jun. 30, 2013 Interest Rate Swap [Member]	Jun. 30, 2013 Interest Rate Cap [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Long-term Debt	$ 447,899,000		$ 200,000,000	$ 100,000,000
Principal amount of debt hedged with an interest rate swap agreement								100,000,000	100,000,000	100,000,000	25,000,000
Derivative Interest Rate Cap Arrangement	2.00%
Derivative, Fixed Interest Rate	1.30%	0.73%
Line of Credit Facility, Current Borrowing Capacity					300,000,000	300,000,000
Debt Instrument, Basis Spread on Variable Rate							1.75%
Debt Instrument, Periodic Payment, Principal	$ 2,500,000

XML

Debt, Commitments, Contingencies And Guarantees (Narrative) (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2012	Jun. 30, 2011
Total rent expense, net of sublease income	$ 54.7	$ 52.2	$ 50.1
Letter Of Credit [Member]
Line of credit	$ 9.7